Loading...
The URL can be used to link to this page
Your browser does not support the video tag.
Home
My WebLink
About
Permit D02-368 - NORDSTROM - CAFE
D02-368 NORDSTROM CAFE 100 Southcenter Mall City of Tukwila Department of Community Development / 6300 Southcenter BL, Suite 100 / Tukwila, WA 98188 / (206) 431 -3670 Parcel No.: 2623049004 Permit Number: D02 -368 Address: 100 SOUTHCENTER MALL TUKW Issue Date: 02/20/2003 Suite No: Permit Expires On: 08/19/2003 Tenant: Name: NORDSTROM - CAFE Address: 100 SOUTHCENTER MALL, TUKWILA, WA Owner: Name: )G SOUTHCENTER LTD Address: 25425 CENTER RIDGE RD, CLEVELAND OH Contact Person: Name: SHANE HAGER Address: HUNTLEY ARCHITECT, 1904 THIRD ST, #405 Contractor: Name: C ) TORRE CONSTRUCTION CO INC Address: 10809 THORNMINT RD,SUITE C, SAN DIEGO CA Contractor License No: CJTORCC066RT DESCRIPTION OF WORK: DEMOLITION OF TWO EXISTING ENTRY COLUMNS, EXISTING FRONT CABINETS BUT REVISING EXISTING CURBS, DEMO OF TWO BOOTHS, REMOVAL OF SCONCES AND EXISTING FLOOR AND REPLACING WITH NEW TILE /CARPET. NEW SINKS, TOILET, WALL & PARTIONS IN MEN'S RESTROOMS Public Works Activities: Curb Cut/Access /Sidewalk/CSS: Fire Loop Hydrant: Flood Control Zone: Landscape Irrigation: Moving Oversize Load: Sanitary Side Sewer: Sewer Main Extension: Storm Drainage: Street Use: Water Main Extension: Water Meter: Channelization I Striping: doc: Devperm DEVELOPMENT PERMIT D02 -368 Private: Phone: Phone: 206 -624 -2900 Phone: 858 - 676 -9627 Expiration Date: 01/15/2005 Value of Construction: $250,000.00 Fees Collected: $3,030.19 Type of Fire Protection: SPRINKLERS Uniform Building Code Edition: 1997 Type of Construction: Occupancy per UBC: 0020 Number: 0 Size (Inches): 0 Hauling: Start Time: End Time: Land Altering: Volumes: Cut 0 c.y. Fill 0 c.y. Start Time: End Time: Private: Public: Public: Printed: 02 -20 -2003 City of Tukwila Department of Community Development / 6300 Southcenter BL, Suite 100 / Tukwila, WA 98188 / (206) 431 -3670 Permit Center Authorized Signature:'' (f l�: ar � Date: 2.-' &)'63 I hereby certify that I have read and examined this permit and know the same to be true and correct. All provisions of law and ordinances goverriing this work will be complied with, whether specified herein or not. The granting of this permit does not presume to give authority to violate or cancel the provisions of any other state or local laws regulating co truction or the pert rn ance of work. I am authorized to sign and obtain this development permit. Signature: Date: 2.. 2 O 3 Print Name: doc: Devperm virc// PL(// This permit shall become null and void if the work is not commenced within 180 days from the date of issuance, or if the work is suspended or abandoned for a period of 180 days from the last inspection. D02 -368 Printed: 02 -20 -2003 City of ukwila Department of Community Development / 6300 Southcenter BL, Suite 100 / Tukwila, WA 98188 / (206) 431 -3670 PERMIT CONDITIONS Parcel No.: 2623049004 Permit Number: D02 -368 Address: 100 SOUTHCENTER MALL TUKW Status: ISSUED Suite No: Applied Date: 12/12/2002 Tenant: NORDSTROM - CAFE Issue Date: 02/20/2003 1: ** *BUILDING DEPARTMENT CONDITIONS * ** 2: No changes will be made to the plans unless approved by the Engineer and the Tukwila Building Division. 3: Plumbing permits shall be obtained through the Seattle -King County Department of Public Health. Plumbing will be inspected by that agency, including all gas piping (296- 4722). 4: Electrical permits shall be obtained through the Washington State Division of Labor and Industries and all electrical work will be inspected by that agency (206- 835 - 1111). 5: All permits, inspection records, and approved plans shall be available at the job site prior to the start of any construction. These documents are to be maintained and available until final inspection approval is granted. 6: Any new ceiling grid and light fixture installation is required to meet lateral bracing requirements for Seismic Zone 3. 7: Partition walls attached to ceiling grid must be laterally braced if over eight (8) feet in length. 8: All construction to be done in conformance with approved plans and requirements of the Uniform Building Code (1997 Edition) as amended, Uniform Mechanical Code (1997 Edition), and Washington State Energy Code (1997 Edition). 9: Validity of Permit. The issuance of a permit or approval of plans, specifications, and computations shall not be construed to be a permit for, or an approval of, any violation of any of the provisions of the building code or of any other ordinance of the jurisdiction. No permit presuming to give authority to violate or cancel the provisions of this code shall be valid. 10: ** *FIRE DEPARTMENT CONDITIONS * ** 11: The attached set of plans have been reviewed by The Fire Prevention Bureau and are acceptable with the following concerns: 12: ** *FIRE EXTINGUISHERS * ** - UFC Article 10 and NFPA 10. 13: Maintain fire extinguisher coverage throughout. 14: The total number of fire extinguishers required for your establishment is calculated at one extinguisher for each 3000 sq. ft. of area. The extinguisher(s) should be of the "All Purpose" (2A, 10B:C) dry chemical type. Travel distance to any fire extinguisher must be 75' or less. (NFPA 10, 3 -1.1) 15: A wet chemical portable fire extinguisher having a minimum rating of 2A:1 B:C:K shall be installed within 30 feet of commercial food heat - processing equipment, as measured along an obstructed path of travel. (UFC 1006.2.7). 16: Portable fire extinguishers shall be securely installed on the hanger or in the bracket supplied, placed in cabinets or wall recesses. The hanger or bracket shall be securely and properly anchored to the mounting surface in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. The extinguisher shall be installed so that the top of the extinguisher is not more than 5 feet above the floor and the clearance between the bottom of the extinguisher and the floor shall not be less than 4 inches. 17: Extinguishers shall be located so as to be in plain view (if at all possible), or if not in plain view, they shall be identified with a sign stating, "Fire Extinguisher ", with an arrow pointing to the unit. (NFPA 10, 106.3) (UFC Standard 10 -1) 18: Clear access to fire extinguishers is required at all times. They may not be hidden or obstructed. (NFPA 10, 1 -6.5) 19: * ** EXITS * ** - UFC Article 12 20: Exit doors shall swing in the direction of exit travel when serving any hazardous area or when serving an occupant load of 50 or more. (UBC 1003.3.1.5) 21: Exit doors shall be openable from the inside without the use of a key or any special knowledge or effort. Exit doors shall not be locked, chained, bolted, barred, latched or otherwise rendered unusable. All locking devices shall be of an approved type. (UFC 1207.3) 22: Dead bolts are not allowed on auxiliary exit doors unless the dead bolt is automatically retracted when the door handle is engaged from inside the tenant space. (UFC 1207.3) doc: Conditions D02 -368 �. .+ A.h.. :r \.:.KryY w r :itQ • .9r�t�Wi tli"li Nh :% •'s.k-st Y'..: . •... . v.. e • • • Printed: 02 -20 -2003 City of Tukwila Department of Community Development / 6300 Southcenter BL, Suite 100 / Tukwila, WA 98188 / (206) 431 -3670 23: Exit hardware and marking shall meet the requirements of the Uniform Fire Code. (UFC 1207 -1212) 24: Aisles leading to required exits shall be provided from all portions of buildings. Aisles located within an accessible route of travel shall also comply with the Building Code requirements for accessibility. (UFC 1204.1) 25: Exit doors from a group A, E or I occupancy having an occupant load of 50 or more shall not be provided with a latch or lock unless it is panic hardware. (UBC 1007.2.5, 1007 -3.10, 1007.5.8) 26: * * * SPRINKLER SYSTEMS *** - UFC ARTICLE 10 - NFPA 13 27: Maintian sprinkler coverage per N.F.P.A. 13. Addition /relocation of walls, closets or partitions may require relocating and /or adding sprinkler heads. 28: Sprinkler protection shall be extended to all areas where required, including all enclosed areas, below obstructions and under overhangs greater than four feet wide. (NFPA 13- 4- 5.5.3.1) 29: All new sprinkler systems and all modifications to existing sprinkler systems shall have fire department review and approval of drawings prior to installation or modification. New sprinkler systems and all modifications to sprinkler systems involving more than 50 heads shall have the written approval of the W.S.R.B., Factory Mutual, Industrial Risk Insurers, Kemper or any other representative designated and /or recorgnized by the City of Tukwila, prior to submittal to the Tukwila Fire Prevention Bureau. No sprinkler work shall commence without approved drawings. (City Ordinance #1901) 30: All sprinkler system plans, calculations and the contractors Materials and Test Certificates submitted to the Tukwila Fire Prevention Bureau must be stamped with the appropriate level of competency seal. (WAC 212 -80) 31: Contact the Tukwila Fire Prevention Bureau to witness all required inspections and tests. (UFC 10.503) (City Ordinance #1900 and #1901) 32: ** *ELECTRICAL * ** UFC Article 85 - NPFA 70 - NEC 33: All electrical work and equipment shall conform strictly to the standards of The National Electrical Code. (NFPA 70) 34: An aisle to and working space shall be provided for each electrical panel. An aisle width not less than 24 inches shall provide access to the panel and 30 inches of working space shall be provided directly in front of the panel. (NEC 110- 16(a), NEC 110- 16(c)) 35: * ** BUILDING CONSTRUCTION * ** - (UFC, UBC) 36: When walls and ceilings are required to be of fire resistive or noncombustible construction, interior finish materials shall meet the requirements of Uniform Building Code 803. 37: The maximum flame spread class of finish materials used on interior walls and ceilings shall not exceed that set forth in Table No. 8 -B of the Uniform Building Code. (UBC 804.1) 38: Accumulation of combustible waste material is prohibited during the demolition phase of this project. Remove and properly dispose of all waste material prior to the close of the working day and as often throughout the day as needed. 39: Any overlooked hazardous condition and /or violation of the adopted Fire or Building Codes does not imply approval of such condition or violation. 40: These plans were reviewed by Inspector 510. If you have any questions, please call Tukwila Fire Prevention Bureau at (206)575-4407. I hereby certify that I have read these conditions and will comply with them as outlined. All provisions of law and ordinances governing this work will be complied with, whether specified herein or not. The granting of this permit does not presume to give authority to violate or cancel the provision of any other work or local laws regulating construction or the performance of work. Signature: Print Name: L doc: Conditions 1 rrei( phid, D02 -368 • Date: ' 0 : l Printed: 02 -20 -2003 Z!' Project Nunef�«� NOftV�TROM �Ot •� E/w ot7E;L tfalue of Construction: *25oi000•'VA Site Address Inc!t suite numtster) City StateyZi p: j t !a0 cj Z>?t� num b >' is2J a(ifi lakw "ax Parcel Number: Ptetretty °w"e " NE R9STc2oM RaSTAURFl NT' pW tits )ON Phone: (206) 303_13 so • Street Address;, 00 1 -TFf� ✓6- > lCOo Si:AT? e.. City State /Zip: / WA gl9lu Fax if: (2, 303_ 431 c{ Contractor: e.. 3. TORRf: awl - ravo )o t J ?'hone: (58) 395. 54 6 Street Address: IO e , oi 1 ORPJMin/T RUmD,Spt&gi , •ax it:( 6f3, 676 _g605 Arditects HAAS \'2A ARe,y11F -r 7 q2-14: 'hone: (5 /o) 9a e,. 21 t I sir 25 O s :: 5TH S .1' • 5u ITE 3'v' EivIOAy i l j cA . �'ax ff. L5 "1 4 9 I Engineer: 1•tAK 61 I S e l (A I W - lo c_ (lib el Phone: p.09 436. O4b? • Stn ao resst smlidmzi . STR64tI$00 URGES Ap: Fax to: 0.0 0,ttetS•g,1:50 C ontact r enon: q$(0� Phone 'NA AI & WA Gee _ HVAJTLe. Agat■Tea (2kb) 6A1. a.a o 0 street c, - i U i .17 / CI stattelZ.ip: Fax f1: (2o $ 9 ffc7L6 / tN� 4S5Io1 . 6 ) 6 t . ..q Description of work to be done (please be specific): 'Demo L rno^) of C.?) EIt`5 EMIR COLA/MA'S/ C-•l'Si rgott' CAB(NETSevT i?e0s ?4C,T G11t5C11.X�( co2gS 'DEMO. cis q) f3 S f R CAAC•Pub.OF � CV) 5c.vele.VbAND eMSTfniy Vt.00Rri RP -Ac1Nc 0/ NE»J'11LE d cfmpsT NEW 3 S si' rnLET l „Ji441� + PART %Tort 5 iN ME-AI f.5 R T oM,• Existing user: ❑ Retail aRestaurent ❑ Multl•famlly ❑ Warehouse ❑ Hospital ❑ Church ❑ Manufacturing ❑ Mote/Hotel ❑ Office ❑ School /CollegelUnlvenIty ❑ other _ . , _ _ r Proposed use: ❑ Retail L'TRestaurant ❑ Multi-family ❑ Warehouse 0HospitaI ❑ Church ❑ Manufacturing ❑ Motel /Hotel ❑ Office __ ❑ School/College/University ❑ Other Building Square Feet: :4 existing No. of Stories: 0 tJ Ed Area of construction (sq (t): 2 •56 1 P Will there be a c of use? ❑ yes �o If ye, extent of change (Attach additional sheet if necessary) Will there be rack storage? 0 yes ❑ n Existing Lire protection features: aSprInklers ❑ automatic fire alarm ❑ none ❑ other (specify) Will there be storage of flammabidarmbustible haraidous material in the building? ❑ yes t_7 no Mach list of materials and storage location on separate 8 1/2 X 11 paper indicating quondam & Material Safety Data Sheets 12/09/2002 14:48 FAX 415 454 2278 e9C.21199(1i tg Permit Center 6300.Sauthcenter Blvd., Suite 100 Tukwila, WA 98168 (206) 431 -3670 ENGSTROM DESIGN CROUP ( f:Iltnierc i.tl \ltilti I .mill\ { etiant I,( . d^ `'' 'F 1 1 ^�d•r /X3 J.: • .♦,' . ••J. L. • r• rf'y„ 'r;^'., ... b- "� •r �.t • 719 . - • .._i:. 'y' , 1'b 1' • •31 r . . ..'htrb �_. f?9 i. T9140 r' ❑ Channeilzation/Striping ❑ Curb cut/Access/Sidewalk ❑ Fire Loop/Hydrant (main to vault)*: . SizoIs): ❑ Land Altering 0 Cut cubic yds. 0 FiII cubic yds. ❑ Sanitary Side Sewer I: - ---f�— . El Sewer Main Extension ❑ Storm Drainage u Sheet Use ❑ Water Main Extension 0 Deduct ❑ Water Meter/Exempt It: Size(s): ❑ Water Meter/Permanent i1 Size(s): ❑ Water Meter Temp I Size(s): ❑ Miscellaneous 0002 Application and plant must be eom/ilete in order to be Recopied for plan review. Application will not be accepted through the mall a• facsimile. r.ititttt Permit \iir)licitit)n ❑ Flood Cantrol Zone ❑ Hauling ❑ Landscape Irrigation 0 Private 0 Public 0 Private 0 Public` 0 Water Only Est. quantity: gal Schedule: Value of Construction • In all cases, a value of construction amount should be entered bythe applicant. This figure will be reviewed and is subject to possible revision by the Permit Center to comply with current fee schedules. Expirdtioe of Plan Review • Applications for which no permit is issued within 180 days following the dr to of application shall ekpire by limitation. The building official may extend the lima for action by the applicant for a period not exceeding tee days u on written request by the applicant as defined In Section 107.4 of the Uniform Building Cade (current edition). No application shall be extended more than once. . Date application a led: Pate application expires: Application by (initial ruraao rryanna O:l•34p$ Z I W IY U0 O W= w 0 2 g = W H = Z F.. I— O Z 2 � N 0 I— W LL Z W tJ o F" Z 12/09/2002 14:49 FAX 415 454 2278 1/ %A r,► ENGSTROM DES I GN GROUP IF'!'!I. III' ' \\ ■11. `i j;1111f)I? 111111 1111 QJ003 D ALL DRAWINGS TO BE STAMPED BY WASHINGTON STATE LICENSED ARCHITECT, STRUCTURAL ENGINEER OR CIVIL ENGINEER > ALL DRAWINGS SHALL BE AT A LEGIBLE SCALE AND NEATLY DRAWN > BUILDING SITE PLANS AND UTILITY PLANS ARE TO BE COMBINED N/A SUSMITTEO ❑ ❑ Complete Legal Description ❑ ❑ Metro: Non- RMidentid Saver We Certification If there it a change in the amount of plumbing fixtures (Form 1113). Business Declaration required (Form H - 10). four (4) sets fl of working drawIngr ive(S) rats for rtrudural work), which include u 0 Site Plan (including existing fire hydrant location(s) 1. North arrow and scale 2. Property lines, dimensions, setback+, names of adjacent roads, any proposed or existing easements 3. Parking Analysis of existing and proposed capacity; proposed stalls w Lh dimensions 4. Location of driveways, parking, loading d service areas S. Recycle collection location and area calculations (change of use onll) 6. Location and screening of outdoor storage (change of use only) 7. limits of clearing/grading with existing and proposed topography at 2' intervals extending 5' beyond property's boundaries B. Identify location of sensitive area slopes 20% or greater, wetlands, wtttercourset and their buffers (change o( use only) 9. Identify location and size of existing trees that are located in sensitive areas and buffer (TMC 10.45.040), of those, identify by size and species which are to be removed and saved 10. Landscape plan with irrigation and existing trees to be saved by size find species (exterior changes or change of use only) 11. Location and gross floor area of existing structure with dimensions and setback 12. Lowest finished floor elevation (If in flood control zone) 13. See Public Works Checklist for detailed civil/site plan information required for Public Works Review (Form 11.9). ❑ ❑ Floor Om show location of tenant span with proposed use of each room labeled ❑ ❑ Overall building floor plan with adjacent tenant use Identify tenant space use and location of storage of any hazardous materials; dimensions of proposed tenant space. ❑ ❑ Vicinity Map showing location of site ❑ ❑ Reck Storage' If adding new racks or altering existing rack storage, provide a floor plan identifying rack layout and all exit doors. Show dimensions of aisles, include dimensions of height, length, and width of rack. Structural calculations are required for rack stomp eight feet and over. ❑ ❑ indicate proposed construction of tenant space or addition and wa Is being demolished ❑ ❑ Construction details ❑ ❑ Sprinkler details- details of sprinkler hangers, specifically penetrations in structure, i.e., roof; size of water supply to sprinkler vault with documentation from contractor atat(us supply line will meet or exceed sprinkler system design criteria as identified by the Fire Department. ❑ ❑ Washington State Non - Residential Energy Code Data shall be notes) on the construction drawing. ❑ ❑ SEPA Checklist • If Intensification of use (check with Planning Dep: rtment for thresholds). ❑ ❑ Attach plans, reports or other documentation required to comply with Sensitive Area Ordinance or other land use Or SEPA decisions. ❑ ❑ Food service establishments require two (2) sets of stamped approled plans by the Seattle-King County Department of Public Health prior to submitting for building permit application. The Department of Public Health is located at 999 Third Avenue, Suite 700, Seattle, WA or cull 1206) 2964767. (Form 14-5) ❑ ❑ Copy of Washington State Department of Labor and Industries Valid Contractor's License. If no contractor has been selected at time of application a copy of this license will Ire required before the permit Is issued OR submit Form FM, "Affidavit in Lieu of Contractor Registration ". ,' jr 4'4'40 p)SF illl L 61S.001 P`4 ? lijr iri6tk�e� ,,W5L l��f."ll tif r r�°!�:� a il 7'r[i'."�" , f�',c , ]l'i S ' • • .r t • a ,,. ': �afi�:•��i ' J� t t .•K".Ni'h ° •;';c :. ,., � ,:... �.Fi.. � (�. y S - . ., 'i t %r. :�':�'�i'': r��.•il•: :�• 's''�-- ''TNLe�: �•: ',t .'.t f f HERESY CERTIFY THAT I HAVE READ AND EXAMINED THID APPLICATION AND KNOW THE SAME TO 81 TRUE UNDER PENALTY OF PENURY NY THE HE STA Of WASHINGTON, AND I AM AUTHORIZED TO APPLY FON THIS PERMiT L107?cL:1;�La:a;Lv7= ;'7, Malirgag t r:, Y: is . L k•. ;'i' ...�i;i]r�.7r•••r,.67 .. Phon 206 Date: /2 / '29a0 City' state21 • / 2 o v Ilnaroo ttenssEim OP WA' Vie Payee: NORDSTROM TRANSACTION LIST: ACCOUNT ITEM LIST: doc: Receipt City of Tukwila 6300 Southcenter BL, Suite 100 / Tukwila, WA 98188 / (206) 431 -3670 Parcel No.: 2623049004 Permit Number: D02 -368 Address: 100 SOUTHCENTER MALL TUKW Status: PENDING Suite No: Applied Date: 12/12/2002 Applicant: NORDSTROM - CAFE Issue Date: Receipt No.: R020001738 Payment Amount: 3,030.19 Initials: KAS Payment Date: 12/12/2002 01:44 PM User ID: 1684 Balance: $0.00 Current Pmts Amount Payment Check 60113776 3,030.19 BUILDING - NONRES PLAN CHECK - NONRES STATE BUILDING SURCHARGE RECEIPT Type Method Description Description Account Code 4. ��.... ,..,��- ....,...,,..u...,.,.,.., ......_.._ 000/322.100 000/345.830 000/386.904 1,833.75 1,191.94 4.50 Total: 3,030.19 :3344 12/12 171(} Tf1 LeiI 3030 n rinted: 12 -12 -2002 PERMIT NO.: b 368 BUILDING PERMITS INSPECTIONS ❑ I Progress Inspection Status ❑ 2 Pre- construction ❑ 3 Investigation ❑ 4 OK to Occupy ❑ 5 Remove Stop Work Order ❑ 6 Follow -up ❑ 7 Pre -Move Inspection ❑ 50 WSEC Residential ❑ 60 WA Ventilation/Indoor AQC ❑ 70 NLEA Inspection /ivlodular Struct ❑ 71 Mobile Home Tie Down Insp ❑ 72 Marriage Lines ❑ 90 Resteel ❑ 95 Footing Drains ❑ 100 Foundation Footings ❑ 200 Foundation Walls ❑ 250 Foundation Insulation ❑ 300 Concrete Slab /Slab Insulation ❑ 350 Crawl Space ❑ 400 Shear Wall Nailing ❑ 450 Plywood Wall Sheathing ❑ 500 Roof Sheathing Nailing ❑ 525 Plywood Deck Nailing ❑ 550 Exterior Wall Sheathing ❑ 600 Masonry Chimney ❑ 610 Chimney Installation/All Types 700 Framing 750 Roof /Ceiling Insulation ❑ 800 Floor Insulation ❑ 801 Wall Insulation ❑ 802 Exterior Roof Insulation ❑ 803 Glazing Inspection ❑ 815 Lighting and Controls so. 900 Suspended Ceiling 1000 Interior Wallboard Fastening 1001 Exterior Wallboard Fastening ❑ 1110 Pre -Move Inspection ❑ 1115 Motor Inspection ❑ 1120 Pre -Demo ❑ 1140 Pre- reroof 1400 Final -Fire 1700 Final- Building 1900 Final - Reroof ❑ 3100 Site Visit ❑ 4000 Special - Concrete ❑ 4001 Special -Bolts in Concrete ❑ 4001 Special - Mom/Resist Conc Frame ❑ 4003 Special -Reinf Steel Prestress ❑ 4004 Special - Welding ❑ 4005 Special -High- Strength Bolting ❑ 4006 Special- Structural Masonry ❑ 4007 Special -Reinf Gypsum Concrete ❑ 4008 Special - Insulating Conc Fill ❑ 4009 Special -Spray Fireproofing ❑ 4010 Special - Piling, Piers, Caissons ❑ 4011 Special - Shotcrete ❑ 401 Special- Grading, Excav /Fill ❑ 4013 Special- Retaining Wall ❑ 4014 Special- Panels ❑ 4015 Special -Smoke Control System tat eaMMOSOOMIZIMOROMPOWVIM"±WgkitV 109 4 . .tstwoomv.......o , .............e . .w vr ..... - .... TENANT NAME: CONDITIONS I 10001 No changes will be made to the plans unless approved by the Engineer and the Tukwila Building Division 10002 Plumbing permits shall be obtained through King Co 10003 Electrical permits obtained through L & I 10004 All mechanical work shall be under separate permit 10005 All permits, insp records & approved plans available 10006 All structural concrete shall be special inspected 10007 411 structural welding shall be done by WABO certified inspector All high- strength bolting shall he special inspected Bolts installed in concrete shall be special inspected When special inspection is required...notify Tukwila Building Division 1001 I The special inspector shall submit a final signed report 10013 Any new ceiling grid and light fixture installation 10013 Partition walls attached to ceiling grid 10014 Readily accessible access to roof mounted equipment 10015 Engineered truss drawings & calcs shall be on site 10016 Any exposed insulation backing material shall have 10017 Subgrade preparation including drainage, excavation 10018 A statement from the roofing contractor verifying tire retardant class of roof • 10019 All construction to be done in conformance ‘v/approved plans ❑ 10008 ❑ 10009 ❑ 10010 AWF ❑ 10020 ❑ 10021 ❑ 10022 ❑ 10023 ❑ 10024 ❑ 10025 10026 10027 10028 ❑ 10030 ❑ 10031 ❑ 10032 0 ❑ 10035 ❑ 10036 0 0 0 0 0 0 No occupancy of building until final insp by Bldg Div Comply with requirements of TMC 16.04 Remove all weeds, concrete, stone foundations, flat concrete 10034 Removal of septic tanks require approval and compliance with King Co Health Dept. Contact PW Div to obtain insp for water /sewer connect Manufacturers installation instructions required on site 10038 A C of O will be required for this permit 10039 Final approval for all TI w /in the limits of the SC Mall 10040 All construction noise to be in compliance with 8.2 TMC 10041 Ventilation is required for all new rooms & spaces 1004 Fuel burning appliances 10043 Appliances, which generate 10044 Water heater shall be anchored 10045 Reroof "Anchoring — All new construct and substantial improvement shall be anchored to prevent flotation" Plan Reviewer: Permit Tech: o v clse("rxik Structural observation shall be provided for this project All food preparation establishments must have King Co Fire retardant treated wood shall have flame spread of Notify Building Division prior to placing any concrete All spray applied fireproofing shall be special inspected All wood to remain in placed concrete shall be treated All structural masonry shall be special inspected Validity of Permit Rack storage requires separate permit Date: (-17'044 Project: NI 0 r (15 1 , - Ce( CC-, Type,bLInspeclon: / net • Date Called: , — 1 - 03 Address: i 100 (.1 .- Mali Special Instructions: . 10AM Date Wanted: a.m. p.m. Requeste r ,. P h o nt.,D 7cs INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit INSPECTION NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila, WA 981 88 DeR 3/g (206)431-3670 Approved per applicable codes. El Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: 4 lnspe o : .00 REINSPECTION EE REQUIRED. rior to inspection,„fee must be id at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. Re Ipt No.: Date: - :3 — c> Date: 4PAV-0.4044.`Ai z < • Z 11 • 4 6 = 0 O 0 co o co tu W I -J uj 0 2 1 -±- Z I— 0 z LLI Lu w O — O I— LL/ u j c o C.) o 1- z Authorized Signature ... ': ;;i; j.�'n.l ;,'%¢.A �zyt.. st ;i� :'te"''.'� ! /, a` ; +.75,�,^���nm'�„tai's.?rA '.'.!�y�..� ;i,l T om + ; Fire Department Thomas P. Keefe, Fire Chief Sprinklers: `�" Fire Alarm: Hood & Duct: Halon: Monitor: Pre -Fire: Permits: CiZy of Tukwila Needs shift inspection FINALAPP.FRM Rev. 2/19/98 TUKWILA FIRE DEPARTMENT FINAL APPROVAL FORM Project • Name Afc> r�� 51 -rr�,-7 Address /0(.2 Solt,/ t /cl /) -- Re current - inspection schedule - = Approved without correction notice Approved with correction notice issued Steven M. Mullet, Mayor Permit No. Suite # 3 / 3 /e3 Date T.F.D. Form F.P. 85 Headquarters Station: 444 Andover Park East • Tukwila, Washington 98188 • Phone: 206 -575 -4404 • Fax: 206 -575 -4439 5/5 Project:: 4 1 ' C. �r'Y7�. Type of Inspection: � /57,,,t f i ; /.}r0� f J Address: ,.. c( / fg�/ , D called: fa' Special instruction: . (f /A1V • • _ Date want a'm Requester: Z2/ 1.V// Phone: 91 c INSPECTION NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd, #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 Approved per applicable code INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit .t P RMIT NO. (206)431 -3670 Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: fT� f ' / �llln ;op-- , w• $ ' EINSPEC a FEE'R QUIRED. Prior to inspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. Receipt No: Date: h+e:�.•:i." t ':�k'a3Yik`•r'3 '': s.�rni : vt: iAlkt::. �w .'1�:�4:�+.'ti:2jhrt.b�:•irF?zt B%v. NORDSTROM FILE COP approvals it that the Plan Ct,�eC pr. s M e 1 understand t ap ... .,. 2� to errors and On11h ` "' • does not [ U t . ,. . c3;ae ,: :.. • I .rovQ'a x,12•• 1201 Fifth Avenue San Rafael CA 94901 Tel 415 454.2277 Fax 415 454.2278 Engstrom Design Group CEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA DEC 12 2002 i�f- fi(lri CEN F General Bid Specifications Market Place Cafe Remodel Southcenter ( #005) Tukwilla, Washington December 9, 2002 Do2 367g NORDSTROM — SOUTHCENTER MARKETPLACE CAFE REMODEL (005) TUKWILLA, WASHINGTON SECTION 00001 - TABLE OF CONTENTS DIVISION 0 GENERAL INFORMATION z 00001 Table of Contents ) z re w 00014 Project Directory u� n 00215 Bidder Requirements _1 o 00370 Testing and Inspection Services u) W 00371 Owner Paid Testing and Inspection Services Contract Lu i (" o CONTRACT REQUIREMENTS w J 00800 General and Supplementary Conditions N d = w DIVISION 1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS z 01100 Summary 01200 Price and Payment Procedures 01312 Project Meetings 01330 Submittal Procedures 01450 Quality Control 01500 Temporary Facilities and Controls 01600 Product Requirements 01770 Closeout Procedures Substitution Request Form Request For Information Form Subcontractor Guarantee Form Request for Transfer of Documents nr -cot kiTt t 00001 -1 CITY OF TUKVVILA DEC 1 2 2002 DOo w o w U o w = 0 LL z UN O F" NORDSTROM - SOUTHCENTER MARKETPLACE CAFE REMODEL (005) TUKWILLA, WASHINGTON DIVISION 2 SITE WORK 02055 Demolition �- w . DIVISION 3 CONCRETE J U (This Division is not included) c o w DIVISION 4 MASONRY n ii- wo (This Division is not included) g u. DIVISION 5 METALS SP_ = I - w 05615 Ornamental Metal ? 0 1- o zr ut ui DIVISION 6 WOOD AND PLASTICS 2 U 0 06100 Rough Carpentry o 1 06425 Finish Carpentry and Casework ut v ' DIVISION 7 THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION w z. o 07845 Firestopping 0 07920 Caulking and Sealants DIVISION 8 DOORS AND WINDOWS 08315 Access Doors and Panels 08805 Glass and Glazing SECTION 00001 - TABLE OF CONTENTS NORDSTROM — SOUTHCENTER MARKETPLACE CAFE REMODEL (005) TUKWILLA, WASHINGTON DIVISION 9 FINISHES z 09115 Light Gauge Metal Support Framing = z tu 09255 Drywall 09305 Tile -I 0 09605 Stone Countertops N o 09685 Carpeting co = tu 09780 FRP Wall Covering N 09905 Painting L 0 09945 Special Coatings 09955 Wall Covering < _ � DIVISION 10 SPECIALTIES w = z'- 10405 Signage and Graphics I- 0 ill u j 10525 Fire Extinguishers and Cabinets ? o 0 0I- =w U u' O DIVISION 11 EQUIPMENT 11400 Food Service Equipment SECTION 00001 - TABLE OF CONTENTS — = o z DIVISION 12 FURNISHINGS (This Division is not included) DIVISION 13 SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION (This Division is not included) DIVISION 14 CONVEYING SYSTEMS (This Division is not included) 00001 -3 NORDSTROM — SOUTHCENTER MARKETPLACE CAFE REMODEL (005) TUKWILLA, WASHINGTON SECTION 00001 - TABLE OF CONTENTS DIVISION 15 PLUMBING z = z ' 15010 Mechanical General Provisions ' 15050 Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods 6 v 15083 Piping Insulation 0 O 15410 Plumbing Fixtures vi w w JE- DIVISION 16 ELECTRICAL w � 16010 Electrical General Provisions g Q 16050 Basic Electrical Materials and Methods • cn d 16125 Metal Clad Flexible Cable - Copper I w 16500 Lighting ? m Z O • w U � O - . o E- lm • w LL O END OF SECTION v I - F . 0 z 00001 -4 OWNER NORDSTROM — SOUTHCENTER MARKETPLACE CAFE REMODEL (005) TUKWILLA, WASHINGTON Nordstrom, Inc. 1700 7th Avenue, Suite 1000 Seattle, WA 98101 -4407 Contact: Scott Cunningham, Owner's Project Manager, Store Planning Tel (206) 303 -4384; Fax (206) 303 4319 SHELL ARCHITECT Callison Architecture, Inc. 1420 Fifth Avenue, Suite 2400 Seattle, WA 98101 -2343 Contact: Glen Matsui Tel (206) 623 -4646; Fax (206) 623 -4625 RESTAURANT DESIGNER Engstrom Design Group 1201 Fifth Avenue San Rafael, CA 94901 Contact: Nancy Kalter- Dills /Gina Richter Tel (415) 454 -2277; Fax (415) 454 -2278 FOOD SERVICE CONSULTANT Food Service Consultant: Pacific Restaurant Design 1145 12th Avenue NW, Suite C3 Issaquah, WA 98027 Contact: Greg Ahrens, Project Manager Tel (425) 392 -7422; Fax (425) 391 -1894 ELECTRICAL/PLUMBING ENGINEER Hargis Engineers, Inc. 600 Stewart Street, #1800 Seattle, WA 98101 Electrical Contact: Charles Lamstock Plumbing Contact: Travis Nesbit Tel (206) 448 -3376; Fax (206) 448 -4450 SECTION 00014 - PROJECT DIRECTORY 00014 - 1 NORDSTROM — SOUTHCENTER MARKETPLACE CAFE REMODEL (005) TUKWILLA, WASHINGTON HVAC DESIGNBUILD CONTRACTOR PSF Mechanical, Inc. 9322 14th Avenue South Seattle, WA 98108 Contact: Rey Delansig Tel (206) 764 -9663; Fax (206) 762 -8381 SPRINKLER AND FIRE PROTECTION Schirmer Engineering 6305 Ivy Lane Greenbelt, MD 20770 Contact: John Devlin, Regional Manager Tel (301) 220 -1212; Fax (301) 220 -2256 SOUND SYSTEM CONSULTANT Liebold Communications, Inc. 1483 Elliott Avenue West Seattle, WA 98119 Contact: Nick Leibold, President (206) 286 -8981; Fax (206) 286 -9031 SECTION 00014 - PROJECT DIRECTORY END OF SECTION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. By proposing a price to complete the work, the Contractor agrees: 1. That any ambiguities discovered in the Specifications and Drawings or questions with regard to the Bid Documents shall have been brought to the attention of the Architect in writing prior to submitting the bid. 2. To receive the prices set forth in its proposal as full compensation for furnishing all the materials and labor which may be required in the completion of all work required under the Contract Documents, and in all respects to complete the contract work to the satisfaction of the Architect. 3. That there may be changes to the scope of work and that any proposal submitted for performance of additional work over and above that required by the basic Contract will include all costs to the contractor associated with such change including but not limited to labor, materials, subcontracts, equipment, taxes, fees, schedule impact, loss of efficiency, supervision, overhead and profit. 1.2 SUB - BIDDER REQUIREMENTS A. By submitting a bid, all sub - bidders acknowledge: 1. That they have familiarized themselves with the provisions of the General Conditions of the Contract, and that they have examined all the Drawings and Specifications, as they pertain to his work. 2. That they have reviewed the project progress schedule with the General Contractor, fully understand the schedule, and have verified, prior to submitting a bid, availability of all necessary labor and materials including supervision and office backup, and can comply with the schedule requirement. 3. That they understand that submittals of material and equipment to the Architect is for the purpose of establishing intent, and that any review undertaken by the Architect does not relieve the subcontractor of responsibility for cooperation with other contractors, subcontractors, or designers to ensure that materials and equipment provided under the subcontract will comply with Contract Document requirements, will fit properly, and be suitable for the purpose intended. 1.3 SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS A. Mechanical Work: By submitting a bid on the mechanical system, or a portion thereof, all mechanical sub - bidders acknowledge ... 1. That they fully understand the Contract requirements (including requirements of architectural site, utility, structural, and electrical drawings and specifications, as they may pertain to mechanical work) and have determined to their satisfaction that the Contract Documents adequately describe the complete mechanical system, and that they can provide a complete finished and operable system in accordance with the intent of the Contract Documents. 2. That the routing of the elements of the mechanical system included in the Drawings is schematic only and that offsets and rerouting probably will be required in installation, and labor materials have been included for such in his bid. 3. That they have consulted with all affected utilities and included in their bids all labor and materials to meet all requirements which may be imposed by each utility and also included in their bids all costs and fees to be paid to such utilities, including temporary services and temporary and permanent connections unless specifically excluded in basic Contract Documents. 4. That they are required to coordinate their work with that of all other trades and that the responsibility for coordination includes the rerouting, offsets, etc. to fit work in the structure in a manner that is compatible with the work of other trades in the same area. PART 2 - PRODUCTS Not Applicable PART 3 - EXECUTION Not Applicable NORDSTROM — SOUTHCENTER MARKETPLACE CAFE REMODEL (005) TUKWILLA, WASHINGTON DOCUMENT 00215 - BIDDER REQUIREMENTS END OF DOCUMENT 00215 -1 r 1.1 SUMMARY NORDSTROM — SOUTHCENTER MARKETPLACE CAFE REMODEL (005) TUKWILLA, WASHINGTON DOCUMENT 00370 - TESTING AND INSPECTION SERVICES A. In addition to testing performed by the Contractor for its own convenience, and testing and inspection required under the Contract Documents, tests as described in the Document 00371 - Owner -Paid Testing and Inspection Services, are to be performed under separate contracts. B. The Owner reserves the right to modify testing and inspection requirements described herein. C. Related Section: 01450 - Quality Control: Cooperation and coordination with work described in this document; Contractor convenience testing; general quality control requirements. END OF DOCUMENT 00370 -1 NORDSTROM — SOUTHCENTER MARKETPLACE CAFE REMODEL (005) TUKWILLA, WASHINGTON DOCUMENT 00371 - OWNER PAID TESTING AND INSPECTION SERVICES CONTRACT PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Furnish testing and inspection services for the subject project: NORDSTROM Cafe Remodel. Reference to "testing laboratory" in singular shall not be construed to limit work under this document to a single testing agency." C. Comply with requirements of the jurisdictional Code authorities. D. Where the term "Testing Laboratory" is used, it means and refers to the designated firm employed by the Owner (Nordstrom). E. Inspection and Test Reports: Prepare reports giving results and observations of tests, and stating compliance or noncompliance with Contract Documents. Include records of observations and tests performed, and other items as specified, herein. F. Duties and Responsibilities of the Testing Laboratory. 1. Submit written reports of inspections and tests to the Owner, Architect, and other parties designated by the Owner. 2. Submit copies of inspection reports to the jurisdictional building department, as required. 3. Submit copies of inspection reports to the Architect's Structural Engineer of items specified in Divisions 3, 4, and 5. 4. Upon request, provide interpretation of test results. 5. Submit final signed report stating whether the work requiring special inspection was, to the best of the testing and inspection agency inspector's knowledge, in conformance with the Contract Documents and the applicable workmanship provisions of the jurisdictional Code authorities. G. Testing Laboratory Roofing Consultant are not authorized to: 1. Release, revoke, alter or enlarge on requirements of Contract Documents. 2. Approve or accept any portion of the work. 3. Perform any duties of the Contractor. 1.2 EQUIPMENT A. Furnish all equipment to perform the required tests and inspections, except as required to be furnished by the General Contractor as described in the Construction Documents. 1.3 REQUIRED TESTS AND INSPECTIONS A. Waterproofing: 1. Verify substrate condition prior to application of waterproofing materials. 2. Observe installation procedures as necessary to verify proper installation thicknesses and techniques. 3. Witness flood tests. B. Additional Special Testing and Inspections: In addition to the above requirements, comply with the "special" tests and inspections if indicated on Structural Drawings. END OF DOCUMENT 00371 -1 OWNER NORDSTROM — SOUTHCENTER MARKETPLACE CAFE REMODEL (005) TUKWILLA, WASHINGTON Nordstrom, Inc. 1700 7th Avenue, Suite 1000 Seattle, WA 98101 -4407 Contact: Scott Cunningham, Owner's Project Manager, Store Planning Tel (206) 303 -4384; Fax (206) 303 4319 SHELL ARCHITECT Callison Architecture, Inc. 1420 Fifth Avenue, Suite 2400 Seattle, WA 98101 -2343 Contact: Glen Matsui Tel (206) 623 -4646; Fax (206) 623 -4625 RESTAURANT DESIGNER Engstrom Design Group 1201 Fifth Avenue San Rafael, CA 94901 Contact: Nancy Kalter -Dills /Gina Richter Tel (415) 454 -2277; Fax (415) 454 -2278 FOOD SERVICE CONSULTANT Food Service Consultant: Pacific Restaurant Design 1145 12th Avenue NW, Suite C3 Issaquah, WA 98027 Contact: Greg Ahrens, Project Manager Tel (425) 392 -7422; Fax (425) 391 -1894 ELECTRICAL/PLUMBING ENGINEER Hargis Engineers, Inc. 600 Stewart Street, #1800 Seattle, WA 98101 Electrical Contact: Charles Lamstock Plumbing Contact: Travis Nesbit Tel (206) 448 -3376; Fax (206) 448 -4450 SECTION 00014 - PROJECT DIRECTORY 00014 - 1 NORDSTROM — SOUTHCENTER MARKETPLACE CAFE REMODEL (005) TUKWILLA, WASHINGTON HVAC DESIGNBUILD CONTRACTOR z Q PSF Mechanical, Inc. w w w 9322 14th Avenue South 0.. v Seattle, WA 98108 c.) 0 Contact: Rey Delansig co co w Tel (206) 764 -9663; Fax (206) 762 -8381 al i CO u_ SPRINKLER AND FIRE PROTECTION 2 J Schirmer Engineering w a 6 Ivy Lane i w Greenbelt, MD 20770 z Contact: John Devlin, Regional Manager z O Tel (301) 220 -1212; Fax (301) 220 -2256 . Lu U � SOUND SYSTEM CONSULTANT 00 i w F-' "ti ... z 6" 0 Liebold Communications, Inc. 1483 Elliott Avenue West Seattle, WA 98119 Contact: Nick Leibold, President (206) 286 -8981; Fax (206) 286 -9031 SECTION 00014 - PROJECT DIRECTORY END OF SECTION 00014 - 2 z NORDSTROM - SOUTHCENTER MARKETPLACE CAFE REMODEL (005) TUKWILLA, WASHINGTON DOCUMENT 00800 - GENERAL AND SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS Except for revisions included in the following Supplementary Conditions, the "General Conditions of the Contract for Construction," AIA Document A201, Fourteenth Edition, 1987 is hereby incorporated into the Work. All unaltered provisions of the General Conditions shall remain in effect. ARTICLE 1 GENERAL PROVISIONS No Modifications. ARTICLE 2 OWNER No Modifications. ARTICLE 3 CONTRACTOR A. Delete Subparagraph 3.7.1, and substitute the following: "3.7.1 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall secure at the Owner's expense the building permit and other permits and governmental fees; licenses and inspections necessary for proper execution and completion of the work which are customarily secured after execution of the Contract, and which are legally required when bids are received or negotiations concluded. Contractor's business licenses and registration fees will not be paid for by the Owner." B. Revise the first sentence of Subparagraph 3.11.1 to read as follows: "3.11.1 The Contractor shall maintain at the site for the Owner one record copy of the Drawings, Specifications, addenda, Change Orders, As -built Record Drawings, and other Modifications, ..." C. Revise the first sentence of Subparagraph 3.14.2 to read as follows: "3.14.2 The Contractor shall not damage or endanger a portion of the Work or fully or partially completed construction of the Owner, adjacent property owner, or separate contractors by cutting, patching, ..." D. Revise the first sentence of Subparagraph 3.18.1 to read as follows: "3.18.1 To the fullest extent permitted by law, the Contractor shall defend, indemnify and hold harmless the Owner, Owner's consultants, Architect, Architect's consultants, and agents and employees of any of them from and against claims, damages, losses and expenses, including but not limited to attorney's fees, arising out of or resulting from or in any manner connected with the performance of the Work..." ARTICLE 4 ADMINISTRATION OF THE CONTRACT A. Delete Subparagraph 4.1.3, and substitute the following: "4.1.3 In case of termination of employment of the Architect, the Owner shall appoint an architect whose status under the Contract Documents shall be that of the former Architect." B. Delete Subparagraph 4.1.4, and substitute the following: "4.1.4 Disputes arising under Subparagraphs 4.1.2 and 4.1.3 may be subject to arbitration." C. Delete Subparagraph 4.2.5 and insert the following: "4.2.5 Based on the Architect's observations and evaluations of the Contractor's Application for Payment, the Architect will review and approve the amounts due the Contractor and will issue a Letter of Approval for such amounts." D. Delete Subparagraph 4.2.8 and insert the following: 00800 -1 12/9/02 NORDSTROM - SOUTHCENTER MARKETPLACE CAFE REMODEL (005) TUKWILLA, WASHINGTON follows: DOCUMENT 00800 - GENERAL AND SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS "4.2.8 The Contractor will prepare Change Orders for approval by the Architect and Owner, and the Architect will prepare Construction Change Directives and may authorize minor changes in the Work as provided in Paragraph 7.4." E. Revise Subparagraph 4.2.9 to read as follows: Q • "4.2.9 The Architect will conduct inspections to determine the date or dates of Substantial Completion and the `� W date of final completion, will receive and forward to the Owner for the Owner's review and records written warranties and related documents required by the Contract and assembled by the Contractor, and will approve U a final Application for Payment upon compliance with the requirements of the Contract Documents." V O V) F. Revise the first sentence of Subparagraph 4.2.10 to read as follows: J = F- . "4.2.10 If the Owner and Architect agree, the Architect will provide, from time to time, one or more project N ti. representatives to assist in carrying out the Architect's responsibilities at the site." w O . 2 G. Revise the first sentence of Subparagraph 4.4.4 to read as follows: g 5 u.a "4.4.4 If a Claim has not been resolved after consideration of the foregoing and of further evidence presented co D by parties or requested by the Architect, the Architect will notify the parties in writing that the Architect's Z W decision will be made within seven days." Z H H. Revise the first sentence of Subparagraph 4.5.1 Controversies and Claims Subject to Arbitration, to read as Z O "Any controversy or Claim arising out of or related to the Contract, or the breach thereof, may be settled by D C) arbitration in accordance with the Construction Industry Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration N 0 Association, provided written consent is given by the Owner and Contractor to arbitrate, and ..." 0 E- W ii i I. Revise the second sentence of Subparagraph 4.5.1 Controversies and Claims Subject to Arbitration, to read i,U as follows: u- ~O "Such controversies or Claims upon which the Architect has given notice and rendered a decision as provided iii Z in Subparagraph 4.4.4 may be subject to arbitration upon written demand of either party." U J. Delete Subparagraph 4.5.4 When Arbitration May Be Demanded, in its entirety. O ~ Z K. Delete Clause 4.5.4.1 in its entirety. L. Revise the first sentence of Clause 4.5.4.2 to read as follows: "4.5.4.2 A request for arbitration may be made within the time limits specified in Subparagraph 4.5.1, as applicable, and in other cases ..." ARTICLE 5 SUBCONTRACTORS No Modifications. ARTICLE 6 CONSTRUCTION BY OWNER OR BY SEPARATE CONTRACTORS No Modifications. ARTICLE 7 CHANGES IN THE WORK A. Delete Subparagraph 7.2.1, and substitute the following: "7.2.1 A Change Order is a written instrument prepared by the Contractor from information provided by the Owner or the Architect and signed by the Owner, Contractor, and Architect, stating their agreement upon all of the following: " 00800 -2 12/9/02 NORDSTROM - SOUTHCENTER MARKETPLACE CAFE REMODEL (005) TUKWILLA, WASHINGTON ARTICLE 8 TIME DOCUMENT 00800 - GENERAL AND SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS No Modifications. ARTICLE 9 PAYMENTS AND COMPLETION A. Delete Clause 9.3.1.1, and substitute the following: "9.3.1.1 Such applications may not include requests for payment on account of changes in the Work which have been properly authorized by Construction Change Directives but not yet included in Change Orders." B. Revise Title of Subparagraph 9.4 to read "APPROVAL OF APPLICATIONS FOR PAYMENT ". C. Revise subparagraph 9.4.1 to read as follows: "9.4.1 The Architect will, within seven days after receipt of the Contractor's Application for Payment, either issue a Letter of Approval to the Owner for such amount as the Architect determines is properly due, or notify the Contractor and Owner in writing of the Architect's reasons for withholding approval in whole or in part as provided in Subparagraph 9.5.1." D. Revise the first sentence of Subparagraph 9.4.2 to read as follows: "9.4.2 The issuance of a Letter of Approval will constitute..." E. Revise the third sentence of Subparagraph 9.4.2 to read as follows: "The issuance of a Letter of Approval will further constitute a representation that the Contractor is entitled to payment of the amount requested." F. Revise the fourth sentence of Subparagraph 9.4.2 to read as follows: "However, the issuance of a Letter of Approval will not be a representation..." G. Revise Title of Subparagraph 9.5 to read "DECISIONS TO WITHHOLD APPROVAL ". H. Revise the first sentence of Subparagraph 9.5.1 to read as follows: "9.5.1 The Architect may decide not to approve payment and may withhold a Letter of Approval in whole or in part..." I. Revise the second sentence of Subparagraph 9.5.1 to read as follows: "If the Architect is unable to approve payment..." J. Revise the third sentence of Subparagraph 9.5.1 to read as follows: "If the Contractor and Architect cannot agree on a revised amount, the Architect will promptly issue a Letter of Approval for the amount for which..." K. Revise the fourth sentence of Subparagraph 9.5.1 to read as follows: "The Architect may also decide not to approve payment or, because of subsequently discovered evidence or subsequent observations, may nullify the whole or a part of a Letter of Approval previously issued..." L. Add the following clause to Subparagraph 9.5.1: "8. failure to keep as -built record drawings current work progress as required by Subparagraph 3.11.1." M. Revise Subparagraph 9.6.1 to read as follows: "9.6.1 After the Architect has issued a Letter of Approval, the Owner shall..." 00800 -3 12/9/02 NORDSTROM - SOUTHCENTER MARKETPLACE CAFE REMODEL (005) TUKWILLA, WASHINGTON DOCUMENT 00800 - GENERAL AND SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS N. Revise Subparagraph 9.6.6 to read as follows: "A Letter of Approval, a progress payment..." O. Revise the first sentence of Subparagraph 9.7.1 to read as follows: "9.7.1 If the Architect does not issue a Letter of Approval, through no fault of the Contractor, within seven days after receipt of the Contractor's Application for Payment, or if the Owner does not pay the Contractor within the time established in the Contract Documents the amount approved by the Architect or awarded by arbitration, then the Contractor may, upon seven additional days' written notice to the Owner and Architect, stop the Work until payment of the amount owing has been received." P. Revise the first sentence of Subparagraph 9.8.3 to read as follows: "Upon Substantial Completion of the Work or designated portion thereof and upon application by the Contractor and approval by the Architect..." Q. Revise the first sentence of Subparagraph 9.10.1 to read as follows: "9.10.1 Upon receipt of written notice that the Work is ready for final inspection and acceptance and upon receipt of a final Letter of Approval, the Architect will promptly make....will promptly issue a final Letter of Approval stating that....that the entire balance found to be due the Contractor and noted in said final Letter of Approval..." R. Revise the second sentence of Subparagraph 9.10.1 to read as follows: "The Architect's final Letter of Approval will constitute..." S. Revise the first sentence of Subparagraph 9.10.3 to read as follows: "...the Owner shall, upon application by the Contractor and approval by the Architect..." ARTICLE 10 PROTECTION OF PERSONS AND PROPERTY No Modifications. ARTICLE 11 INSURANCE AND BONDS A. Delete 11.1.2 and replace with the following: "11.1.2 The insurance required by Subparagraph 11.1.1 shall be written for not less than the following limits of liability, or greater if required by law. By requiring insurance herein, Owner does not represent that coverage and limits will necessarily be adequate to protect Contractor, and such coverage and limits shall not be deemed as a limitation on Contractor's liability under the indemnities granted to Owner in this contract. The insurance shall be primary over all other insurance of any additional insured, shall be written on an occurrence basis and shall be maintained without interruption from date of commencement of the work until date of final payment and termination of any coverage required to be maintained after final payment." B. Add the following Clause 11.1.2.1 to Subparagraph 11.1.2: "11.1.2.1 The limits of Liability for insurance required by Subparagraph 11.1.1 shall be: 1. Workers' Compensation: Statutory. Employer's Liability $10,000,000 each occurrence. 2. Commercial General Liability and Umbrella Liability, minimum limits as noted below: a. Bodily Injury and Property Damage $10,000,000 per occurrence $10,000,000 aggregate limit per location Coverage shall include, but not be limited to: 00800 -4 12/9/02 1 NORDSTROM — SOUTHCENTER MARKETPLACE CAFE REMODEL (005) TUKWILLA, WASHINGTON DOCUMENT 00800 - GENERAL AND SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS Premises Operations Underground, Explosion & Collapse Hazards Products - Completed Operations Blanket Contractual Liability Z Independent Contractors' Protective Q Broad Form Property Damage including Completed Operations . = b. Personal Injury Liability: $10,000,000 per offense. W c. Completed Operations and Products Liability shall be maintained for a period of not less than one 6 m year after final payment. U O co 3. Automobile Liability, including owned, hired and non -owned autos: Ill O a. Bodily Injury and Property Damage: $10,000,000 Combined Single Limit." H U) u_ C. Add the following Clause 11.1.3.1 to 11.1.3: W O 2 "11.1.3.1 Certificates of Insurance shall also provide that there will be no cancellation or reduction of coverage without forty -five (45) days prior written notice to the Owner. Any language in a of a. Insurance qualifying cancellation or reductions of coverage requirements by "shall attempt " to notify the u) d certificate holder in the event of cancellation is not acceptable." I W D. Delete Subparagraph 11.2.1 and replace it with the following: ? I I— O "11.2.1 The Contractor shall be responsible for purchasing an Owner's Protective Liability insurance policy W � - with the coverage and amounts indicated in Subparagraph 11.1.2.1. This requirement may be waived if the g j Owner, the Architect and all of the Owner's and Architect's consultants, and the Property Owner, Property D 0 Developer, Mall Managers and any other party as their interest may appear are named as additional insured on 0 N the Contractor's Commercial General Liability and Umbrella Liability Policies, and these policies include p '. cross liability clauses. The Contractor shall cause the Contractor's Liability policies to be endorsed as primary w w insurance over any other valid and collectible insurance which the additional insured may have. The = U Contractor shall provide to the Owner a copy of the aforesaid endorsement or evidence of the aforesaid ~ i` endorsement satisfactory to the Owner prior to commencement of any Work. Failure to provide this LL' Z endorsement or evidence of this endorsement shall not be deemed to be a waiver of the obligation to endorse 111 the policies as required herein." U O ~ E. Revise the first sentence of Subparagraph 11.3.1 to read as follows: Z "11.3.1 Unless otherwise provided, the Owner shall purchase and maintain, in a company or companies lawfully authorized to do business in the jurisdiction in which the Project is located, property insurance in the amount noted in the Contract Documents." F. Delete Subparagraph 11.3.1.3 and replace it with the following: "11.3.1.3 The property insurance is written with a deductible of $25,000 per occurrence. The Contractor shall pay the first $5,000 of any single loss caused in whole or in part by negligent acts or omissions of the Contractor, Subcontractor and /or Sub - subcontractor. Any deductible paid by the Contractor shall be a non - reimbursable expense." G. Delete Subparagraph 11.3.2 Boiler and Machinery Insurance, in its entirety. H. Add the following to Subparagraph 11.3.4: "Unless agreed to in writing by the Owner these costs shall be non - reimbursable." I. Delete Subparagraph 11.3.6 and replace it with the following: "11.3.6 Upon request, the Owner shall file with the Contractor Certificates of Insurance evidencing the insurance coverage required by this Paragraph 11.3. Each Certificate of Insurance shall contain a provision that coverage will not be canceled or allowed to expire until at least forty -five (45) days prior written notice has been given to the Contractor." J. Delete Subparagraph 11.3.10 and replace it with the following: 00800 -5 12/9/02 1 NORDSTROM - SOUTHCENTER MARKETPLACE CAFE REMODEL (005) TUKWILLA, WASHINGTON DOCUMENT 00800 - GENERAL AND SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS "11.3.10 The Owner as fiduciary shall have power to adjust and settle a loss with insurers." K. Delete Subparagraph 11.3.9, in its entirety. L. Delete Subparagraph 11.3.10, in its entirety. M. Add the following Clause 11.4.2.1 to Subparagraph 11.4.2: "11.4.2.1 Owner shall pay prevailing insurance rates only. If Contractor participates in special programs, such as workers' compensation "retro" program, the additional cost associated with these programs will not be reimbursed." ARTICLE 12 UNCOVERING AND CORRECTION OF WORK No Modifications. ARTICLE 13 MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS A. Delete Subparagraph 13.1.1, and substitute the following: "13.1.1 The Contract shall be governed by the law of the State of Washington. In the event of dispute, venue shall be King County, Washington." B. Revise the second sentence of Subparagraph 13.5.1 to read as follows: "Unless otherwise provided, the Contractor shall make arrangements for such tests, inspections, and approvals with an independent testing laboratory or entity selected by the Owner, or with the appropriate public authority." C. Revise the last sentence of Subparagraph 13.5.1 to read as follows: "The Owner shall bear costs of tests, inspections and approvals." D. Revise Subparagraph 13.5.2 to read as follows: "13.5.2 If the Architect, Owner, or public authorities having jurisdiction determine that portions of the Work require additional testing, inspection or approval not included under Subparagraph 13.5.1, the Architect will or the Owner will instruct the Contractor to make arrangements for such additional testing, inspection or approval by an entity acceptable to the Owner, and the Contractor shall give timely notice to the Architect of when and where tests and inspections are to be made so the Architect may observe such procedures." E. Revise the title of Clause 13.7.1.2 to read "Between Substantial Completion and Final Letter of Approval." F. Revise the first sentence of Clause 13.7.1.2 to read as follows: "As to acts or failures to act occurring subsequent to the relevant date of Substantial Completion and prior to the issuance of the final Letter of Approval, any applicable statute..." G. Revise the title of Clause 13.7.1.3 to read "After Final Letter of Approval." H. Revise the first sentence of Clause 13.7.1.3 to read as follows: "As to acts or failures to act occurring after the relevant date of issuance of the final Letter of Approval, any applicable statute..." ARTICLE 14 TERMINATION OR SUSPENSION OF THE CONTRACT A. Delete Clause 14.1.1.3, and substitute the following: 00800 -6 1 2/9/02 NORDSTROM - SOUTHCENTER MARKETPLACE CAFE REMODEL (005) TUKWILLA, WASHINGTON DOCUMENT 00800 - GENERAL AND SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS 14.1.1.3 "because the Architect has not issued a Letter of Approval and has not notified the Contractor of the reason for withholding Letter of Approval as provided in Subparagraph 9.4.1, or because the Owner has not made payment on an Application for Payment within the time stated in the Contract Documents." B. Delete Subparagraph 14.1.2, and substitute the following: Q • • "14.1.2 If one of the above exists, the Contractor may, upon seven additional days' written notice to the F - W Owner and Architect, terminate the Contract and recover from the Owner payment for the value of the Work 6 re 2 performed and for proven loss with respect to materials, equipment, tools, and construction equipment and U machinery, including reasonable overhead, profit and damages." V 0 U) W J � END OF SECTION N LL W O 2 ¢ L ¢ N : = Q1 W Z 1- O Z F— 2 p 0 1-- = W -- O ..Z W U N . 0 O 00800 -7 12/9/02 Z PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. General description of work. 2. Contract time. 3. Work by others. 4. Special work requirements. 5. Existing conditions. 6. Owner furnished Contractor installed products. 7. Coordination. 8. Referenced standards. 9. Document format. 10. Project Manual organization and interpretation. 11. Communication. 12. Applicable codes. 13. Request for information. B. This Section applies to all Technical Specification Sections and supplements the General Conditions. 1.2 GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF WORK. A. The Work comprises construction of remodeling existing 4480 sf facility including plumbing, fire suppression systems, mechanical (HVAC), and electrical work. 1.3 CONTRACT TIME NORDSTROM — SOUTEICENTER MARKETPLACE CAFE REMODEL (005) TUKWILLA, WASHINGTON SECTION 01100 - SUMMARY A. Schedule and coordinate work for Date of Substantial Completion / Store Turnover on or before April 11, 2003 and Final Completion on or before April 11, 2003. Store Opening is scheduled for April 18,2003. B. If an extension of time is granted, Contractor shall indemnify and save harmless the Owner from the loss to any subcontractor caused by such extension of time. 1.4 WORK BY OTHERS A. Work indicated NIC is "Not In Contract" and will be performed by others. B. There will be separate Contracts for the following work: 1. Telephone system and equipment. 2. Point -of -sale computer. 3. Interior furnishings. 4. Portable plants. 5. Seating 6. Food service equipment as noted. 1.5 SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS A. Coordinate use of premises under direction of Owner, and in accordance with the requirements of jurisdictional Code authorities. B. Owner Occupancy Requirements: 1. Owner will occupy portions of the premises during final stage of construction for installation of furnishings and stock, and pre - opening preparation. 2. Cooperate with the Owner to minimize conflict, and facilitate Owner's operations. 3. If the Owner requires operation of equipment or systems serving the building prior to the final completion and acceptance of the work, the Contractor shall be responsible for the supervision and direction of the requested operation. C. Maintenance of Developer's Operations: 1. During the entire construction period, schedule and coordinate all work to avoid interference with the work of other Contractors and any other mall operations. 01100 -1 NORDSTROM — SOUTHCENTER MARKETPLACE CAFE REMODEL (005) TUKWILLA, WASHINGTON 2. Schedule working hours, staging areas, access routes, parking, utility connections and similar items with the Owner and Developer; these times will not necessarily be the Contractor's normal work schedule. 1.6 EXISTING CONDITIONS A. Architect does not guarantee the accuracy of indicated existing dimensions and conditions. Verify all existing conditions. Except as provided in the General Conditions, no increase in Contract Sum, related to inaccuracies in description of existing conditions, will be authorized. 1.7 OWNER FURNISHED CONTRACTOR INSTALLED PRODUCTS A. The Owner will furnish various products as indicated on the Drawings and/or specified in the technical Sections. B. Owner's Responsibilities for Owner Furnished Products: 1. Arrange for and deliver product data, shop drawings, samples, manufacturer's instructions, and other pertinent data to Contractor. 2. Arrange and pay for product delivery to site, unless otherwise specified. 3. On delivery, inspect products jointly with Contractor. 4. Submit claims for transportation damage. 5. Arrange for replacement of damaged, defective, or missing items. 6. Arrange for manufacturers' warranties, inspections, and service. C. Contractor's Responsibilities for Owner Furnished Products: 1. Indicate submittal and delivery dates for each product in the Progress Schedule. 2. Review product data, shop drawings, samples, and other submittals as requested, and as necessary to facilitate installation. 3. Forward reviewed submittals to Architect with notification of any observed discrepancies due to non- compliance with the Contract Documents. 4. Receive and unload products at the Owner's warehouse; inspect deliveries jointly with the Owner; record shortages, damages, and defective items. 5. Unless directed otherwise by Owner, initiate freight claims for damaged and missing products; order replacement and missing products in a timely manner. 6. Transport products from the warehouse to the Project site and unload. 7. Handle, store, install and finish products, in compliance with Contract Documents and manufacturer's instructions, as applicable. 8. Protect products from damage and from exposure to the elements. 9. Repair or replace items damaged by Work of this Contract; replace items lost by Contractor. 10. Coordinate all work required to accommodate Owner furnished items. 1.8 COORDINATION A. Cutting and Patching: 1. Execute cutting and removal operations to uncover ill- timed, defective, or non - conforming work. 2. Patch all areas damaged by cutting and removal operations to original condition. Seal all penetrations, unless indicated or approved otherwise. 3. Penetrations through fire rated construction shall be sealed to maintain the rating of the construction. 1.9 REFERENCED STANDARDS 1.10 DOCUMENT FORMAT SECTION 01100 - SUMMARY A. Materials and equipment specified by reference to standard specifications, trade association publications, and manufacturer's catalogs and installation recommendations, shall refer to the latest issue in effect at the date of Contract, except where specifications or governing building codes refer on specific items to an earlier issue. B. In case of conflict between the project specifications and referenced standards, the one having the most stringent requirements shall govern. A. Preliminary Issues: 1. Specifications issued prior to the General Bid set are partial and may contain requirements and references not applicable to the subject document package. 2. In general, where the final bid set incorporates modifications to previously issued documents, the cost of such modifications shall be itemized and incorporated into the final bid price. 01100 -2 NORDSTROM — SOUTHCENTER MARKETPLACE CAFE REMODEL (005) TUKWILLA, WASHINGTON B. Modifications to text in specifications which have been previously issued are indicated as follows: 1. Deleted text is Overstruslc. 2. New text -is Underlined. C. Modifications to drawings which have been previously issued are indicated by a ncl ud�' around the current modified portion of the drawing. 1.11 PROJECT MANUAL ORGANIZATION AND INTERPRETATION A. Sections of Division 1 - General Requirements govern the execution of all sections of the specifications. B. Except as otherwise provided in the Agreement, documents numbered 00000 through 00699, and bound in front of the 'General Conditions of the Contract for Construction' in the Project Manual, consist of introductory pages, forms, and information available to the Contractor, and are not part of the Contract. C. Specifications and notes are written in imperative and abbreviated form. Imperative language of the technical sections is directed at the Contractor, unless specifically noted otherwise. Incomplete sentences shall be completed by inserting "shall," "shall be," "the Contractor shall," and similar mandatory phrases by inference. The words "shall be" shall be supplied by inference where a colon (:) is used. D. Where "as shown," "as detailed," "as indicated," or words of similar meaning are used, references to the Contract Documents are intended unless stated otherwise. Where "as directed," "as required," "as selected," "approved," or words of similar meaning are used, it shall be understood that "by the Architect" follows unless stated otherwise. "Furnish" means "Contractor shall procure, pay for, and deliver "; "install" means "Contractor shall set in position and connect or adjust for final use "; "provide" means "Contractor shall furnish and install." E. The terms 'Installer, "Fabricator,' and 'Supplier' shall mean the Contractor, a subcontractor, or a sub - subcontractor." 1.12 COMMUNICATION SECTION 01100 - SUMMARY A. Copies or memos of all direct communications between the Owner and Contractor facilitating contract administration shall be promptly transmitted to the Architect by the party initiating the communication. 1.13 APPLICABLE CODES A. Perform work in accordance with the requirements of the local jurisdictional Code authorities and the Codes listed on the Drawings. 1.14 REQUEST FOR INFORMATION A. Allot time in construction scheduling for liaison with Architect; establish procedures for handling queries and clarifications. B. Use an electronic version of the "Request for Information" form for requesting information from the Architect. Example of the form is bound in this manual following this Section. Architect will furnish the electronic version of the form to expedite the processing of data. C. Allow sufficient time in construction schedule for Architect's response to the RFIs. PART 2 - PRODUCTS Not Applicable PART 3 - EXECUTION Not Applicable END OF SECTION 01100 -3 Z • W � O 0 ( o co ILI J H W O g Q . u I— 0 Z !— O co O — O F- =W I— '— -O Z W U= O I Z . NORDSTROM - SOUTHCENTER MARKETPLACE CAFE REMODEL (005) TUKWILLA, WASHINGTON PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY SECTION 01200 - PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES A. Section Includes: 1. Application for Payment. 2. Change Order Procedures. B. Related Sections: 1. Owner - Contractor Agreement. 2. General Conditions of the Contract - AIA Document A201. 3. 01100 - Summary. 4. 01600 - Product Requirements: Substitutions. 5. 01770 - Closeout Procedures: Project Record Drawings. C. This Section supplements the General Conditions. 1.2 APPLICATIONS FOR PAYMENT A. Format and Data Required: 1. Submit Applications for Payment to Architect in accord with the schedule established by Conditions of the Contract and Agreement Between Owner and Contractor. 2. Submit applications in the form required by Owner, with itemized data typed on 8 -1/2 x 11 inch continuation sheets providing itemized data following accepted Schedule of Values format. B. Preparation of Application for Each Progress Payment: 1. Application Form: a. Fill in required information, including that for Change Orders executed prior to date of submittal of application. b. Fill in summary of dollar values to agree with respective totals indicated on continuation sheets. c. Execute application with signature of a responsible officer of contract firm. 2. Continuation Sheets: a. Fill in total list of all scheduled component items of work, with item number and scheduled dollar value for each item. b. Fill in dollar value in each column for each scheduled line item when work has been performed or products stored. Round off values to nearest dollar, or as specified for Schedule of Values. c. List each Change Order executed prior to date of submission, at the end of the continuation sheets. List by Change Order Number, and description, as for an original component item of work. C. Substantiating Data For Progress Payments: 1. When the Owner or the Architect requires substantiating data, submit suitable information, with a cover letter identifying: a. Project. b. Application number and date. c. Detailed list of enclosures. d. For stored products: 1) Item number and identification as shown on application. 2) Description of specific material. 2. Submit one copy of data and cover letter for each copy of application. D. Preparation of Application For Final Payment: 1. Fill in Application form as specified for progress payments. 2. Use continuation sheet for presenting the final statement of accounting as specified in Section 01770 - Closeout Procedures. E. Submittal Procedure: 1. Submit Applications for Payment to Architect at the times stipulated in the Agreement. 2. Number: Two copies of each application. 3. When Architect finds application properly completed and correct, he will transmit Certificate for Payment to Owner, with a copy to Contractor. 1.3 CHANGE ORDER PROCEDURES 01200 -1 12/9/02 NORDSTROM - SOUTHCENTER MARKETPLACE CAFE REMODEL (005) TUKWILLA, WASHINGTON SECTION 01200 - PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES A. Definitions: 1. Change Order: See General Conditions. 2. Proposal Request: a. An instrument submitted by the Architect to the Contractor which describes proposed changes in the Work, and requests a proposal from the Contractor consisting of: 1) the total change to the Contract price, if any. 2) an itemization of costs related to the proposal. 3) changes to the Contract Time, if any. b. A proposal request is not an authorization for a change in the Work, but may be incorporated into the Contract by Construction Change Directive, or by Change Order. 3. Construction Change Directive: Issued by Architect; signed by Owner. Interim order to proceed with changes based on description of work required and estimated maximum price (or minimum credit). Upon agreement of adjusted price and time, as applicable, description of changes will be incorporated into a Change Order. 4. Architect's Supplemental Instructions: Clarification issued by the Architect. Requires signature by the Contractor to acknowledge no change in cost. B. Timing and Authorization: 1. A proposal shall be submitted by the General Contractor within 7 calendar days of the issuance of each proposal request. 2. Promptly implement change order procedures. a. Provide full written data required to evaluate changes. b. Maintain detailed records of work done on a time -and material basis. c. Provide full documentation to Architect on request. 3. Designate in writing the member of Contractor's organization: a. Who is authorized to accept changes in the work. b. Who is responsible for informing others in the Contractor's employ of the authorization of changes in the work. c. Who is authorized to execute Change Orders. C. Preliminary Procedures: 1. Owner or Architect may initiate changes by submitting a Proposal Request to the Contractor containing the proposed change. Request will include: a. Detailed description of the change, products, and location of the change in the Project. b. Supplementary or revised Drawings and Specifications. c. The projected time span for making the change, and a specific statement as to whether overtime work is, or is not, authorized. d. A specific period of time during which the requested price will be considered valid. e. Such request is for information only, and is not an instruction to execute the changes, nor to stop work in progress. 2. Contractor may initiate changes by submitting a written request to Architect, containing: a. Description of the proposed changes. b. Statement of the reason for making the changes. c. Statement of the effect on the Contract Sum and the Contract Time. d. Statement of the effect on the work of separate contractors. e. Documentation supporting any change in Contract Sum or Contract Time, as appropriate. D. Documentation of Contractor Proposals and Claims 1. Support each quotation for a lump -sum proposal, and for each unit price which has not previously been established, with sufficient substantiating data to allow Architect to evaluate the quotation. 2. On request provide additional data to support time and cost computations: a. Labor required. b. Equipment required. c. Products required. 1) Recommended source of purchase and unit cost. 2) Quantities required. d. Taxes, insurance, and bonds. e. Credit for work deleted from Contract, similarly documented. f. Overhead and profit. g. Justification for any change in Contract Time. 3. Support each claim for additional costs, and for work done on a time - and - material basis with documentation as required for a lump -sum proposal, plus additional information: a. Name of the Owner's authorized agent who ordered the Work, and date of the order. 01200 -2 12/9/02 Not Applicable Not Applicable NORDSTROM - SOUTHCENTER MARKETPLACE CAFE REMODEL (005) TUKWILLA, WASHINGTON SECTION 01200 - PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES b. Dates and times work was performed, and by whom. c. Time record, summary of hours worked, and hourly rates paid. d. Receipts and invoices for: 1) Equipment used, listing dates and times of use. 2) Products used, listing of quantities. 3) Subcontracts. 4. Illegible documentation will be considered cause for rejection. 5. Document requests for substitutions for products as specified in Section 01600. E. Changes in the Work 1. A Clarification which will have no impact on the project price will be issued by the Architect under Architect's Supplemental Instructions. 2. Change Orders a. The Contractor shall prepare each Change Order on AIA Document G701 incorporating previously approved Proposal Requests and Construction Change Directives. b. Change Orders shall describe changes in the work, both additions and deletions, with attachments of revised Contract Documents to define details of the change. c. Change Orders shall provide an accounting of the adjustment in the Contract Sum and in the Contract Time. d. Content of Change Orders shall be based on, either: 1) Proposal Requests and Contractor's responsive cost proposal as agreed between Owner and Contractor. 2) Contractor Proposal for a change, as recommended by Architect and approved by the Owner. e. Owner and Architect will sign and date each Change Order as authorization for the Contractor to proceed with the changes. f. To indicate agreement with the terms therein, Contractor shall sign and date the Change Order. F. Correlation With Contractor's Submittals 1. Periodically revise Schedule of Values and Request for Payment forms to record each change as a separate item of work, and to record the adjusted Contract Sum. 2. Periodically revise the Construction Schedule to reflect each change in Contract Time, and revise sub - schedules to show changes for other items of work affected by the changes. 3. Upon completion of work under a Change Order, enter pertinent changes in Record Documents. PART 2 - PRODUCTS PART 3 - EXECUTION END OF SECTION 01200 -3 12/9/02 Z W re JU W 0 u, W I H W LL W O • �-- g LL? co a = W 1- _ Z � W 1 • W U O - . O I— = uJ Li. O iii Z U = 0 Z 1 NORDSTROM - SOUTHCENTER MARKETPLACE CAFE REMODEL (005) TUKWILLA, WASHINGTON PART 1 - GENERAL SECTION 01312 - PROJECT MEETINGS 1.1 SUMMARY A. Requirements Included: 1. Pre - construction conference. 2. Progress meetings. B. This Section applies to all Technical Specification Sections and supplements the General Conditions. 1.2 GENERAL MEETING REQUIREMENTS A. Make physical arrangements for meetings, prepare agenda with copies for all participants, and preside at meetings B. Unless otherwise required, notify the participants a minimum of 14 calendar days prior to each scheduled meeting. C. Submit the proposed agenda to the participants a minimum of 5 calendar days prior to the meeting date. D. All representatives attending meetings shall be authorized to act on behalf of the entity each represents. E. Architect will attend meetings to ascertain the work is expedited consistent with Contract Documents and construction schedules. F. It shall be the responsibility of the General Contractor to take minutes at all progress meetings and pre - installation conferences. Within 3 days after each meeting, copy and distribute minutes to all attendees and to other parties, as appropriate. 1.3 PRECONSTRUCTION CONFERENCE A. Architect shall schedule and administer a general pre - construction telephone conference call convenient for all parties. B. Require the following parties in attendance: 1. Owner's Representative. 2. Architect. 3. Contractor's superintendent. 4. Others as appropriate. C. Suggested Agenda: 1. Introduction and identification of major subcontractors and suppliers. 2. Projected Construction Schedules and critical work sequencing. 3. Major equipment deliveries and priorities. 4. Project coordination, including designation of responsible personnel, their authority and limitations, order of communications. 5. Procedures and processing of: a. Field decisions. b. Proposal requests. c. Contractor initiated change requests. d. Change Orders. e. Applications for Payment. 6. Method of distribution of Contract Documents. 7. Procedures for maintaining Record Documents. 8. Use of premises; project office, work and storage areas; Owner's use of premises. 9. Locations of temporary utilities. 10. Safety, first -aid, and security procedures. 11. Procedures for fire protection during construction. 12. Housekeeping procedures. 13. Site visits and job meeting procedures, timing, inspections, and attendance requirements. 14. Shop drawing submittal and checking procedures, timing, copies required, format, and substitution policy. 15. Mock -up scheduling requirements. 01312 -1 16. Access panel locations (including requirements for cleanout, valve, signage transformer, and coiling door motor operators). 17. Transformer locations and clearance requirements. 1.4 PROGRESS MEETINGS A. Schedule and administer regular meetings twice monthly, unless otherwise mutually agreed to. 1. Require the following in attendance: a. Contractor. b. Architect's professional consultants, as appropriate. c. Subcontractors and suppliers as appropriate. 2. The Owner's representative and /or the Architect will attend progress meetings approximately monthly, at their discretion. B. Meeting Location: General Contractor's field office. C. Suggested Agenda: 1. Review work progress since previous meeting. 2. Discuss field observations, problems, conflicts, problems which impede Construction Schedule. 3. Review off -site fabrication, delivery schedules. 4. Discuss corrective measures and procedures to regain projected schedule. 5. Update Construction Schedule. 6. Review progress, schedule, during succeeding work period. 7. Coordinate schedules. 8. Review submittal schedules. 9. Maintain quality standards. 10. Discuss pending changes and substitutions. 11. Review proposed changes for effect on: a. Construction Schedule. b. Completion date. c. Other Contracts of the Project. 12. Allow time for other business. PART 2 - PRODUCTS Not Applicable PART 3 - EXECUTION Not Applicable NORDSTROM - SOUTHCENTER MARKETPLACE CAFE REMODEL (005) TUKWILLA, WASHINGTON SECTION 01312 - PROJECT MEETINGS END OF SECTION 01312 -2 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY NORDSTROM — SOUTHCENTER MARKETPLACE CAFE REMODEL (005) TUKWILLA, WASHINGTON SECTION 01330 - SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES A. Section Includes: 1. Submittal form criteria. 2. Submittal schedule. 3. Contractor responsibilities. 4. Submittals required prior to starting construction. 5. Submittals required prior to first application for payment. 6. Submittals required during construction. 7. Submittals required on completion of construction. B. Related Sections: 1. Contract Conditions: Definitions and additional responsibilities of contract parties. 2. 01600 ,- Product Requirements: Substitutions. 3. 01770 Closeout Procedures: Closeout submittals. C. This Section applies to all Technical Specification Sections and supplements the General Conditions. 1.2 SUBMITTAL FORM CRITERIA A. Provide the following, as applicable, on each submittal: 1. Present and previous submissions dates. 2. The Project title and number. 3. Contract identification. 4. The names of: a. Contractor. b. Supplier. c. Manufacturer. 5. Identification of revisions on resubmittals. 6. An blank space for Contractor and Architect stamps. B. Submittals shall follow the 16 Division format established in the Table of Contents published in this Project Manual. Identify each line item by the number and title of the respective specification section. 1.3 SUBMITTAL SCHEDULE A. Schedule of Submittals: 1. Submit for Architect's review a Schedule of Submittals 2. Schedule of Submittals shall indicate the date that each submittal will be submitted to the Architect. B. Make submittals to the Architect as specified, and as required to cause no delay in the work. C. Require each subcontractor to make submittals in accordance with the approved Schedule of Submittals, unless approved otherwise. D. Allow a minimum of 14 days from receipt, for the Architect to review each submittal. E. Schedule submittals to allow sufficient time for possible revision and resubmittal of the rejected submittals, without interfering with construction schedule. 1.4 CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBILITIES A. Review submittals prior to submission. Verify specified requirements of products, field measurements, and field construction requirements. B. Stamp and sign each submittal as certification that the submittal has been reviewed by the Contractor. C. Coordinate each submittal with requirements of the work and of the Contract Documents. D. Notify the Architect in writing, at time of submission, of any deviations in the submittals from requirements of the Contract Documents. 01330 -1 NORDSTROM — SOUTHCENTER MARKETPLACE CAFE REMODEL (005) TUKWILLA, WASHINGTON SECTION 01330 - SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES E. Make copies of all approved shop drawings and product literature available for use in the project. F. If the Contractor fails to review Shop Drawings, Product Data, or Samples to determine their responsiveness to the Contract Documents, or fails to substantially respond to Architect's review comments prior to resubmittal, or makes submittals which substantially alter the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall reimburse the Owner for the charges of the Architect for extra services required to review such submittals. G. Certification shall be in a form acceptable to the Owner and Architect. 1.5 SUBMITTALS REQUIRED PRIOR TO STARTING CONSTRUCTION A. Immediately following Contract signing and prior to starting construction submit the following: 1. All certificates of insurance required in the Contract Conditions indicating the extent of coverage. 2. Schedule of Values: Itemized construction contract cost breakdown in accordance with the Owner's requirements. Contact the Owner to obtain list of cost breakdown codes. 3. List of subcontractors and suppliers proposed for the principal work parts; include addresses, phone numbers, and name of office contact person. 1.6 CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE A. Prior to first application for payment, submit Construction Schedule showing commencement and completion dates proposed for each subdivision of work. 1. Prepare schedule in the form of a network planning system (CPM) for scheduling and controlling the work. 2. Coordinate with the Owner's schedule, showing all Contract activities of work including their start, duration, completion, float and critical path. 3. Indicate on construction schedule or submit separate schedules for the following: a. Submittals b. 1st Architect's site visit — completion of demoliton. c. 2nd Architect's site visit - completion of lighting rough -in. d. 3rd Architect's site visit — substantial competion (3 week prior to turnover). e. 4th Architect's site visit — Punch List (1 week prior to turnover). B. Update and submit monthly, reflecting actual start and completion of all scheduled activities. 1.7 SUBMITTALS REQUIRED DURING CONSTRUCTION A. Package Submittals: 1. Except where approved otherwise by the Architect, submit the following groups as complete packages: a. Division 15 for plumbing systems. b. Division 15 for fire protection systems. c. Division 15 for heating, ventilating, and air conditioning systems. d. Division 16 for electrical systems. 2. Submit each package separately complete with all submittals required by the respective specification sections. B. Certifications: As required in each specification section. C. Product Data: 1. Preparation: a. Clearly mark all copies to identify pertinent products or models. b. Show performance characteristics and capacities. c. Show dimensions and clearances required. d. Show wiring or piping diagrams and controls. e. Identify product with specification section. 2. Manufacturer's standard schematic drawings and diagrams: a. Modify drawings and diagrams to delete information which is not applicable to the work. b. Supplement standard information to provide information specifically applicable to the work. 3. Number of Copies: Submit number of copies required for distribution, plus one copy which will be retained by Architect. Submit additional copies as necessary for one copy to be retained by each of the applicable disciplines, such as structural, plumbing, fire protection, mechanical, or electrical. D. Shop Drawings: 1. Submit Shop Drawings required by individual Sections of the Specifications, and as otherwise required for proper performance of the work. 01330 -2 2. Illustrate fully the requirements of the Specifications and the Contract Drawings, and accurately show quantities, kinds of materials, methods of assembly, and all data required for fabrication, erection, and installation. 3. Show the relationship of adjoining work, relevant field conditions and dimensions; coordinate with affected subcontractors and suppliers if in conflict. Where specific items such as field dimensions, clearances, adjacent construction, mounting configurations, access requirements, structural calculations, etc. are required by the technical specification Sections, failure to provide such information on the shop drawings may be cause for rejection without review. 4. Shop drawings will be reviewed by the Architect for conformance to the design concept only. 5. Submit to the Architect one legible reproducible drawing and 2 prints for review, except that shop drawings 11 x 17 inch size or smaller may be submitted in the form of 3 blackline or electrostatic copies. 6. Architect will return the reproducible copy to Contractor with corrections, notations and Architect's stamp indicating action to be taken. 7. In the case of rejected Shop Drawings, Architect will keep the reproducible copy and return 2 prints to the Contractor for his use in the preparation of a revised reproducible for resubmittal. 8. Should discrepancies become evident, immediately notify Architect for resolution before proceeding with shop work. 9. Database of CADD generated drawings may be obtained from the Architect only for use in preparation of shop drawings for this Project. a. Release of CADD information will be restricted to the following categories: 1) Architectural floor plans. 2) Site plan. 3) Exterior elevations. b. The CADD database will contain only the background information; the sheet numbers, sheet titles, room names and numbers, reference symbols, and other similar data will not be included. c. The CADD database will be generated on PC hardware. Architect has the capability to develop CADD output to meet capabilities of all major platforms and major media types. When requesting CADD databases, specify the output form required. d. Request documents by submitting an executed copy of the "Request for Transfer of Documents." Example of the form bound in this manual following this Section. Use of such documents implies Contractor's and subcontractors' agreement to the terms described on the form. Fully describe requirements for each request. e. Contractor shall reimburse the Owner for CADD databases, $200.00 per request of all or any categories listed above. f. Contractor shall maintain a log of requests and shall submit the final log for review at Project Closeout. E. Samples: 1. Where color, texture, or pattern is not specified, or is specified to be selected by the Architect, submit full range of manufacturers' standard colors, textures, and patterns for Architect's selection. 2. Unless otherwise specified in the specification section, submit 3 of each required sample of each item proposed for the work. 3. Include product identification, including manufacturer and model number, finish, if applicable, and specification Section number, attached to each sample; note applicable standards, such as ASTM numbers. 1.8 SUBMITTALS REQUIRED ON COMPLETION OF CONSTRUCTION A. Refer to requirements of Section 01770 - Closeout Procedures. PART 2 - PRODUCTS Not Applicable PART 3 - EXECUTION Not Applicable NORDSTROM — SOUTHCENTER MARKETPLACE CAFE REMODEL (005) TUKWILLA, WASHINGTON SECTION 01330 - SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES END OF SECTION 01330 -3 Z w 00 cn o J = H � LL W O 2 co = W Z1.- 1- O Z 1- W • W o O — o i— w W • O W Z = P. Z PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY NORDSTROM — SOUTHCENTER MARKETPLACE CAFE REMODEL (005) TUKWILLA, WASHINGTON SECTION 01450 - QUALITY CONTROL A. Section Includes: 1. General quality control. 2. Workmanship. 3. Special installation procedures. 4. Manufacturer's instructions. 5. Field samples and mock -ups. 6. Manufacturers' field services. 7. Testing laboratory services. 8. Contractor tests and inspections. B. Related Sections: 1. General Conditions of the Contract for Construction: Inspection and testing required by Governing authorities. 2. 00371 - Testing and Inspection Services: Owner -paid tests and inspections. 3. 01100 - Summary: Applicability of specified reference standards. 4. 01330 - Submittal Procedures: Submittal of manufacturer instructions. C. This Section applies to all Technical Specification Sections and supplements the General Conditions. 1.2 QUALITY CONTROL, GENERAL A. Maintain quality control over suppliers, manufacturers, products, services, site conditions, and workmanship, to produce work of specified quality. 1.3 WORKMANSHIP A. Comply with industry standards except when more restrictive tolerances or specified requirements indicate more rigid standards or more precise workmanship. B. When, in the opinion of the Contractor, materials or procedures are indicated or specified which are contrary to best trade practice for obtaining the desired quality, notify the Architect. C. Unless greater standards are required by the Contract Documents, perform all work by skilled mechanics in accordance with established standards of workmanship in each of the various trades. D. Preparation: Prior to installing any item or material, verify that surfaces to receive such item or material are plumb, level, true -to -line and straight to the degree necessary to achieve tolerances specified or required. E. Secure products in place with positive anchorage devices designed and sized to withstand stresses, vibration, and racking. F. Tolerances: Unless indicated otherwise, install all items plumb, level, flat and straight throughout their entire extent, within limits of tolerances specified. Where tolerances are not specified, install all items in accordance with requirements for each application, in compliance with published trade standards and specifications in each industry. G. Verify that substrates are adequately reinforced prior to attachment of items. H. All joints in finish materials shall be tight, straight, even and smooth in appearance. I. All operable items shall operate properly, within manufacturer's specifications. 1.4 SPECIAL INSTALLATION PROCEDURES A. Steel Decking: 1. Where fastening into bottom of steel decking is required, drill or shoot only into lower flutes. 2. Do not use fasteners in steel deck which penetrate more than 1 inch. 3. Do not shoot into steel roof deck. Where anchorage to structural framing members is impractical, supports for items such as suspended ceiling systems, ductwork, and aluminum conduit 1 -1/2 inches or less may be 01450 -1 NORDSTROM — SOUTHCENTER MARKETPLACE CAFE REMODEL (005) TUKWILLA, WASHINGTON 1.5 MANUFACTURERS' INSTRUCTIONS SECTION 01450 - QUALITY CONTROL supported from steel roof decking by sheet metal screws, screwed into the bottom of the insulated roof deck, and in sufficient quantity to adequately support the load. Equipment supports, display supports, hangers for mechanical piping and other items requiring more than incidental support, shall not be secured to the roof decking. B. Make no attachment to structural concrete or steel members in the building in such a way as to overload or impair the structural integrity of the member. A. Perform work in accord with manufacturer's instructions. Do not omit any preparatory step or installation procedure unless specifically modified or exempted by Contract Documents. B. For each product or material, comply with the respective manufacturer's handling, installation, and start-up instructions in full detail, as applicable, including each step in sequence. Should instructions conflict with Contract Documents, request clarification from Architect before proceeding. 1.6 FIELD SAMPLES AND MOCK -UPS A. Provide field samples and mock -ups as specified in the individual specification sections. Provide additional mock -ups, as required by the Architect, until approval is obtained. B. Scheduling: Schedule mock -up construction to allow sufficient lead time for review, and correction if necessary, prior to commencement of fabrication and /or construction, as applicable. Comply with Section 01330 requirements for schedule submittal. C. Do not proceed with fabrication until approval of the field sample and mock -up, where applicable, is obtained. D. Approved mock -up or field sample shall be the standard of workmanship and materials for the remainder of the work. E. Maintain mock -up in approved condition, until directed otherwise. F. Unless approved for incorporation into the work, remove mock -up or field sample as directed by Architect. 1.7 MANUFACTURERS' FIELD SERVICES A. When specified, require product manufacturer to provide qualified personnel to observe field conditions and quality of workmanship, and to provide recommendations, certifications, and other specified services. B. Representative shall submit written report to Architect listing observations and recommendations. 1.8 TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES A. The Owner will pay for the services of an Independent Testing Laboratory to inspect and test the Work to verify compliance with the Contract Documents. Tests and inspections are described in Section 00371. B. Reports will be submitted to Architect, giving results and observations of tests, stating compliance or noncompliance with contract documents. C. Contractor's Responsibilities: 1. Cooperate with Testing Laboratory personnel, and furnish tools, samples, certifications, test reports, design mixes, equipment, storage, and assistance as requested by the Testing Laboratory. 2. Notify Architect and Testing Laboratory 48 hours prior to expected time for operations requiring inspection and testing. When tests or inspections cannot be performed, through the fault of the Contractor, reimburse the Owner for the additional costs incurred. 3. Remove and replace all work found not complying with the Contract Documents. Remedies shall be in accordance with the Contract Documents and code requirements. 4. If initial tests and inspections indicate deficient work, the Contractor shall reimburse the Owner for the costs of all subsequent tests and inspections related to the deficiency. 5. All damage which may occur to the work as a result of normal testing operations shall be repaired to match surrounding surfaces. 6. Schedule testing and inspection so that the work of testing and inspection personnel will be as continuous and brief as possible. 01450 -2 NORDSTROM — SOUTHCENTER MARKETPLACE CAFE REMODEL (005) TUKWILLA, WASHINGTON 7. Reimburse the Owner for travel and lodging expenses incurred for testing and inspection services performed outside a radius of 100 miles of the site. D. Testing Laboratory is not authorized to: 1. Release, revoke, alter or enlarge on requirements of Contract Documents. 2. Approve or accept any portion of the work. 3. Perform any duties of the Contractor. 1.9 CONTRACTOR TESTS AND INSPECTIONS A. Contractor's Testing and Inspection: Inspection and testing performed exclusively for the Contractor's convenience shall be the sole responsibility of the Contractor. PART 2 - PRODUCTS Not Applicable PART 3 - EXECUTION Not Applicable SECTION 01450 - QUALITY CONTROL END OF SECTION NORDSTROM — SOUTHCENTER MARKETPLACE CAFE REMODEL (005) PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY TUKWILLA, WASHINGTON SECTION 01500 - TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS A. Section Includes: 1. Regulatory agency requirements. 2. Temporary utilities: a. Electricity, lighting. b. Heating, ventilation. c. Telephone. d. Water. e. Sanitary facilities. 3. Construction aids. 4. Barriers. 5. Security. 6. Protection of work. 7. Access roads and parking areas. 8. Temporary controls. 9. Owner storage of materials. 10. Project identification. 11. Field office. 12. Removal. B. Related Sections: 1. 01100 - Summary. 2. 01312 - Project Meetings. 3. 16050 - Basic Electrical Materials and Methods. C. This Section applies to all Technical Specification Sections and supplements the General Conditions. 1.2 REGULATORY AGENCY REQUIREMENTS A. Perform Work in accordance with the following: 1. National Electrical Code. 2. Federal, state, and local codes and regulations. 3. Local serving utility company's requirements. 1.3 TEMPORARY UTILITIES A. Lighting and Electrical Power: 1. Provide connections to existing facilities. Owner will pay the costs of power used. 2. Install circuit and branch wiring, with area distribution boxes located so that power and lighting is available throughout the construction by the use of construction -type power cords. 3. Construction Lighting: a. Except as otherwise specified, provide artificial lighting for all areas of work when natural light is not adequate for work. 1) Minimum 50 foot - candles, localized finish work surfaces. 2) Minimum 20 foot - candles, general work areas. 3) Minimum 5 foot - candles in walkways for safety. b. Except for egress lighting, turn lights off during non - working hours, and in areas where work is not being performed. 4. Transformers installed to accommodate temporary power requirements shall remain the property of the Contractor or the electrical installer upon removal. 5. Remove temporary power and lighting when directed. B. Heat and Ventilation: 1. Provide temporary heat and ventilation as required to maintain adequate environmental conditions to facilitate progress of the work, to meet specified minimum conditions for the storage and installation of materials, and to protect materials and finishes from damage due to temperature or humidity. 2. Provide adequate forced ventilation of enclosed areas for curing of installed materials, to disperse humidity, and to prevent hazardous accumulation of dust, fumes, vapors or gases. 3. Portable heaters shall be standard approved units complete with controls. 4. When required, provide temporary auxiliary equipment for control of interior humidity conditions. 01500 -1 1.4 CONSTRUCTION AIDS 1.5 BARRIERS 1.6 SECURITY NORDSTROM — SOUTHCENTER MARKETPLACE CAFE REMODEL (005) TUKWILLA, WASHINGTON SECTION 01500 - TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 5. Provide temporary heating, ventilation, and air conditioning systems for maintenance of required interior environmental conditions through the completion of gypsum board sanding and finishing and substantial completion of carpet installation. Date of start-up and operation of permanent systems shall be approved by Owner and Architect. 6. Pay all costs of installation, maintenance, operation and removal, and for fuel consumed. 7. Turn off all temporary heat and ventilation during non - working hours, except as required to meet specified environmental requirements and to maintain minimum conditions for the storage of materials, and to protect materials and finishes from damage due to temperature or humidity. C. Telephone Service: 1. Arrange for service with local telephone company for the use of personnel and employees. 2. Pay all costs for installation, maintenance and removal, and service charges for local calls. Toll charges shall be paid by the party placing the call. D. Water: 1. Make connections to existing facilities, provide water for construction purposes; Owner will pay costs of water used. 2. Install branch piping with taps located so that water is available throughout the construction by the use of hoses. 3. Protect piping and fittings against freezing. E. Sanitary Facilities: 1. Provide sanitary facilities in compliance with laws and regulations. 2. Service, clean and maintain facilities and enclosures. F. Temporary Clean -Up Facilities: 1. Store plumbing fixtures are not to be used for construction cleanup. 2. Provide temporary service sink on each floor and waste piping to the exterior of the Store, for cleanup of plaster, paint, grout, and other similar clean -up operations. 3. Locate the system as required for the Project, as coordinated with all trades. 4. Provide waste piping to the exterior grade with an indirect connection to sewer via solids interceptor. 5. Temporary sink shall be TUF -TUB Model SF -1 -F by Fiat, or equal. Faucet shall be selected by Contractor as appropriate for the use intended. 6. Upon completion of the Project, remove the temporary system and restore the surfaces to match adjacent conditions. A. Provide, or require each installer to provide, construction aids such as cranes, construction elevators, scaffolds, staging, ladders, platforms, and openings, as required by code and required for the work. B. Coordinate the construction aid requirements of each installer. C. Unless approved otherwise, permanent building elevators shall not be used for construction hoisting. When elevator use is approved, do not exceed the rated capacity of the elevator. D. Maintain temporary openings as required for delivery of materials. E. Rubber -tired Equipment: Carts, trucks, wheelbarrows and similar wheeled conveyances used in or on any portion of the structure shall be equipped with pneumatic tires unless otherwise expressively authorized by the Architect. A. Provide and maintain, as necessary for duration of work, all barricades, railings, temporary decks and flooring, lights, warning signs and signals, and take all other precautions as may be required to safeguard persons, the site, and adjoining property, including improvements thereon, against injuries and damage of every nature whatsoever. B. Coordinate with the jurisdictional code authorities to obtain required permits, schedule required personnel, establish schedules, install proper safeguards, barriers, and temporary lighting, as required by the closing of sidewalks, disruption of traffic flow, and altering of established parking. 01500 -2 NORDSTROM — SOUTHCENTER MARKETPLACE CAFE REMODEL (005) TUKWILLA, WASHINGTON SECTION 01500 - TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS A. Security of the Work, including tools and uninstalled materials, shall be the responsibility of the Contractor except as specified herein. Provide and implement a project security program to: 1. Protect Work, stored products, construction equipment, and Owner's property from theft and vandalism. 2. Protect premises from entry by unauthorized persons. B. Special Security Requirements Prior to Store Opening: At the time significant finish materials, as determined by the Owner, such as carpet, wall panels, and tile, are delivered to the site, adequate security personnel shall be stationed at the site whenever sufficient Contractor's personnel are not present. The security personnel shall be paid for by the Contractor, but shall be under the direct supervision of the Nordstrom Regional Security Director. Staffing, schedule, procedures, and discipline policy shall be as agreed to between the Owner and the Contractor at that time. C. Prior to final acceptance, and at a time agreed to between the Owner and the Contractor, security responsibilities shall be transferred from the Contractor to the Owner. At this time the Nordstrom Regional Security Manager will assume full responsibility for security at the site, and will implement a security program to ensure the security of the building and its contents. D. Contractor shall procure, manage, and pay for electronic security, approved by the Nordstrom Regional Security Director, at all temporary warehouse facilities used for the storage of interior finish materials. Nordstrom Regional Security Manager shall have the right to assume full management of the security of the warehouse facility in the event security measures at the warehouse are determined to be inadequate. 1.7 PROTECTION OF WORK A. Provide temporary protection of installed products. Control traffic in immediate area to avoid damage. B. Protect all parts of the structure from damage from all causes until building is accepted by Owner. Repair or replace all parts which are damaged, to satisfaction of the Architect before the building will be accepted. C. Provide protective coverings at walls, projections, jambs, sills, soffits of openings and finishes, using boards, polyethylene sheets, building paper, or other protective cover as appropriate. Protect finished floors and stairs from damage due to traffic, movement of heavy objects, and storage. Adequate protection is essential and will be strictly enforced. D. Where finishing work is performed prior to permanent building enclosure, provide temporary building enclosure for protection of work, and for maintenance of required environmental conditions. E. Prohibit traffic and storage on waterproofed and roofed surfaces, and on landscaped areas. 1.8 ACCESS ROADS AND PARKING AREAS A. Provide and maintain temporary parking facilities for use by construction personnel. Coordinate with Mall Developer and Owner. B. Remove temporary construction and facilities when no longer needed, and restore areas. 1.9 TEMPORARY CONTROLS A. Fire Sprinkler Supervision /Control: 1. Prior to the time of installation of finish materials such as carpet, wall panels, delivery of case work to the site, and other similar conditions, provide temporary tamper and water flow supervision monitoring of the fire sprinkler system. 2. System shall be monitored, via temporary telephone lines, by a UL listed central station. Contractor shall be responsible to contact party and make arrangements for monitoring the system. 3. Temporary monitoring will be required up to time of building acceptance by Nordstrom, or building turn- over, whichever is later. B. Dust Control: 1. Provide positive methods and apply dust control materials to minimize raising dust from construction operations, and provide positive means to prevent airborne dust from dispersing into the atmosphere. 2. Provide temporary dust -proof partitions to protect public areas, occupied spaces, and adjacent mall areas. C. Water Control: 1. Comply with applicable jurisdictional requirements regarding water usage, conservation, detention, pollution, and permits. 01500 -3 NORDSTROM — SOUTHCENTER MARKETPLACE CAFE REMODEL (005) TUKWILLA, WASHINGTON SECTION 01500 - TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 2. Provide methods to control surface water to prevent damage to the Project, the site, or adjoining properties. 3. Control fill, grading and ditching to direct surface drainage away from excavations, pits, tunnels and other construction areas; and to direct drainage to proper runoff. 4. Provide, operate and maintain pumping equipment of adequate capacity to control surface water, including water accumulated during excavation operations, below grade. 5. Dispose of drainage water in a manner to prevent flooding, erosion, or other damage to any portion of the site or to adjoining areas. D. Cleaning and Debris Control: 1. Maintain all areas under Contractor's control free of debris. 2. Initiate and maintain a specific program to prevent accumulation of debris at construction site, storage and parking areas, or along access roads and haul routes. 3. Schedule periodic collection and disposal of debris to a legal off -site location. 4. Provide additional collections and disposals of debris whenever the periodic schedule is inadequate to prevent excessive accumulation. 5. Clean interior areas prior to start of the finish work. Maintain the areas free of dust and other contaminants during finishing operations. E. Pollution Control: Provide methods, means and facilities required by law to prevent contamination of soil, water or atmosphere by the discharge of noxious substances from construction operations. F. Noise Control: 1. Construction operations must be performed in accordance with local regulations, ordinances, and jurisdictional Code authorities. 2. Use of private radios and other similar portable sound equipment is prohibited. G. Smoking, Eating, and Drinking: These activities shall be permitted only in designated locations selected by the Contractor; these activities are not permitted in interior spaces after carpeting and fixtures arrive on site. 1.10 OWNER STORAGE OF MATERIALS A. The Owner will procure and maintain a warehouse facility for receipt and offsite storage of materials to be used in construction, including the following. 1. Owner - furnished merchandising/display fixtures, furnishings, and specialties. 2. Owner - furnished light fixtures. 3. Owner - furnished stone tile and other floor finish materials. 4. Owner - furnished wall coverings. 5. Overage and excess materials returned to the warehouse, as specified. 6. Additional items per mutual agreement between the Owner and the General Contractor. B. Contractor's Responsibilities: 1. Advise the Owner of general requirements for space and access requirements. 2. Furnish the Owner with preliminary schedule of delivery of Contractor - furnished products to be stored offsite in the Owner's warehouse. 3. Provide the minimum 24 hours notice of each delivery and of each requirement for removal. 4. Inspect deliveries of items furnished under this Contract; maintain responsibility for as- delivered condition of all such items. 5. Cooperate with the Owner with regards to unloading, access and removal. 6. Load and transport materials to the site. 7. Procure (at Owner's expense) replacements for all Contractor - furnished items damaged while under the Owner's control. 8. Notify Owner for identification of surplus materials remaining at the site to be retained at the store; repackage, label, and return all other usable overage materials removed from the Owner's warehouse, but not incorporated into the work. C. Owner's Responsibilities: Receive, catalog, and dispatch items per mutual agreement between the Owner and General Contractor. 1.11 PROJECT IDENTIFICATION A. No construction or advertising signs will be allowed on the site without Owner approval. 1.12 FIELD OFFICE 01500 -4 A. Maintain a current set of Drawings, Specifications, Detail Drawings and approved shop drawings incorporating all addenda and all changes and revisions to the Contract, a set of all approved manufacturers' product data and a set of all approved product samples at the field office. B. Equip the Office with the following: 1. Copier: Contractor's preference. 2. Facsimile Machine: Contractor's preference. Connect to public phone lines as required for communication with Architect's office and Contractor's home office. 3. Dedicated Line: Provide separate dedicated analog, universal single plug, telephone line for use and communication with Internet Service Provider account (ISP). 4. Computers: PC's with 64 MB of RAM with associated printer; two systems required. One printer shall have 11 x 17 inch graphics capability equivalent to HP 4MV or HP5 Si. 5. Windows'98 and Microsoft Office '97 or 2000 for each computer. 6. An Internet Service Provider account (ISP). 7. 3Com Office Connect Remote Dual Analog Router or IDSN modem (analog or ISDN depending on telephone company service. 8. Adobe Acrobat Exchange 3.0, at least one station for initiating documents. 9. Adobe Acrobat Reader for each computer. (Free software) 10. Visioneer Paperport Strobe scanner. 1.13 REMOVAL A. Completely remove temporary materials and equipment when their use is no longer required. B. Clean and repair damage caused by temporary installations or use of temporary facilities. C. Restore existing facilities used for temporary services to original condition, unless otherwise indicated. PART 2 - PRODUCTS Not Applicable PART 3 - EXECUTION Not Applicable NORDSTROM — SOUTHCENTER MARKETPLACE CAFE REMODEL (005) TUKWILLA, WASHINGTON SECTION 01500 - TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS END OF SECTION 01500 -5 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY NORDSTROM — SOUTHCENTER MARKETPLACE CAFE REMODEL (005) TUKWILLA, WASHINGTON SECTION 01600 - PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS A. Section Includes: 1. Products. 2. Manufacturers' instructions. 3. Transportation and handling. 4. Storage and protection. 5. Product options and substitutions. B. Related Sections: 1. General Conditions of the Contract - AIA Document A201. 2. 01100 - Summary. 3. 01330 - Submittal Procedures. 4. 01770 - Closeout Procedures. C. This Section applies to all Technical Specification Sections and supplements the General Conditions. 1.2 PRODUCTS A. Products include materials, equipment, and systems. B. Materials employed for construction purposes, such as scaffolding, temporary lighting fixtures, lamps, piping or wiring shall not be permanently installed in the Work. C. Conform to applicable specifications and standards. D. Comply with size, make, type and quality specified, unless otherwise approved in writing by the Architect. E. Manufactured and Fabricated Products: 1. Design, fabricate and assemble in accord with the best engineering and shop practices. 2. Manufacture like parts of duplicate units to standard sizes and gages, to be interchangeable. 3. Two or more items of the same kind shall be identical, by the same manufacturer. 4. Products shall be suitable for service conditions. 5. Equipment capacities, sizes, and dimensions shown or specified shall be adhered to unless variations are specifically approved in writing. F. Do not use material or equipment for any purpose other than that for which it is designed or is specified. G. Materials and equipment that are similar in configuration and application shall be the same model, type and style for the same use throughout the project. This requirement applies to items furnished under one, or several sections of the Specifications. H. Long Lead Items: 1. The Contractor is advised that certain items of equipment may require long lead or fabrication times; he is cautioned to order these well in advance of the time delivery will be required. 2. Furnish copies of purchase orders to the Architect within two weeks of Notice to Proceed of all items requested by the Architect. 3. Forward copies of acknowledgment, production, and shipping schedules to the Architect as they are received by the Contractor for all items for which copies of purchase orders are requested. 1.3 MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS A. When compliance with manufacturer's instructions for a particular product or system is specifically noted in the Specifications, obtain and distribute copies of such instructions to parties involved in the installation, including 2 copies to Architect. B. Maintain one set of complete instructions at the job site during installation and until completion. 1.4 TRANSPORTATION AND HANDLING A. Arrange deliveries of Products in accord with construction schedules; coordinate to avoid conflict with work and conditions at the site. 01600 -1 NORDSTROM — SOUTHCENTER MARKETPLACE CAFE REMODEL (005) TUKWILLA, WASHINGTON SECTION 01600 - PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 1. Deliver Products in undamaged condition, in manufacturer's original containers or packaging, with identifying labels intact and legible. 2. Immediately on delivery, inspect shipments to assure compliance with requirements of Contract Documents and approved submittals, and that Products are properly protected and undamaged. 3. Provide equipment and personnel to handle Products by methods to prevent soiling or damage to Products Z or packaging. _ • B. Protection: Use all means necessary to protect materials and other items of work before, during, and after w installation, in addition to installed work and materials of all other trades. D C. Replacements: In the event of damage, immediately make all necessary repairs and replacements for the U O approval of the Architect and at no additional cost to the Owner. co 0 CO LLI Ill D. Deliver materials in the proper erection sequence, including all necessary fastenings and other required H connections. co u_ W 1.5 STORAGE AND PROTECTION 2 A. Storage Areas: Provide space on the site for each subcontractor to store the materials and equipment required for the Work. Schedule deliveries and store materials in such a way as to not impede the progress of U U) construction or disrupt the Owner's conduct of business. _ I— Ili B. Store Products in accord with manufacturer's instructions, with seals and labels intact and legible. Z H I . Store Products subject to damage by the elements in weather -tight enclosures. F.• p 2. Maintain temperature and humidity within the ranges required by manufacturer's instructions. W I- W C. Exterior Storage: Store fabricated products above the ground, on blocking or skids, prevent soiling or staining. j 0 Cover products which are subject to deterioration with impervious sheet coverings, provide adequate ventilation 0 to avoid condensation. g Cl) E- D. Arrange storage in a manner to provide easy access for inspection. Make periodic inspections of stored W S Products to assure that Products are maintained under specified conditions, and free from damage or H'U deterioration. u- ~O Z E. Material Protection Before Installation: Provide adequate protection from injury due to corrosion or exposure W N. to weather, mishandling or abuse, theft, vandalism, malicious mischief, etc. Be responsible for the condition of U — each item at the time of installation. 0 Z F. Material Protection After Installation: Provide substantial coverings as necessary to protect installed Products from damage from traffic and subsequent construction operations. Remove coverings when no longer needed. 1.6 PRODUCT OPTIONS A. Products List: Within 30 days after Contract Award, submit to Architect a complete list of major products proposed to be used, with the name of the manufacturer and the installing subcontractor. B. Product Options: 1. For products specified only by reference standard, provide a product meeting that standard. 2. For products specified by naming one or more products or manufacturers with condition "no substitution," provide one of the named products. 3. For products specified by naming one or more products or manufacturers along with the words "or approved ", or for products specified in Sections where reference in Part 1 includes provisions for substitutions, provide any one of the named products, or provide a product approved in accordance with the specified procedures for product substitutions. 1.7 PRODUCT SUBSTITUTIONS A. Timing: 1. Prior to subcontract bid opening date, and for a period of 30 days thereafter, the Architect will consider written requests for substitution of specified products. Substitution requests prior to subcontract bid date may originate directly from the General Contractor, or from a prospective supplier or subcontractor. 2. Substitution requests within 30 days after subcontract bid date shall be submitted through the General Contractor. 3. Substitutions will be considered only for the following reasons: a. A product becomes unavailable due to no fault of the Contractor. 01600 -2 NORDSTROM — SOUTHCENTER MARKETPLACE CAFE REMODEL (005) TUKWILLA, WASHINGTON b. Subsequent information or changes indicate that the specified product will not perform as intended. c. A substitute product will be in the Owner's best interest. B. Substitution Request Form: 1. Submit a separate request for each Product 2. Example of the approved Substitution Request Form is bound in this manual following this Section. Upon request, Architect will furnish the electronic version of the form to expedite the processing of data. 3. Support the request with complete data, drawings, samples, and other pertinent data as appropriate, including: a. Manufacturer's product literature. b. Comparison of the qualities of the proposed substitution to that specified. c. Changes required in other elements of the work because of the substitution. d. Effect on the construction schedule. e. Cost data comparing the proposed substitution with the product specified and the amount of any net change to the Contract Sum. f. Any required license fees or royalties. g. Availability of maintenance service, and source of replacement materials. C. Proposer's Representation: A request for a substitution constitutes a representation that the proposer: 1. Has investigated the proposed Product and determined that it is equal to or superior in all respects to that specified. 2. Will provide the same warranties or bonds for the substitution as for the Product specified. 3. Will coordinate the installation of an accepted substitution into the work, and make such other changes as may be required to make the work complete in all respects. 4. Waives all claims for additional costs, under his responsibility, which may subsequently become apparent. D. Review: Architect shall be the judge of the acceptability of the proposed substitution; in the judgment of Architect the product shall meet, but not be limited to, the following criteria: 1. It is equal or superior in quality and serviceability to the specified product. 2. Its use will not entail major changes in details and construction of related work. 3. Its design and artistic effect is acceptable. E. Approval / Disapproval: Architect will review requests for substitutions with reasonable promptness, and will give notification, in writing, of the decision to accept or reject the requested substitution as follows: 1. If the request for substitution is accepted by the Architect prior to the subcontract bid opening dates, an Addendum to the Bid Documents will be issued by the Architect. 2. If the request for substitution is approved by the Architect after the subcontract bid opening dates, the Architect will notify the General Contractor, in writing, of the acceptance and issue the appropriate Construction Change Authorization, Supplemental Instruction, or Proposal Request. 3. If the request for substitution is disapproved by the Architect, the Contractor may be notified in writing of the rejection. Architect's failure to approve a substitution request within the period 45 days after the subcontract bid opening date constitutes disapproval. F. Substitutions will not be considered when they are implied on product data or shop drawing submittals. PART 2 - PRODUCTS Not Applicable PART 3 - EXECUTION Not Applicable SECTION 01600 - PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS END OF SECTION 01600 -3 z H W CL 2 J U O 0 N 0 J = • LL H w 0 J LL. ? W I- 0 W ~ W 5-2 D I- WW IL I- F - Il • CO O ~ Z PART 1 - GENERAL NORDSTROM — SOUTHCENTER MARKETPLACE CAFE REMODEL (005) TUKWILLA, WASHINGTON 1.3 FINAL COMPLETION PROCEDURES SECTION 01770 - CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Substantial completion procedures. 2. Final completion procedures. 3. Surplus, maintenance, and overage materials. 4. Heating, air conditioning, and refrigeration unit inspection reports. 5. Affidavits. 6. Warranties. 7. Guarantees. 8. Project record documents. 9. Operation and maintenance manuals. 10. Certifications from public authorities 11. Final adjustment of accounts. 12. Final application for payment. 13. Final cleaning. 14. Correction of defective work after Opening. 15. Keys. B. Related Sections: 1. Conditions of the Contract: Fiscal provisions, legal submittals, and additional administrative requirements. 2. The respective sections of Specifications: Closeout submittals required of trades; special requirements for correction of defective work. C. This Section applies to all Technical Specification Sections and supplements the General Conditions. 1.2 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION PROCEDURES A. When Contractor considers the work to be substantially complete, he shall submit to Architect a written notice that the work, or designated portion thereof, is substantially complete, along with a list of those items still to be completed or corrected. B. Within a reasonable time after receipt of such notice, Architect will make an inspection to determine the status of completion. C. Should Architect determine that the work is not substantially complete: 1. Architect will promptly notify the Contractor in writing, giving the reasons therefore. 2. Contractor shall remedy the deficiencies in the work, and send a second written notice of substantial completion to the Architect. 3. Architect will re- inspect the work. D. When Architect concurs that the work is substantially complete, the Architect will: 1. Prepare a Certificate of Substantial Completion on AIA Form G704, accompanied by Contractor's list of items to be completed or corrected, as verified and amended by the Architect. 2. Submit the Certificate to Owner and Contractor for their written acceptance of the responsibilities assigned to them in the Certificate. A. When Contractor considers the work is complete, he shall submit written certification that: 1. Contract Documents have been reviewed. 2. Work has been inspected for compliance with Contract Documents. 3. Work has been completed in accordance with Contract Documents. 4. Equipment and systems have been tested in the presence of the Owner's representative and are operational. 5. Work is completed and ready for final inspection. B. Architect will make final inspection to verify the status of completion with reasonable promptness after receipt of such certification. C. Should Architect consider that the work is incomplete or defective: 01770 -1 NORDSTROM — SOUTHCENTER MARKETPLACE CAFE REMODEL (005) TUKWILLA, WASHINGTON SECTION 01770 - CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 1. Architect will promptly notify the Contractor in writing, listing the incomplete or defective work. 2. Contractor shall take immediate steps to remedy the stated deficiencies, and send a second written certification to Architect that the work is complete. 3. Architect will re- inspect the work. D. When the Architect finds that the work is acceptable under the Contract Documents, he shall request that the Contractor make the closeout submittals, including the following: 1. Rooftop unit inspection report. 2. Refrigeration installation and startup reports. 3. Affidavits. 4. Warranties and guarantees. 5. Operation and maintenance manuals. 6. Project record drawings. 7. Certifications from public authorities. 8. Verification of potable water and waste water pipe cleaning procedures. 9. Certification of building envelope construction. 10. Final adjustment of accounts. 11. Final application for payment. 1.4 SURPLUS, MAINTENANCE, AND OVERAGE MATERIALS A. All materials and products purchased for incorporation as components of the building or site under this Contract, and for which the Contractor receives payment from the Owner, shall become property of the Owner upon project completion, except as described herein. B. Within 30 days after date of Store Opening, submit to the Owner a copy of the Overage and Maintenance Inventory Form, with copy to the Architect, indicating the inventory of all surplus building materials in the Contractor's possession, including specified maintenance and overage materials, and materials purchased by the Owner for installation by the Contractor. Form is bound in this Manual after this Section. C. Owner reserves the right to inspect all such materials at the Contractor's warehouse. D. Owner will identify those items to be retained on the Overage and Maintenance Inventory Form and return it to the Contractor. Contractor shall tag each corresponding item with the store name, Purchase Order Schedule item number if applicable, department name if applicable, and quantity for each item. E. Within 60 days after Store Opening, deliver all items that have been identified by the Owner to be retained by the store, or to the Owner's regional Distribution Center, in accordance with the Inventory Form. F. Unless otherwise excepted by mutual agreement, items designated on the Inventory Form "HOLD AT WAREHOUSE (To be sold by Owner)" shall be maintained at the Contractor's warehouse until 60 days after Store Opening. Cooperate with the Owner to allow access, display, and disposal of such items during that time. G. Unless excepted by subsequent mutual agreement, all surplus materials designated "DISCARD" on the Inventory Form shall become property of the General Contractor. 1.5 HEATING, AIR CONDITIONING, AND REFRIGERATION UNIT INSPECTION REPORTS A. Record startup data and insert rooftop unit manufacturer's completely executed Inspection Reports in the appropriate Operation and Maintenance Manuals. 1.6 AFFIDAVITS A. Use the following AIA documents for the submission of Affidavits: 1. Contractor's Affidavit of Payment of Debts and Claims, AIA Document G706. 2. Contractor's Affidavit of Release of Liens, AIA Document G706A. General Contractor shall submit an executed release of liens. Separate releases or waiver of liens will also be required from each subcontractor. 3. Consent of Surety to Final Payment, AIA Document G707. 1.7 MANUFACTURERS' WARRANTIES A. Furnish triplicate copies of each manufacturer's warranty executed to the Owner. B. Include table of contents and assemble in binder with durable plastic cover. 01770 -2 NORDSTROM — SOUTHCENTER MARKETPLACE CAFE REMODEL (005) TUKWILLA, WASHINGTON SECTION 01770 - CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES C. Contractor shall submit warranties prior to final application for payment in accordance with Section 01330. For components accepted prior to substantial completion, submit warranty within 10 days after acceptance. For items delayed materially beyond substantial completion, submit warranty within 10 days after acceptance, listing date of acceptance as start of warranty period. D. Furnish manufacturers warranties as specified in the technical sections. 1.8 GUARANTEES A. Contractor Guarantee: Furnish a one year guarantee covering the Work, in accordance with the General Conditions of the Contract. B. Sub - Contractor Guarantees: 1. Furnish from each subcontractor, a one year guarantee executed to the Owner, covering each subcontractor's work. 2. In addition, furnish from each subcontractor, separate guarantees for each of the portions of work requiring special guarantees as specified in the technical sections. Unless otherwise approved, each guarantee shall extend to the specified term commencing from the date of Store Opening. 3. Each guarantee shall be submitted on the Subcontractor Guarantee form. Form is bound in this manual after this Section. C. Submit triplicate copies; include table of contents and assemble in sets with each set bound in a separate binder with durable plastic cover. Include complete list of all subcontractors in each binder. 1.9 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS A. Maintain a set of record documents which clearly and neatly indicate all changes to the Contract Documents, and all uncovered existing conditions that will be subsequently concealed. B. Record documents shall include: 1. Contract drawings. 2. Reviewed product data, shop drawings, and samples. C. Record drawings shall be corrected daily in a neat, legible manner showing all changes from the original Drawings and Specifications. Record drawings shall be used for no other purpose and shall be stored separate from those used for construction. D. Record drawings shall indicate exact installed locations of the concealed work, including existing conditions discovered during the course of the work, conduit, piping, ducts, mechanical and electrical equipment. Indicate depths, sizes, and dimensional plan locations for all piping below grade or under floor slabs. All changes in architectural and structural work shall be similarly shown. E. Prior to approving each request for partial payment, Architect or his representative reserves the right to inspect the record drawings. All corrections or changes that have occurred in the work to the date of payment request shall be shown on the record drawings prior to each payment request. F. At the conclusion of the work, Architect will furnish the Contractor a set of reproducible drawings. 1. Information provided on reproducibles will be based on design drawings and may not necessarily represent exact as -built conditions. 2. Contractor shall revise drawings as necessary and incorporate all record data on the drawings in a clearly legible and reproducible manner, utilizing the symbols of the Contract Drawings. G. As a condition for final acceptance of the work, the record drawings shall be certified to be actual representation of work as installed. Each completed record drawing shall be signed, dated and delivered to the Architect not more than 60 days after Store Opening. H. Where shop drawings and installation drawings show details of construction not indicated on Contract Drawings, Contractor shall, upon request, provide certified installation drawings for those portions of the work. This requirement shall include equipment layout and installations; mechanical and electrical piping, wiring, conduit, etc.; elevator and escalator wiring, control, and installations; and any other systems as directed. Reproducible copies of approved shop drawings, accurately annotated to reflect as -built conditions, may be used for this purpose wherever applicable. 1.10 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS 01770 -3 Z ~ w aa • L J U U O • 0 al I- U) W WOO u_ I CI F- W Z = I- 1- O Z I- W • W U � O 52 O 1- w H� Z 111 0 Z NORDSTROM — SOUTHCENTER MARKETPLACE CAFE REMODEL (005) TUKWILLA, WASHINGTON SECTION 01770 - CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES A. Furnish Operation and Maintenance Manuals covering all mechanical and electrical equipment installed on the project; furnish manuals for all other materials and equipment when so required by the technical sections. Whenever special maintenance procedures are required to assure the proper operation and durability of the material, equipment or finish, manuals describing such procedures shall be furnished whether specified or not. B. Arrangement of Manuals: Manuals shall be organized and fully indexed, showing all O &M data included. Manuals shall consist of three -ring binders, with appropriate dividers for each part. At the Contractor's option, O &M data may be assembled into a single manual covering the entire project, or separate manuals may be provided for the various divisions and sections. Each manual shall bear a label indicating contents. C. Include the following in each set: I . Names and addresses of Contractor, subcontractor, installer, manufacturer, and service organization. 2. Set of approved product data and shop drawings. 3. Wiring and piping installation diagrams as applicable. 4. Maintenance schedules and safety precautions. 5. Operating instructions. 6. Copy of the warranties and guarantees. D. Number of Copies: 1. One preliminary set of each O &M Manual shall be made available to the Owner onsite at time of "Operations Walkthru," approximately 3 weeks prior to Store turnover. 2. Unless otherwise specified, submit 2 additional sets within 14 days after Store turnover. Each set, as submitted, shall be completed and shall incorporate all required data. 3. One copy of the fire alarm and burglar alarm O &M manual information shall be delivered to the Director of Loss Prevention at Nordstrom Corporate Operations. E. Manuals shall be submitted to the Owner through the Architect. F. Instruction of Owner: In addition to demonstration requirements specified, instruct the Owner's operator in the proper operation and maintenance of all equipment as directed after the installation is complete and in working order. 1.11 CERTIFICATIONS FROM PUBLIC AUTHORITIES A. Transmit the following to the Owner: 1. Certificate of Occupancy. 1.12 FINAL ADJUSTMENT OF ACCOUNTS A. Submit a final statement of accounting to Architect. B. Statement shall reflect all adjustments to the Contract Sum: 1. The original Contract Sum. 2. Additions and deductions resulting from: a. Previous Change Orders. b. Allowances, when applicable. c. Unit Prices. d. Deductions for uncorrected work. e. Penalties and bonuses. f. Deductions for liquidated damages, when applicable. g. Deductions for re- inspection payments. h. Other adjustments. 3. Total Contract Sum, as adjusted. 4. Previous payments. 5. Sum remaining due. C. Contractor will prepare a final Change Order, reflecting approved adjustments to the Contract Sum which were not previously made by Change Orders. 1.13 FINAL APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT A. Contractor shall submit the final Application for Payment in accordance with procedures and requirements stated in the conditions of the Contract. 1.14 FINAL CLEANING 01770 -4 A. General Requirements: Immediately prior to final inspection, clean all interior and exterior surfaces exposed to view as follows: 1. Remove temporary labels, stains, and foreign substances. 2. Hand dust, clean, and polish transparent and glossy surfaces. 3. Power vacuum entire space, including carpeted and soft surfaces. 4. Clean equipment and fixtures to a sanitary condition. 5. Clean or replace filters of mechanical equipment. 6. Clean roofs and drainage systems, including gutters and downspouts when applicable. 7. Clean site, including sweeping paved areas and raking clean other surfaces. 8. Hand dust and clean all shelving, cabinets, casework, and similar built -in items. . B. In addition to general requirements above, the following detailed description indicates level of clean -up required in designated areas: 1. Cafe and Coffee Bar Area: a. Floors and Tile: Clean free of dirt, dust, stains, grout, and residual adhesive or setting mortar. Clean ceramic tile, stone tile, and other similar hard surfaces with machine scrubber using a neutral cleaner followed by a thorough rinsing with clean water. Clean wood flooring in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. b. Bases: Clean free of dust, dirt, stains, and residual adhesives. c. Ceilings, Walls, and Wall Covering: Clean free of dust, dirt, stains, hand prints, and residual adhesive. d. Ceiling Fixtures, Pipes, and Other Similar Items: Clean light fixtures, ductwork, plumbing and sprinkler lines, and other similar components free of dust, dirt, fireproofing, and other foreign materials. Vacuum and wipe clean vents, diffusers, louvers, and grilles. e. Fixtures: Clean fixtures, counters, counter tops, stainless steel and other similar surfaces free of dust, dirt and residual adhesives. Clean equipment free of dust, dirt and residual adhesives. 1.15 CORRECTION OF DEFECTIVE WORK AFTER OPENING A. Correction of work found to be incomplete or defective, as described in the Architect's final inspection report, or under provisions of the General Conditions of the Contract for Construction, Paragraphs and 12.2, shall be coordinated with the Owner, and shall be performed during non - business hours. B. Comply with special Technical Specification requirements for Store Opening services. 1.16 KEYS A. Deliver properly identified and tagged keys and hardware maintenance tools to the Owner. B. Obtain itemized receipt for all keys and tools. C. Send all master keys by registered mail directly from manufacturer to Owner's representative as later directed. PART 2 - PRODUCTS Not Applicable PART 3 - EXECUTION Not Applicable NORDSTROM — SOUTHCENTER MARKETPLACE CAFE REMODEL (005) TUKWILLA, WASHINGTON SECTION 01770 - CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES END OF SECTION 01770 -5 PART 1- GENERAL NORDSTROM — SOUTHCENTER MARKETPLACE CAFE REMODEL (005) TUKWILLA, WASHINGTON SECTION 02055 - DEMOLITION A. The Special Conditions and all applicable provisions of Divisions 0 and 1 apply to this Section. Q B. Perform all work required to demolish and remove work indicated. ' H Z C. Immediately remove from the site and lawfully dispose of all rubble and debris resulting from demolition. LLJ QQ D PART 2 - MATERIALS AND PRODUCTS U UO W D A. Salvage: w 1. Unless specified otherwise, all salvage and materials become the property of the Contractor and shall - H be taken from the premises. Storage of materials and equipment on the site will not be permitted. ! u- WO PART 3 - EXECUTION g 5 u. Q A. Demolition: Break up and completely remove all designated building construction, where indicated. C B. Dust control: The amount of dust resulting from demolition indicated shall be controlled to prevent the spread Z W CI of dust to avoid creation of a nuisance in the surrounding areas. Use of water will not be permitted when it will Z I result in, or create, hawirdous or objectionable condition. C. Remove salvage and debris from the site as it accumulates. Do not store, burn or otherwise dispose of debris on Z O I- the site. Remove all materials in such a manner as to prevent spillage. Keep all pavements and areas adjacent to 2 uj and leading from the site clean and free of mud, dirt and debris at all times. D p 1. Execute demolition work to ensure safety of persons and adjacent property against damage by 0 0 settlement, falling debris or other causes in connection with this work. 0 1_- D. Protection of existing work: = W 1. Existing work to remain shall be protected from damage. I—' 2. Work damaged by operations of this Section shall be repaired to match existing work and/or previous IL- p _) functional performance of piping, conduits, finishes, and all other work affected. id Z ,.--' -- 3. Erect and maintain temporary bracing, shoring, lights, barricades, dust barriers, warning signs, and o N guards necessary to protect the occupants and the public from injury and the existing work from H o damage. Z END OF SECTION 02055 -1 NORDSTROM — SOUTHCENTER MARKETPLACE CAFE REMODEL (005) TUKWILLA, WASHINGTON PART 1 - GENERAL A. The General and Special Conditions and all applicable provisions of Divisions 0 and 1 apply to this Section. B. Furnish and install all ornamental metal work not specified under other Sections of Division 5. 1. Finish Carpentry and Casework are specified in Section 06415. 2. Signage and Graphics are specified in Section 10405. C. Required Submittals: 1. Shop Drawings. a. Provide elevations, sections, and specific details for each condition. b. Indicate metal thickness, finish, stiffeners and method of attachment, and type of fasteners proposed for ornamental metal assembly attachments. 2. Manufacturer's Product Literature. including product data for stock materials and components. 3. Samples: a. One finished sample of each material specified. 4. Mock -up: None Required. 5. Certifications: a. Provide manufacturer's certification that installer is duly licensed or otherwise approved, and has a minimum of five (5) years of successful experience in design and manufacturing of architectural ornamental metalwork. D. References and Standards: the following references and standards are hereby made a part of this Section and architectural metalwork shall conform to the applicable requirements therein except as otherwise indicated. 1. "Code for Arc and Gas Welding in Building Construction" of the American Welding Society, AWS D1.1, latest edition with current supplements, revisions, and addenda. 2 Recommendations published by AAMA (American Aluminum Manufacturers' Association, NAAMM (National Association of Architectural Metal Manufacturers), and AA (Aluminum Association). 3. Recommendations published by NAAMM (National Association of Architectural Metal Manufacturers for copper, brass, and bronze. E. Single Source Quality Control: Ornamental metalwork manufacturer shall have capability to perform fabrication, welding, and assembly within his/her manufacturing facility. PART 2 - MATERIALS AND PRODUCTS SECTION 05615 — ORNAMENTAL METAL 05615 -1 i z w JU 00 N o co w J = w 0 u. 1 �.w z = � w ~ U o 12 o I - =w u. O .. z. w co O ~ z NORDSTROM — SOUTHCENTER MARKETPLACE CAFE REMODEL (005) TUKWILLA, WASHINGTON SECTION 05615 — ORNAMENTAL METAL A. Approved Fabricator for Ornamental Metal Work: 1. Eclipse: P.O. Box 750727, Petaluma, CA 94975 -0727 Contact Russ Williams (707) 763 -3104. B. General Product Requirements: 1. Metal Surfaces: For fabrication of ornamental metal work exposed to view, use materials which are smooth and free of surface blemishes. Do not use materials which have stains and discolorations, including welds not matching material, or do not approved sample in color and grain characteristics. 2. Surface Flatness and Edges: For exposed work, provide materials which have been cold - rolled, cold- finished, cold- drawn, extruded, stretcher leveled, machine cut, and otherwise produced to highest commercial standard for flatness, with edges and corners sharp and true to angle or curvature required. 3. Alloys and Tempers: Whenever alloys or tempers of metals are not shown or specified, or are shown or specified only by areas or other general designation, provide specific alloy which will weld and machine properly and will finish to match approved sample and other work in same area which is shown or specified to have same finish. Use temper or hardness which will provide greatest strength and durability, consistent with necessary forming, fabrication, and finishing processes. C. Structural Steel Shapes: ASTM A36. 1. Bolts and Nuts: ASTM A307, Grade A. D. Aluminum: 1. Extrusions: Alloy and Temper 6063 -T5. 2. Plate: Alloy and Temper 6061 -T6. 3. Sheet: Alloy 5052 -H32. E. Fasteners: 1. Exposed: Allen head, unless otherwise indicated, of size and quality as required to resist negative pull -off and meet structural requirements. Provide countersunk surfaces in plates to receive fasteners. Finish to match adjoining metalwork. 2. Concealed: When concealed panelclips are used, provide finished sheet material of adequate gauge to resist oil- canning or telegraphing at clip. 3. Machine Screws: Type compatible with metals being fastened and finished to match metal finish. F. Bituminous Paint: Bitumastic 50, by Koppers Co., Inc., where needed for isolation of dissimilar materials. G. Fabrication: 1. Take field measurements prior to preparation of shop drawings and fabrication. Allow for trimming and fitting where necessary. 2. Select materials for straightness, free of defects and irregularities. a. Exposed -to -view surfaces with visible pitting, seam marks, roller marks, "oil- canning ", stains, discolorations, and imperfections on finished units are not acceptable. 05615 -2 NORDSTROM — SOUTHCENTER MARKETPLACE CAFE REMODEL (005) TUKWILLA, WASHINGTON PART 3 - EXECUTION SECTION 05615 — ORNAMENTAL METAL 3. Make exposed joints flush butt type, with hairline joints where mechanically fastened. Provide concealed connection devices with hidden fasteners. a. Fabricate continuous items with joints neatly fitted and secured. b. Ease exposed edges to approximate 1/32 inch uniform radius. 4. Apply attachment clips or alignment pins in manufacturer's facility. 5. Fit and shop assemble custom ornamental metal assemblies in largest practical sections for site delivery. Fabricate all work to sizes as shown on Drawings. Joints shall occur where indicated on approved shop drawings. 6. Supply components required for proper anchorage of ornamental metal assemblies. Fabricate anchorage and related components of same material and finish as assembly. 7. Separate dissimilar materials with bituminous paint where concealed, with preformed separators, or similar method to prevent corrosion. 8. Fabricate and erect ornamental metal assemblies at jobsite to configurations indicated on drawings. H. Finishes: 1. As listed on the Finish Schedule in the Drawings. A. Installation: 1. Install all work of this Section in accordance with approved shop drawings and manufacturer's printed installation instructions. a. Obtain Architect's review prior to site cutting or making adjustments which are not part of scheduled work. b. Perform necessary cutting and altering for installation and coordination with other work. c. Provided qualified person to be present at all times during screen assembly installation who is familiar with installation of system and is authorized by system manufacturer. 2. Install plumb, true, and in correct alignment in relation to adjacent work, free from distortion or defects detrimental to appearance and performance. a. Supply items to appropriate trades, where required to be cast into or embedded in other materials. b. Coordinate work of this Section with work of related trades, in timely manner. 3. Prior to securing continuous items, adjust to ensure proper matching at butt joints and correct alignment throughout length of member 05615 -3 NORDSTROM — SOUTHCENTER MARKETPLACE CAFE REMODEL (005) TUKWILLA, WASHINGTON SECTION 05615 — ORNAMENTAL METAL 4. Install support clips and continuous subgirts as required for complete and secure installation. 5. Protect exposed surfaces of work of this Section in contact with cementitious materials and other dissimilar materials with bituminous paint or non - metallic shims. 6. Maximum offset from true alignment of adjacent elements installed butting or in line shall not exceed 1/16 inch. 7. Joints shall not vary greater than 1/16 inch of joint size indicated on Drawings. 8. Field bolt and weld to match standard of shop bolting and welding. Hide bolts and screws whenever possible. Where not hidden, use flush countersunk fastenings. a. Perform field welding in accordance with AWS D1.1. b. All visible welds shall be ground smooth. 9. Repair or replace items damaged in course of installation and during subsequent construction. B. Fabrication and Design: 1. Work of this Section shall be based on approved shop drawings. 2. Fabricate all ornamental work as indicated on drawings. Coordinate with work of Sections 10405 - Signage and Graphics, and 06415 - Finish Carpentry and Casework. END OF SECTION 05615 -4 NORDSTROM - SOUTHCENTER MARKETPLACE CAFE REMODEL (005) TUKWILLA, WASHINGTON PART 2 - MATERIALS AND PRODUCTS SECTION 06100 - ROUGH CARPENTRY PART I - GENERAL A. The General and Special Conditions and all applicable provisions of Divisions 0 and 1 apply to this Section. B. Furnish and install all rough carpentry. C. Required Submittals: 1. Samples of such materials as may be directed. 2. Manufacturer's product literature. D. Reference Standards: Unless otherwise indicated, the following standards shall govern the work of this Section. 1. WCLIB - West Coast Lumber Inspection Bureau, Standard Grading and Dressing Rules No. 16, as amended. 2. CRA - California Redwood Association, Standard Specifications for Grades of Redwood, current edition including supplements. 3. APA - American Plywood Association, PS 1 -83. 4. WWPA - Western Wood Products Association. 5. AWPA - American Wood Preservers Association. 6. Applicable Building Code, current edition. Delivery and Storage of Materials: 1. Manufactured materials shall be delivered in suitable containers, plainly marked with brand and maker's name. 2. Lumber shall be piled off the ground on skids, in a manner which prevents twisting or warping and affords proper ventilation, drainage, and protection from termites and decay, rain and excessive sun. Plywood shall be protected from dampness. 3. Damaged or deteriorated materials or assemblies shall not be used in the work. A. Structural Lumber, grademarked per standards specified. 1. Size per industry standards for nominal sizes shown; S4S, unless otherwise indicated. 2. Framing Lumber: Douglas Fir, free of heart center: a. Stud Grade: 2x and 3x studs. b. Framing not otherwise shown or specified: Douglas Fir No. 2 per WCLIB paragraphs applicable to uses and sizes required. 3. Moisture content of framing: 19 percent average, 25 percent maximum when installed. 4. Sills on concrete: Pressure - treated Douglas Fir, size as indicated. 5. Structural framing shall be as scheduled or shown on the drawings unless noted otherwise. B. Plywood: all structural plywood shall be grade marked by APA for conformance with Product Standards PS 1 -83, ACX, Exterior. 3/4 inch plywood shall be 5 -ply. C.. Fasteners: 1. General requirements for fasteners: a. Fastenings shall be of adequate size, spacing, and number to resist design loads under intended use, and types shall be appropriate for the materials or conditions for which used. b. Include washers, pre- drilling, etc., required for proper installation. 06100 -1 NORDSTROM - SOUTHCENTER MARKETPLACE CAFE REMODEL (005) TUKWILLA, WASHINGTON c. For attachment to fire - retardant treated material, fastenings shall be hot -dip galvanized, non- ferrous, or stainless steel. 2. Nails and nailing not otherwise shown or specified: a. Comply with applicable requirements of current edition of Building Code. b. For framing and general woodwork: Common wire nails, (not box nails or sinkers). c. For securing materials to hardened concrete or masonry: hardened steel masonry nails. 3. Bolts: a. ASTM A -307, standard semi - finished machine bolts as shown or required; with malleable iron washers or steel plate washers, unless otherwise shown and shall be provided under all bolt heads and nuts. b. Bolts in concrete or masonry: set after casting shall be ITW "Red- Head" wedge anchors, or other type with equivalent values. 4. Powder driven fasteners: Diameter of pin shall be 7/32 inch, use two inch diameter disc and a minimum penetration of 1 -3/4 inches into concrete. Use Omark Drivepin H -66, or Ramset Drivepin 3320. Use only as approved by the Architect; operators shall be qualified. 5. Framing Hardware: Fabricated sheet metal timber framing connectors shall be manufactured from hot - dipped galvanized steel by Simpson Strong -Tie Company, San Leandro, California, as indicated. Nails and nailing shall conform to the manufacturer's instructions with a nail provided for each punched hole. D. Preservative Treatment: AWPA LP 22 ACZA, 0.40 retention by assay, shall be applied to all dimensional lumber and plywood which is to be in contact with, or within 12 inches of concrete or masonry, to resist wood decay. 1. Mark each piece of lumber and plywood to signify compliance with specified treatment. 2. Complete fabrication of treated items before treatment, where possible. If cut after treatment, coat cut surfaces with heavy brush coat of same chemical used for treatment. E. Fire - Retardant Treatment: 1. Factory- impregnate wood materials with fire - retardant materials to achieve a flame spread of 25 or less with no significant evidence of progressive combustion, when tested for 30 minutes, in accordance with ASTM E84, NFPA 255, UL 723, or AWPA C -20 and C -27. Provide UL "FR -S" label, or equivalent in accordance with ASTM E84. 2. Fire - retardant treat all lumber and plywood used as blocking in non - combustible metal framed construction. F. Surfacing and Moisture Content: 1. Sizing and surfacing shall be as required and approved for the particular location. Where exposed, all lumber shall be surfaced unless other wise specified. 2. Boards and dimension lumber 2 inches or less in thickness shall have an average moisture content of 19 percent or less. PART 3 - EXECUTION SECTION 06100 - ROUGH CARPENTRY A. Requirements for Framing: 1. Refer to drawings for layouts, notes and details, provide framing as required; comply with governing building code requirements. 2. Install wood studs and joists, of size indicated, at designated areas. 3. Solid block between joists at partitions, bearing walls, and any other support. 06100 -2 NORDSTROM - SOUTHCENTER MARKETPLACE CAFE REMODEL (005) TUKWILLA, WASHINGTON SECTION 06100 - ROUGH CARPENTRY B. Cutting and Blocking: 1. Provide all backing, furring, stripping, or blocking as required for carpentry, millwork and all other trades unless noted otherwise. END OF SECTION 06100 -3 NORDSTROM — SOUTHCENTER MARKETPLACE CAFE REMODEL (005) TUKWILLA, WASHINGTON PART I - GENERAL F. Grades and Standards: SECTION 06425 — FINISH CARPENTRY AND CASEWORK Z • A. The General and Special Conditions and all applicable provisions of Divisions 0 and I apply to this Section. ' ~ W B. Furnish and deliver to job site all millwork and cafe casework. Install all finish carpentry millwork, Wood 6 6 veneer, cabinets, countertops, cabinet hardware, and other items not specifically described as being installed U U O under other Sections. Provide the following: N a 1. Special fabricated cabinet units. W = 2. Subtops for countertops. _I I_ 3. Cabinet hardware. p 4. Prefinished surfaces. W 5. Preparation for installing utilities. g J 6. All other work indicated. u- u) C. Related work of other Sections: I _ w 1. Section 05615 - Ornamental Metal ? F- 2. Section 08805 - Glass and Glazing. Z 0 3. Section 09905 - Painting. w W 4. Section 11400 - Kitchen Equipment. U� D. Required Submittals: p E-. 1. Shop drawings for all work of this Section. Shop drawings shall indicate materials, component W W profiles and elevations, assembly methods, joint details, fastening methods, accessory listings, I —' hardware location, and schedule of finishes. Shop drawings for all manufactured items shall bear the u. ~O certified compliance grade stamp of the Architectural Woodwork Institute (AW.I..). . Z 2. Samples of wood trim, cabinet grade plywood, countertops, and other materials as may be required U co by the Architect. P H a. Include three 12 x 12 inch samples, illustrating cabinet finish of each species of wood veneer. Z b. Submit three 12 -inch long samples, illustrating cabinet finish of each species of solid wood trim. 3. Certificate attesting to type of wood treatment and moisture content after kiln - drying. 4. Mock -ups in accordance with Division I requirements. Approved mock -ups may be used in the work. E. References and Standards: Comply with the current published specifications, standards, tests, or recommended methods of the trade, industry, or government organizations, unless otherwise indicated: 1. ANS1/BHMA A156.9 - Cabinet Hardware. 2. Architectural Woodwork Institute (AWI) Quality Standards. 3. Federal Specification FS MM -L -736 - Lumber, Hardwood. 4. Federal Specification FS MMM -A -130 - Adhesives, Contact. 5. National Electric Manufacturers Association (NEMA) LD3 High Pressure Decorative Laminates. 1. Grade and manufacture millwork and casework in accordance with the standards established in the AWI for Premium Quality construction, unless otherwise indicated. a. Affix the AWI Premium Quality Grade Stamp to each unit of product, such as case, panel, bundle of trim, and the like. 06425 -1 ,NORDSTROM - SOUTHCENTER MARKETPLACE CAFE REMODEL (005) TUKWILLA, WASHINGTON SECTION 06425 - FINISH CARPENTRY AND CASEWORK 2. Douglas Fir: Standard Grading and Dressing Rules for West Coast Lumber, Number 16, as published by the West Coast Lumber Inspection Bureau. Z 3. Plywood: Guide to Plywood Grades, Current edition as published by the American Plywood , Z E Association. w QQ2 G. Moisture content: 6 to 8 percent, unless otherwise indicated. Conform to W.I.C. standards established for the U 0 species, grade and end use. Protect millwork against dampness during and after delivery. Store in well- to p ventilated building and where not exposed to extreme changes of temperature and humidity. W = J H H. Delivery, Storage, and Handling: u) LL 1. All factory- packaged materials shall be delivered to the site in original factory packaging bearing W O 2 Q manufacturer's name, brand name, and/or identification codeand description, and shall be stored in a oC = dry place until used. u_ Q 2. Protect work from damage, with particular reference to excessive or inadequate relative humidity. N d = W E- _ I. Environmental Conditons: Z F „ 1. Maintain relative humidity at the site between 25 and 55 percent before, during, and after installation. y-. 0 2. Comply with environmental requirements of Division 1. Z E- UJ 3. During and after installation of work of this Section, maintain the same temperature and humidity 2 D conditions in building spaces as will occur after occupancy. U O N J. Preparation and Coordination: W H 1. Verify that field measurements are as indicated on shop drawings. = U 2. Coordinate work of this Section with Glazing work of Division 8, Painting work of Division 9, 0 Kitchen equipment work of Division 11, Plumbing work of Division 15, and Electrical work of Z Division 16, as required for a complete and fully operable installation. 11.1 N P. _ O~ PART 2 - MATERIALS AND PRODUCTS A. All wood shall be kiln dried. Trim shall be plain sawn, S4S unless otherwise indicated. Select lumber for uniformity of color and grain pattern. Solid lumber shall be free of twists, warp, and surface checking. 1. Softwood lumber shall be graded in accordance with AWI for Grade of Work specified plain sawn, moisture content of 6 to 8 percent, with mixed grain. 2. Hardwood lumber shall be graded in accordance with AWI for Grade of Work specified, moisture content of 6 to 8 percent, with vertical grain of quality suitable for transparent finish. Provide species to match various veneer lumber as listed in the finish schedule. B. Panel Materials: 1. Softwood plywood shall be graded in accordance with AWI for Grade of Work specified; veneer core; marine grade in all food service areas and wet areas. 2. Hardwood plywood shall be graded in accordance with AWL for Grade of Work specified; veneer core, type of glue recommended for application. Face veneer species as listed in the finish schedule. 3. Plastic laminate casework shall be NEMA LD3 General Purpose Type, 0.050 inch thick for horizontal application; 0.040 inch thick for post - forming grade for installation at counters where radiused edges are indicated; and 0.020 inch thick for vertical applications, colors as scheduled. C. Accessories: 1. Glass shelving: 3/8 inch clear, tempered, polished edges. 2. Fixed glass shall be 1/4 inch tempered, unless otherwise indicated. 06425 -2 z ,NORDSTROM — SOUTHCENTER MARKETPLACE CAFE REMODEL (005) TUKWILLA, WASHINGTON SECTION 06425 — FINISH CARPENTRY AND CASEWORK 3. Glass doors shall be 1/4 inch tempered, with polished edges. 4. Glass dessert screen shall be 3/8 inch tempered, with polished edges, size as indicated. Z 5. Fasteners, bolts, nuts, washers, lag screws, pins, and screws shall be size and type to suit application. , _ 6. Concealed joint fasteners shall be threaded steel. .1- Z 7. Grommets shall be plastic material for cut -outs. W iii 8. Aluminum edge guards (along base of cabinets at service line) shall be 3/4 x 3/4 inch continuous J U angles, with mill finish. U 0 co 0 D. Hardware: J z 1. Hinges: Grass Snap -on 3803, concealed self - closing, 120 - degree opening, three hinges at doors co u. more than 35 -1/2 inches tall. W 0 2. Pulls: Wire, oil - rubbed bronze finish. 2 3. Shelf Supports: 1 5 a. For glass shelves: Equivalent to Knape & Vogt No. 330, anachrome finish. n b. For plastic laminate shelves: Equivalent to Knape & Vogt No. 346 WAL, = 0 anachrome finish. I - W Z 4. Drawer Slides: Knape & Vogt or Accuride, medium duty 100 pound rating. I- 5. Grommets: Plastic with slotted cover, color to be black. Z O w uj F. Shop Finishing: n Ci 1. Sand work smooth and set exposed nails and screws. 0 SP- 2. Apply wood filler in exposed nail and screw indentations. 0 I_ 3. On items to receive transparent finishes, use wood filler to match surrounding surfaces and of types z W recommended for applied finishes. I • 4. Finish work in the factory in accordance with AWI Section 1500 Systems. u' O 5. Finish work with transparent finish as indicated. LLj Z co a. Stain: Match Architect's sample. U = b. Wood tops: Sherwin Williams "Kemvar II ", medium rub semi - gloss. p 1— c. Trim and vertical surfaces: Sherwin Williams moisture- resistant lacquer, medium rub semi- Z gloss. 6. Finish work shall comply with AWI Premium standards. G. Fabrication: Comply with AWI Premium standards. 1. Door and drawer fronts: 3/4 inch (19 mm) thick, flush overlay style. 2. Shop assemble casework for delivery to site in units easily handled and to permit passage through building openings. 3. Fit shelves, doors, and exposed edges with 1/4 inch minimum matching hardwood edging at all stain grade millwork. Use one piece for full length only. 4. Cap exposed plastic laminate finish edges with material of same finish and pattern. 5. When necessary to cut and fit on site, provide materials with ample allowance for cutting. Provide trim for scribing and site cutting. 6. Apply plastic laminate finish in full uninterrupted sheet, consistent with manufactured sizes. Fit corners and joints hairline; secure with concealed fasteners. Slightly bevel arrises. Locate counter butt joints minimum two feet from sink cut -outs. 7. Apply laminate backing sheet to reverse side of plastic laminate finished surfaces. 8. Fabricate metal countertop surfaces pressure -glued to plywood core backing without visible joints. 9. Provide cutouts for plumbing fixtures, inserts, outlet boxes, fixtures and fittings, and kitchen equipment. Verify locations of cutouts from on -site dimensions. Seal contact surfaces of cut edges. 10. Shop glue glass materials as specified in Section 08805 for all fixed glass. 06425 -3 ,NORDSTROM - SOUTHCENTER MARKETPLACE CAFE REMODEL (005) TUKWILLA, WASHINGTON SECTION 06425 - FINISH CARPENTRY AND CASEWORK H. For interior trim and finish, use finish or casing nails. Other nails shall be standard types, suitable for the purpose. PART 3 - EXECUTION A. Preparation: 1. Examine all areas to receive specified work. Do not begin work until underlying construction is complete, all required inspections thereof have been made, and all conditions which might prevent proper installation or impair performance or service life of specified work have been corrected. 2. Verify adequacy of backing and support framing. 3. Verify mechanical, electrical, and building items affecting work of this Section are placed and ready to receive this work. 4. Pile and store millwork and wood doors so as to insure ventilation and weather protection. Do not store or install millwork or wood doors in any part of the building until exterior openings are all closed up or glazed. B. Installation: 1. Install work in accordance with AWI Premium Quality Standard. 2. Make scribed joints close and accurate. Install all work to details shown, plumb, level, properly located and aligned. Hammer marks on exposed finished surfaces will be cause for rejection of work. 3. Install casework and countertops in compliance with approved Shop Drawings and referenced standards. 4 Set casework in place, scribe plumb, square and level and secure to structure in position indicated with required fastenings, clip angles, bases, anchors, nailing, blocking, shimming and other fittings. Ensure that in -wall blocking is properly located before wall finish is installed. Wall hung casework units shall be installed to support the loads stipulated by current Building Code. 5 Adjust doors, drawers and other moving parts to operate freely without binding or sticking, adjacent items level, vertical lines plumb and aligned, clearances uniform. 6 Coordinate all casework with plumbing, electrical, painting, hardware, glazing, and kitchen equipment trades. 7. Scribe work abutting other components, with maximum gaps of 1/32 inch. Do not use additional overlay trim to conceal larger gaps. 8. Install components with nails, screws, and bolts with blind fasteners. 9. Install casework hardware in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 10. Use fixture attachments in concealed locations for wall- mounted components. 11. Countersink anchorage devices at exposed locations. Conceal with solid wood plugs of species to match surrounding wood finish, flush with surrounding surfaces. 12. Site glaze materials as specified in Section 08805 for all non -fixed glass. 13. Adjust moving or operating parts to function smoothly and correctly. C. Building Specialties: 1. Properly receive, check, store, and protect toilet accessories and miscellaneous specialty items until needed for installation. 2. Install all miscellaneous specialty items of Division 10 and other Sections not otherwise specified to be installed. Install in accordance with manufacturer's printed instructions and approved shop drawings. 06425 -4 NORDSTROM - SOUTHCENTER MARKETPLACE CAFE REMODEL (005) TUKWILLA, WASHINGTON SECTION 06425 - FINISH CARPENTRY AND CASEWORK END OF SECTION 06425 -5 ,NORDSTROM - SOUTHCENTER MARKETPLACE CAFE REMODEL (005) TUKWILLA, WASHINGTON PART 1 - GENERAL Z • A. The General and Special Conditions and all applicable provisions of Divisions 0 and 1 apply to this Section. _ • ~ w B. Furnish and install firestopping where and as indicated. CL j JU C. Required Submittals: U 0 1. Manufacturer's catalog data; include composition and performance characteristics. N W J = D. References and Standards: The following references and standards are hereby made a part of this Section, and w u_ work of this Section shall conform to the applicable requirements therein, except as otherwise indicated: W 0 1. American Society for Testing and Materials ASTM E136: Behavior of Materials in a Vertical Tube QQ Furnace at 750 degrees C. LL Q 2. National Fire Protection Association NFPA 70: National Electrical Code. N 3. Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc. (UL): Z W a. UL 723: Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials, latest edition. Z I b. UL 1479: Fire Tests of Through - Penetration Firestops, latest edition. H O Z I- E. Delivery, Storage, and Handling: 2 j uj 1. Deliver materials in the original, unopened packages or containers showing name of the U Ci manufacturer and the brand name. o P- 2. Store materials off the ground and protect from damage and exposure to the elements. 0 H 3. Remove damaged and deteriorated materials from the site. i i �- •Z W U� P. _ 0 I' PART 2 - MATERIALS AND PRODUCTS A. Firestopping material shall be asbestos -free and capable of maintaining an effective barrier against flame and gasses, and shall be: 1. Non -toxic to humans during installation. 2. Non - combustible, ASTM E136, unless tested and approved by UL. B. Fire - Hazard Classification: 1. Material shall have a flame spread of 25 or less; a smoke - developed rating of 50 or less; and a fuel con- tribution of 50 or less when tested in accordance with UL 723 or UL listed and accepted. C. Fire Resistance and Hose Stream Tests: 1. Firestopping materials shall be rated "F" and "T" in accordance with UL 1479, except that the "T" rating may be based on thermocouples placed one inch from a penetrating item in lieu of direct attachment to penetrating items. Rating periods shall conform to the following: a. Time -rated floor or wall assemblies shall be rated at one hour unless otherwise indicated. b. Openings between floor slabs and curtain walls shall be rated at one hour unless otherwise indicated. D. Seal Activation: material shall not require a rise in tem- perature to install or activate seal. PART 3 - EXECUTION SECTION 07845 - FIRESTOPPING 07845 -1 AMMONIZIONIUMILIMI Z ,NORDSTROM - SOUTHCENTER MARKETPLACE CAFE REMODEL (005) TUKWILLA, WASHINGTON SECTION 07845 - FIRESTOPPING A. Provide firestopping in the following locations: 1. Duct, cable, conduit, and piping penetrations through time -rated partitions or fire walls. ZZ 2. Openings between walls of time -rated assemblies. , 1 1-- 3. Openings and penetrations in enclosures with time -rated fire doors. f" W r4 4. Other locations indicated. 5. Penetrations through time -rated floor /ceiling and roof /ceiling assemblies. � 0 u) 0 B. Preparation: co w 1. Remove dirt, grease, oil, loose materials, rust, or other substances that may affect proper fitting or the -J H required fire resistance from surfaces in contact with fireproofing materials. N u. 2. Coordination: coordinate the work with other trades. Apply firestopping materials at penetrations of pipes and ducts prior to insulating, unless the insulation meets the requirements specified for 5 firestopping. Q U) 0 C. Installation: H W 1. Install at locations indicated or as required, in accordance with manufacturer's printed instructions Z = and fire test report. I— 0 2. Filling of Voids: completely fill voids at the surface; depth of material shall be as approved by UL. Z F a. Firestopping for filling voids in floors in which the smallest dimension of the void is four g j (4) inches or more, shall support the same load that the floor was designed to support. 0 0 3. Insulated Pipes and Ducts: O D- a. Insulate pipes and ducts penetrating fire -rated floors and walls which materials which 0 — provide the same performance as the firestopping material. Extend this material a minimum = 0 of 6 inches on each side of the opening. The vapor barrier of the insulation material shall u. F= have a maximum perm rating of 0.03. - z 4 Fire Dampers: 0 a. Furni and install fire dampers in ducts and penetrations of time -rated construction in i= Z accordance with the requirements of Division 15 - Mechanical. Z /— 5. Electrical Cables or Conduits: firestopping at penetrations shall comply with the requirements of NFPA 70. C. Field Quality Control: to ensure proper installation, fire- stopped areas shall not be covered or enclosed until inspection is complete and approval has been received. END OF SECTION 07845 -2 ,NORDSTROM - SOUTHCENTER MARKETPLACE CAFE REMODEL (005) TUKWILLA, WASHINGTON SECTION 07920 - CAULKING AND SEALANTS PART 1 - GENERAL Z A. The General and Special Conditions and all applicable provisions of Divisions 0 and 1 apply to this Section. ~ W CL 2 B. Furnish and install all caulking and sealants for interior sealant conditions, where not specified under other U O Sections. This Section shall also set standards for all caulking and sealants specified under other Sections. to 0 C. Required Submittals: -J F 1. Complete manufacturer's brochures, installation instructions and laboratory reports substantiating CO 0 WO manufacturer's performance claims for all materials to be used under this Section. 2 }} 2. Samples, including color samples, of all materials proposed for use on the project. Apply samples of g J sealants between same materials as those actually to be sealed. u- j 3. Upon completion of work involved, furnish the Owner with written guaranty- warranty in prescribed co 0 form covering all materials and workmanship under this Section for a period of five (5) years after H W date of completion and acceptance of building. Z H F– O D. Do not use caulking and sealants more than two months after manufacture. W w E. Deliver materials to job site in manufacturer's original unopened containers with name, brand, product U N designation, and date of manufacture clearly marked thereon. 0 W W F. Carefully handle and store all materials to prevent inclusion of foreign materials and subjection to sustained H • U temperatures exceeding 90 degrees F. W ~O — Z PART 2 - MATERIALS AND PRODUCTS U co F= _ O I A. Caulking: Do not use caulking in working joints or joints over 3/8 inch wide. Z B. Select sealants from the following list. Use those appropriate for location and service to be expected. 1. Type A - Single- component acrylic sealant: a. Bostik "Chem -Calk 600 ". b. Pecora Corp. "Pecora AC -20 ". c. Sonneborn Building Products Div., ChemRex, Inc. "Sonolac ". 2. Type SM - Mildew - resistant Silicone Sealant (translucent color): a. Dow Chemical Company "Dow Corning 786 ". b. General Electric Company "GE Sanitary 1700 ". c. Bostik "Silicone Rubber Bathroom Calk ". 3. Type PT - Multi- component Polyurethane, non -sag type, Pecora "Dynatred "; no substitutions. C. Primers, sealers, surface conditions, solvents, and the like: Use wherever recommended in caulking and sealant manufacturer's printed instructions. Use only specific types and brands recommended in writing by manufacturer of sealant materials concerned. D. Typical back -up material, fillers, joint backing, etc.: Closed cell polyethylene rod stock, compatible, non- staining, 1/8 inch oversize; Minicel, Williams' Expand -O -Foam, Ethafoam by Conrad Sovig. Use no acrylic, asphaltic, oil or solvent - containing materials, no incompressible materials, no butyl or neoprene. E. Release material: Polyethylene film or approved masking tape. 07920 -1 1 ,NORDSTROM - SOUTHCENTER MARKETPLACE CAFE REMODEL (005) TUKWILLA, WASHINGTON SECTION 07920 - CAULKING AND SEALANTS F. Sealant color, where exposed: To harmonize or contrast with color of materials being joined, as selected by Architect from standard ranges of approved sealant manufacturers. PART 3 - EXECUTION A. Provide sealants in all open joints exposed to the weather; at exterior metal frames, stops, fastenings, and the like; in all areas normally requiring sealing; and all other areas where required for complete and permanent water and weather - tightness of building. Seal entire perimeter of each opening. Do not obstruct weep systems. B. All work and materials shall be in accordance with this Specification and with non - conflicting requirements of the various manufacturers' printed directions. Do not add solvents, extenders, or the like to caulking and sealants. C. Install Type A - Interior acrylic joint sealant at all general interior sealant joints, unless otherwise indicated. Use paintable type for closing gaps. Match adjacent surfaces. D. Install Type PT sealant at expansion joints in traffic areas scheduled to receive ceramic tile, and at joints between stone tile and wood flooring transition strips. Colors shall be as selected by the Architect from the manufacturer's complete range of pre- fabricated colors. Do not use backer rod at these conditions. E. Install Type SM sealant at plastic laminate backsplashes, plumbing fixtures and kitchen equipment, and serving line casework. F. Thoroughly clean surfaces to receive primer, caulking, and sealants; where appropriate, use wire brush with 100 p.s.i. air nozzle attachment. Verify that such surfaces are clean, dry, free from frost, dust, loose particles, and foreign materials; that metals are free from rust, mill scale, coatings, oil, and grease; that aluminum surfaces are clean and have labels removed where they would interfere with sealant application; and that all such surfaces are in proper condition as described in approved manufacturer's printed recommendations. G. Confine use of solvent -based cleaning materials on metal and glass to xylol, toluol, and methyl ethyl ketone. Do not use soap, detergent, or water -based cleaners on masonry, metal, and glass. END OF SECTION 07920 -2 ,NORDSTROM - SOUTHCENTER MARKETPLACE CAFE REMODEL (005) TUKWILLA, WASHINGTON PART 2 - MATERIALS AND PRODUCTS SECTION 08315 - ACCESS DOORS AND PANELS PART 1 - GENERAL Z A. The General and Special Conditions and all applicable provisions of Divisions 0 and 1 apply to this Section. H W CL 2 B. Furnish and install all access panels required for completion of building, but not specified under other 6 D Sections. U 0 1. Manufacture fire -rated access doors and frames in accordance with Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc. (0 w UL requirements. Provide labels indicating rating. w H U) u- C. Related Work of Other Sections: uj 0 1. 09115 - Light Gauge Metal Support Framing; Framing of openings for access doors. 2 2. 09255 - Drywall; Openings in partitions. g 5 3. 09905 - Painting; Field paint finish. = • d D Required Submittals: H = 1. Catalog cuts and manufacturer's descriptive literature for access doors and frames of the various type Z 1— required. Include sizes, types, finishes, scheduled locations, and details of adjoining work. Obtain Z O written approval thereof before delivery of materials to the building site. Ill • j 2. Manufacturer's printed instructions; deliver before any work is commenced. U p O - CI I- 111 uj A. Acceptable Manufacturers: � 1. Milcor Limited Partnership, Lima, OH (800/528 - 1411). - Z 0 2. JL Industries, Bloomington, MN (800/554- 6077). W 3. Karp Industries, Inc., Maspeth, NY (800/888- 4212). U 4. MM Systems Corporation, Tucker, GA (800/241 -3460) p I- B. Fabrication: 1. Fire -rated access doors: Fabricate frames and flanges of minimum 16 gauge steel and door panels of minimum 22 gauge steel; pan insulated with non - combustible filler, and with the following: a. Spring self - closer. b. Interior handle. c. Flange exposed 3/4 inch to one inch. d. Fully concealed pin -type hinges, or continuous piano hinge, 175 degree opening. 2. Non -rated Wall Access Doors: Fabricate frames of 16 gauge steel and door panels of 14 gauge steel, with the following: a. For installation in drywall: Integral attachment flange and drywall bead for flush installation. b. Fully concealed pin -type hinges, or continuous piano hinge, 175 degree opening. 3. Concealed Access Doors: Flush type with Gypsum Board insert. Fabricate frames of 16 gauge steel and door panels of 14 gauge steel, with the following: a. For installation in drywall: Integral attachment flange and drywall bead for flush installation. b. Fully concealed pin -type hinges or continuous piano hinge, 100- degree downward opening. c. Ceiling framing attachment devices, as required for secure anchorage to ceiling framing. d. Set Gypsum Board insert flush with adjoining ceiling and finished to match ceiling. 08315 -1 Z ,NORDSTROM - SOUTHCENTER MARKETPLACE CAFE REMODEL (005) TUKWILLA, WASHINGTON SECTION 08315 - ACCESS DOORS AND PANELS 4. Weld, fill, and grind joints to provide flush and square unit. Z 5. Hardware: Screw - driver slot, quarter turn cam lock for interior locations, 2' -0" o.c. maximum. ' 1 Install minimum of two locks at corners of ceiling access doors. w 6. Sizes: 12 x 12 inch size for hand access; 22 x 22 inch size for person entry, unless otherwise U O indicated. 0 U) ILI C. Finish: Galvanized units shall have wiped coat finish. Prime coat units with manufacturer's standard alkyd -J H galvanized primer, except provide No. 4 at stainless steel. N L W D. Schedule: See Drawings for types and locations. 2 �Q PART 3 - EXECUTION w d = W H A. Furnish metal access panels and frames of types suitable for use with the finish materials in which they will be Z F = .. installed; use types specified herein. Z p W ai B. Install all metal access panels and frames, including those furnished under Divisions 15 and 16, as well as all ? D others for which installation is not specified under other Sections. U 1. Coordinate installation of metal access panels and frames in drywall surfaces, with work of Gypsum o 52 Wallboard Section, Division 9. = W U C. Install and securely fasten in place according to manufacturer's printed instructions. At completion, unless u.. 1— otherwise shown or specified, metal access panels shall be level and plumb, square and parallel with building Z lines, flush with finished surfaces in which installed. Panels shall open and close easily and precisely, shall lie U N flush with frame with minimum clearance on all sides, and shall close tightly without rattling. o H END OF SECTION 08315 -2 •Z NORDSTROM — SOUTHCENTER MARKETPLACE CAFE REMODEL (005) TUKWILLA, WASHINGTON PART 1 - GENERAL z A. The General and Special Conditions and all applicable provisions of Divisions 0 and 1 apply to this Section. 1 Z B. Furnish and install custom decorative glass panels, mirrors, and all glass and glazing not specified under other 6 U 00 CO C. Required Submittals: J z 1. A written guaranty - warranty in the prescribed form covering all materials and workmanship under to � this Section for a period of five (5) years from date of acceptance of the building shall be furnished to w 0 the Owner upon completion of the work involved. 2 J D. Standards: In the absence of more stringent requirements the following minimum standards shall apply: co 1. Glass: ASTM C 1036. _ 2. Heat strengthened and fully tempered glass: ASTM C 1048. Z H 3. Glazing: Specifications for Installation of Flat Glass and Plastic as set forth in current edition of H 0 Glazing Manual of Flat Glass Marketing Association. Z I— 4. Federal Consumer Products Safety Council (CPSC) Standards for Architectural Glazing Materials. 2 D 5. ANSI Z97.1 Safety Glazing Code. D 0 6. SIGMA "Specifications for Sealed Insulating Glass Units ". 0 N . 0 H E. Glass thickness shall be as shown and specified and as required to meet governing codes and maintain = w consistent treatment throughout; if conflicts occur, use greater thickness. I' � V - - -O . Z El U = A. Glass shall be as manufactured by Libby- Owens -Ford, Pittsburgh Plate Glass Company, Globe Amerada O 1— Z Sections. This Section sets standards for glass and glazing specified in other Sections. PART 2 - MATERIALS AND PRODUCTS Company, Guardian Glass or equal. SECTION 08805 - GLASS AND GLAZING B. Mirrors: 1. Glass: ASTM C1036, Type 1, Class 1, Quality ql, in areas less than 25 sq. ft. a. Provide silvering, copper backing, and protective coating conforming to FS -DD -M -411. b. Pencil polish edges. 2. Mirror Mastic: adhesive setting compound manufactured specifically for setting mirrors, and compatible with plywood backing. 3. Plywood Backing: PS 1: Douglas Fir A -C, exterior grade, sanded. C. Dessert Screen: 3/8" thick, clear tempered. D. Fixed Glass in Casework: 1/4" thick, clear tempered. E. Adjustable Glass Shelving: 3/8" thick, clear tempered with polished edges. PART 3 - EXECUTION A. Conform to manufacturer's printed instruction instructions, and applicable referenced standards where such rules and regulations cover points not shown on Drawings or specified herein. 08805 -1 NORDSTROM — SOUTHCENTER MARKETPLACE CAFE REMODEL (005) TUKWILLA, WASHINGTON SECTION 08805 - GLASS AND GLAZING B. Clean all material installed on all exposed surfaces. Do not use acid solution or water containing caustic soaps. Broken, cracked and glass not complying with these Specifications shall be replaced. At completion of work, glass and glazing materials shall be clean and in perfect condition. END OF SECTION 08805 -2 ,NORDSTROM - SOUTHCENTER MARKETPLACE CAFE REMODEL (005) TUKWILLA, WASHINGTON PART 1 - GENERAL SECTION 09115 - LIGHT GAUGE METAL SUPPORT FRAMING A. The General and Special Conditions and all applicable provisions of Divisions 0 and 1 apply to this Section. B. Furnish and install all non - load - bearing metal stud and furring systems for drywall and drywall ceiling suspension systems. 1. See Section 09505 for Acoustical Ceilings. C. Required Submittals: 1. Shop drawings and manufacturer's catalog literature for all work of this Section. 2. Samples of all suspension systems under this Section. 3. Certified test data if requested or required by local authority. 4. Manufacturer's written certification of applicator for work of this Section. Minimum of five (5) years is required. D. Reference Standards: The following references and standards are hereby made a part of this Section, and work of this Section shall conform to the applicable requirements therein, except as otherwise indicated: 1. ASTM C635, Performance of Metal Ceiling Suspension Systems. 2. ASTM C636, Installation of Metal Ceiling Suspension Systems. 3. ASTM C754, Specification for Installation of Steel- Framing Members to Receive Screw - applied Gypsum Board. 3. Current Building Code for lateral force installation requirements. 4. U.S. Gypsum System SA -923, Drywall /Steel Framing. 5. "Plaster and Lathing Systems Manual ", Third Edition (Gorman, Jaffe, Pruter, and Rose). E. Fire -rated Assemblies: Metal framing for fire -rated assemblies, including materials and methods of application used, shall be approved by the I.C.B.O. F. Minimum Gauge of Studs: Provide studs of gauges required to meet the specified deflection and design load requirements for each partition. Comply with manufacturer's height limitations for size and gauge of studs. PART 2 - MATERIALS AND PRODUCTS A. Acceptable Manufacturers: 1. Armstrong World Industries, Inc. 2. Atlas. 3. Chicago Metallic Corporation. 4. Dale /Incor. 5. Domtar Gypsum. 6. Donn Products. 7. Gold Bond 8. Unimast. 9. U.S. Gypsum. 10. Western. 11. Other manufacturers indicated herein. B. Light Gauge Metal Studs (18 gauge and lighter): 1. Use ASTM C645 except as otherwise indicated. 09115 -1 ,NORDSTROM - SOUTHCENTER MARKETPLACE CAFE REMODEL (005) TUKWILLA, WASHINGTON SECTION 09115 - LIGHT GAUGE METAL SUPPORT FRAMING 2. Use galvanized channel studs with floor and ceiling tracks for screw -type application of wallboard and plaster base. a. Provide 16 gauge x 1 -1/2 inch flange top track at head of structure -high partitions to allow for structural movement without damage to partition or finish. b. Where stud size is not indicated, conform to manufacturer's recommendations and partition height limitations, of U. S. Gypsum Company System SA -923, and code requirements for minimum size and gauge, based on partition heights. 3. Light Gauge Furring Channels: ASTM C645, 25 gauge, galvanized, roll - formed, hat- shaped channels for screw type application of gypsum wallboard and plaster base. 4. Resilient Channels: 25 gauge (.022 inch) galvanized: Atlas "Resilient Strip ", Gold Bond "Resilient Furring Channel ", or USG "RC-1". 5. Fasteners: a. Light gauge metal stud and furring systems: metal screws as recommended by metal system manufacturer. Use recommended wire clips or 16 gauge tie wire (saddle tied) for attaching furring channels to carrying channels. b. Partition track fasteners: low - velocity, explosive- driven tempered steel, 9/64 inch shank diameter, 1 -inch shank length: Ramset #1508 or Omark #12324. C. Drywall Ceiling Suspension System: Chicago Metallic Corporation's roll - formed System 640, or equivalent products of USG, Armstrong, or Donn. 1. Concealed steel grid, electro- galvanized runners and cross tees. 2. Finishes: manufacturer's standard baked low -sheen satin finish. 3. Main runners shall be 1 -1/2 inches high x 1 -3/8 inches face width. 4. Cross tees shall be same dimensions as main runners and shall have web extending to form a positive interlock with main tee, the lower flange extended and offset. 5. Hanger Wire: ASTM A641, Class 1, galvanized and annealed steel, 8 gauge (U.S. Std.), unless otherwise indicated. 6. Suspension System Isolators: a. Hanger Wire Isolators: Mason or Peabody, 0.10 inch minimum static deflection. b. Wall Isolators: Barry Controls, Type W81 -040 neoprene isolator with bushing. PART 3 - EXECUTION A. Preparation: examine the building before beginning work to determine that the building is properly enclosed, clean, all interior wet- or dust - producing work complete and dry, and heating and ventilating system is installed. Do not proceed until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. B. Installation of Ceiling Suspension Systems: 1. Comply with lateral force bracing requirements for ceiling suspension systems as detailed in current building code, including all required approval of drawings, systems, and components. 2. Install suspension system according to ASTM C636 "Installation of Metal Suspension System" for gypsum lath and to the general recommended procedures of referenced standards, and in accordance with manufacturer's printed instructions. In case of conflicting provisions, the most stringent shall apply. 3. Unless otherwise indicated, direct - suspend main tee bars at 48 inches o.c. with hanger wire at 48 inches o.c. and attach cross tee bars at 24 inches o.c. with clip of type recommended by manufacturer. Install safety wires at each main cross runner 6 inches from the perimeter member. 09115 -2 ,NORDSTROM - SOUTHCENTER MARKETPLACE CAFE REMODEL (005) TUKWILLA, WASHINGTON SECTION 09115 - LIGHT GAUGE METAL SUPPORT FRAMING 4. Provide special hangers as required where items above ceiling obstruct normal hanger wires. Fasten wires as specified above for channel system. Z 5. Where recessed light fixtures occur, provide cross tees for edge support of fixtures. Direction of . H Z main runners, if not specifically shown, shall be determined by fixture layout. Ce al 6. Level suspension system to provide a tolerance of 1/8 inch in 12 feet in finished ceiling. 6 = 7. Where ceilings are indicated to be acoustically isolated, install hanger wires with isolators. Make U O framing connection at wall with neoprene isolators. Install iso- lators as indicated and in accordance N 0 with manufacturer's printed recommendations. W 11.1 1 8. Installation of gypsum board ceilings is specified in Section 09250 - Gypsum Wallboard. 1._ WO C. Installation of Wall Framing and Furring Systems: 2 1. Attach framing and furring systems securely to building structure. Include all welding required for u- attachment of clips and attachment devices to structural steel frame. Unless otherwise indicated, 2 d fasten partition tracks to concrete with explosive- driven fasteners. H W 2. Space framing and furring members as indicated, but do not exceed 16 inches o.c. where tile backer Z H board occurs. 1— O 3. At door openings, double studs (flange to flange) at each jamb and fasten to runners with screws or W ~ W reinforce jamb stud with 16 gauge structural channel stud, same width as partition studs. a. Reinforce framed openings with 3/4 inch cold - rolled furring channel at head, channels to U u) extend 2 stud spaces minimum each side of opening. Wire channels to framing. 0 E- 4. Unless otherwise indicated, vertical furring may terminate 3 inches above suspended ceilings. W W 5. At structure -high partitions, install 20 gauge top track with studs cut 1/2 inch short to permit vertical i.0 movement of building's structural frame without damage to partition. u.. ~O a. Do not fasten any studs, trim, or wallboard /plaster base to flanges of top track to allow for Z free vertical movement. W U N 6. At fire -rated partitions, fill space at top track with mineral insulation. H 7. Cross brace chase wall parltitions with three (3) gypsum wallboard or plaster base braces at each pair Z of studs. Braces shall be 1/2 inch minimum thickness x 12 inches minimum height x distance between outer flanges of studs. a. Unless otherwise required by pipe layout, locate at 1/4 points and center height. b. Fasten braces to each stud with a minimum of three (3) screws. l D. Backing Plates: 1. Except as otherwise indicated, provide minimum 16 gauge x 4 -inch wide metal backing plates, screwed rigidly to studs, for support of wall- mounted items. 2. Coordinate with applicable work of other Sections to provide proper backing and alignment of equipment, fixtures, and accessories. E. Installation Tolerances for Studs and Framing: 1. Variation from level: 1/8 inch in 10 feet. 2. Variation from vertical: 1/8 inch in 10 feet, except 1/16 inch at columns and other surfaces scheduled to receive adhesive- attached mirors. 3. Variation from indicated location: 1/4 inch. 4. Variation in alignment: 1/8 inch between any three framing members, except 1/16 inch between any three studs at wall surfaces indicated to receive adhesive- attached mirrors. 5. Variation in vertical alignment between bracket holes: 1/8 inch between any three brackets, when tested with an 8 foot straightedge laid across three installed brackets. 6. Variation from horizontal: 1/4 inch in 10 feet. 09115 -3 ,NORDSTROM - SOUTHCENTER MARKETPLACE CAFE REMODEL (005) TUKWILLA, WASHINGTON SECTION 09115 - LIGHT GAUGE METAL SUPPORT FRAMING F. Coordinate work of this Section with work of related trades and with Mechanical and Electrical work of . Z Divisions 15 and 16. H • Refer to Section 09255 - Drywall; erect framing for gypsum wallboard so that tolerances and Z conditions specified therein for wallboard subsequently applied finishes can be achieved. 6 JU END OF SECTION 0 0 J = WO g J u- < Nom' Z CI F- _ .. Z1.- I- 0 Z I- w U �. O N O h- = W ; 1- 'V 0 111 Z U N F - O H Z 09115 -4 ,NORDSTROM - SOUTHCENTER MARKETPLACE CAFE REMODEL (005) TUKWILLA, WASHINGTON PART 1 - GENERAL A. The General and Special Conditions and all applicable provisions of Divisions 0 and 1 apply to this Section. B. Furnish and install all gypsum wallboard wall and ceiling construction. 1. Metal studs are specified in Section 09115 - Light Gauge Metal Support Framing. C. Deliver materials to the job in original unopened containers or bundles with manufacturer's names and brands affixed. Store and protect so as to protect from damage and corrosion. Remove damaged or deteriorated materials from job site immediately. D. In cold weather, insofar as possible, the building shall be heated during the application of the gypsum wallboard and joint treatment to maintain a uniform temperature in the range of 55 degrees F. to 70 degrees F. and ventilation shall be provided to eliminate excessive moisture. E. Incorporated Standards: 1. "American Standard Specifications for the Application and Finishing of Gypsum Wallboard," as approved by the American Standards Association, latest edition. 2. Gypsum wallboard shall conform to ASTM C -36. 3. U.S.G. System SA -923, Drywall /Steel Framed Systems. PART 2 - MATERIALS AND PRODUCTS SECTION 09255 - DRYWALL A. Gypsum board shall be 5/8 inch thick and with tapered longitudinal edges, 4' -0 inch wide and in maximum lengths. B. 5/8 inch thick, type "X ", gypsum board shall bear the manufacturer's trademark and label of the Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc., for one -hour rating where indicated. C. Unless otherwise indicated, gypsum board at walls of moisture- producing rooms, in conjunction with FRP, where scheduled, shall be 5/8 inch thick type W/R water - resistant gypsum board. D. Tape and taping cement: ASTM C -475, of same manufacture as the gypsum board used. 0 E. Accessories: 1. Corner beads, 26 gauge, electrogalvanized steel, knurled surfaces for bedding cement. Provide corner beads with 1 -1/4 inch legs at external corners. 2. "J "- shaped metal bead where gypsum board abuts dissimilar materials and/or is exposed. F. Drywall fasteners: 1. Self - drilling, self - tapping drywall screws for fastening to steel framing, size and spacing to comply with USG System SA923 and Gypsum Association Standards. G. Shaftwall System: 1. Manufacturer: United States Gypsum Company, National Gypsum Company, or G -P Gypsum Corporation. 2. Shaftwall Studs: Steel double E or C -H studs, width as indicated, 20 gauge minimum for 4 -inch studs, 26 gauge minimum for 6 -inch studs; comply with manufacturer's height limitations for stud size and gauge. 09255 -1 Z w 6 0 C O J H t°w w g Q co = a w Z = H ZO LL! • W U Ca O N O I— w W 0 I-: Z w U I G~ z ,NORDSTROM - SOUTHCENTER MARKETPLACE CAFE REMODEL (005) TUKWILLA, WASHINGTON SECTION 09255 - DRYWALL 3. Runner Track: USG, Type J, or approved Alternate. 4. Liner Panels: Fire - resistant gypsum panels, one -inch thick, beveled edge, 24 inch wide, lengths as Z required, tested as part of a UL fire -rated assembly. _ I: 5. Accessories: As recommended by the shaftwall system manufacturer. I-- W re 62 . Structural: Framing shall provide a maximum finished wall deflection of 1/240 the span under following loading: Typical 5 psf, except 15 psf at Mechanical plenum and return air duct U applications. U 0 7. Fire Rating: As indicated on the Drawings. co W J = PART 3 - EXECUTION u) u. WO A. No wallboard shall be installed until the stud wall construction has been aligned horizontally true, with a 2 straight edge not less than 10 feet in length. u- 0 B. Apply gypsum wallboard first to ceilings, where indicated, and then to walls. For ceilings apply tapered edge = W gypsum board with ends centering on ceiling joists, furring flanges or rafters; stagger end joints; properly Z !— support gypsum board around cutouts. To minimize end joints, use maximum practical lengths. Boards shall F, O be brought into contact, but not forced into place. Where ends or edges abut, fit neatly and carefully. W 1— W U O I- = W H - O ..Z W O ~ C. At steel framing, fasten in place, 6 to 8 inches on center unless otherwise noted, for walls, and 7 inches maximum on center for ceilings at all bearings, 3/8 inch from edges. Drive nails straight with heads slightly below surface of paper. D. Install corner beads at all exposed corners. E. Taping and finishing: 1. Tape and finish all joints, corners, fastener heads, imperfections, and the like, with Joint Compound and Topping Compound in accordance with manufacturer's specifications and recommendations as herein specified, and in compliance with incorporated standards. 2. All joints, wall and ceiling angles, and inside vertical comers shall be reinforced with tape embedded in joint compound and finished with not less than two applications of topping compound, allowing each application to dry thoroughly and sanding between coats as required. Dimples at screw heads and all other imperfections shall be similarly treated. 3. The final application of compound and sanding shall leave all gypsum wallboard surfaces uniformly smooth and in perfect condition to receive the finish indicated. 4. Generally, areas to receive semi -gloss enamel such as bathrooms, utility rooms, and kitchen, shall be sanded smooth, and other walls and ceilings, such as office areas, shall be topped with skip - troweled texture, except where scheduled to receive subsequently applied finishes. 5. Water - resistant gypsum board shall have joint treatment in compliance with local codes and manufacturer's recommendations. 6. Work with drop cloths as necessary to protect floor surfaces. Remove all debris, cement droppings, and all other residue from this work from all surfaces in the area. F. Shaftwall Installation: 1. Install shaftwall system in accordance with manufacturer's printed installation instructions, and as required to provide the fire rating and structural requirements specified. Coordinate with work of Section 09115 - Light Gauge Metal Support Framing. 09255 -2 Z ,NORDSTROM - SOUTHCENTER MARKETPLACE CAFE REMODEL (005) TUKWILLA, WASHINGTON SECTION 09255 - DRYWALL 2. Where shaftwall framing is indicated to extend to structural slab or deck above, install to accommodate structural movement. 3. Install diagonal angle bracing to structure or to other partitions as necessary to reinforce partitions against lateral movement. Maintain minimum 45 degree angle between bracing and studs. 4. Tolerances: Install shaftwall system with 1/8 inch in 10 feet maximum variation from plane in each direction. END OF SECTION 09255 -3 PART 1 - GENERAL NORDSTROM — SOUTHCENTER MARKETPLACE CAFE REMODEL (005) TUKWILLA, WASHINGTON A. The General and Special Conditions and all applicable provisions of Divisions 0 and 1 apply to this Section. B. Furnish and install ceramic and quarry tile floors and base, membrane waterproofing, crack isolation, and all related work indicated. Coordinate installation of edge strips at carpet with work of Secton 09685 - Carpeting. C. Required Submittals: 1. Three Samples of each type of tile. Include full range of colors, trimmers and grout material. 2. Product data for tile setting materials and accessories. 3. Certificate of Grade: With each delivery of ceramic tile, furnish manufacturer's Master Grade Certificate in conformance with Tile Manufacturer's Association, certifying grade, type and quality of tile furnished. 4. Guaranty- Warranty in the prescribed form covering tile material and installation for a period of one year after acceptance of work. D. Incorporated Standards: 1. Comply with the ANSI standard installation specifications A137.1 and the Tile Council of America (TCA) "Handbook for Ceramic Tile Installation," current edition, except as otherwise shown or specified. E. Delivery and storage: Deliver manufactured materials in original labeled unopened containers, with manufacturer's name, brand, and grad seals on tile container. Keep grade seals intact and containers dry until used. F. Manufacturing Standards: provide materials obtained from only one source for each type of tile and color to minimize variations in appearance and quality. PART 2 - MATERIALS AND PRODUCTS SECTION 09305 - TILE A Tile Manufacturers and Types shall be as listed in the Finish Schedule. Trim shapes shall be used where noted on Drawings and as required by the manufacturer. B. Setting materials: 1. Epoxy Mortar: ANSI A118.3; Mapei, Inc. "Kerapoxy ", Bostik "Hydroment U- PDXY /AAR -II ", Laticrete International, Inc. "Latapoxy 300 ", or PCI -USA "PCI Epoxy 951". 2. Thinset Latex Portland Cement Mortar System: Mapei Corporation (312/364 -4470) "Premium Kerabond" with "Universal Keralastic ", or Laticrete International, Inc. (203/393 -0010) "317 Thin SetP'333 Super Flexible Mortar Additive ", proportions as recommended by the manufacturer. 3. Medium Bed Latex Portland Cement Mortar System: Mapei Corporation "Ultra Flor ", mixed with Keraply, or Laticrete International, Inc. "220 Medium Bed Mortar ", mixed with Laticrete "333 Super Flexible Mortar Additive ", proportions as recommended by the manufacturer. 4. Thick Bed Mortar System with wire mesh reinforcing: a. Cement: ASTM C150, Type 1. b. Hydrated Lime: ASTM C206 or C207, Type 8. c. Sand: ASTM C144. d. Water: Clean and potable. e. Proportioning: Per TCA Handbook. f. Reinforcing mesh: 2x2 inch x 16/16 gauge welded wire mesh, galvanized at shower receptors. C. Grout for ceramic tile: Commercial latex - Portland Cement type grout, dry cure formulation, approved standard product factory mixed and packaged non - staining UPCO - Hydroment grout material containing waterproofing and curing admixtures. Colors shall be as selected from manufacturer's standard range. D. Epoxy Grout for all Quarry Tile: ANSI A118.3; Bostik Hydroment "Color- Poxy ", Laticrete International, Inc. "Latapoxy SP100 ", or Mapei "Kerapoxy ". Colors shall be as selected from manufacturer's standard range. 09305 -1 NORDSTROM — SOUTHCENTER MARKETPLACE CAFE REMODEL (005) TUKWILLA, WASHINGTON SECTION 09305 - TILE E. Grout at all ceramic and stone tile: ANSI A118.3; Bostik Hydroment "Color- Poxy ", Laticrete International, Inc. "Latapoxy SP100 ", or Mapei "Kerapoxy ". Colors shall be as selected from manufacturer's standard range. F. Reinforced Waterproof Membrane at Kitchen and Service Line: Laticrete International, Inc. "Laticrete 9235 General Purpose Waterproof Membrane" or The Noble Company "Nobleseal TS ". G. Crack Isolation Membrane: The Noble Company "Nobleseal TS" reinforced CPE Sheet Membrane, or N.A.C. Products, Inc. "ECB Membrane ", self - bonding reinforced modified asphalt sheet membrane, 36 -inch width. H. Metal Edge Trim: Schluter Systems, Inc. 0800/472 -4588) "Schluter - SCHIENE -AE" clear anodized aluminum tile edging trim, sizes as required for installation on top of screed flush with top of tile. PART 3 - EXECUTION A. Preparation: 1. Prior to starting work, carefully inspect existing floor and wall conditions and verify that surfaces are satisfactory to receive work of this Section. Do not begin work until all unsatisfactory conditions are resolved. Beginning work constitutes acceptance of site conditions and responsibility for defective installation caused by prior observable conditions. 2. Clean substrate surfaces free of grease, dirt, organic impurities, curing agents, and other materials which would impair bond. Floors to receive tile without waterproof membrane or crack isolation shall be cleaned by detergent, scarification, shot blasting, or other methods as recommended by the mortar materials manufacturer, to ensure bond; thoroughly rinse with clear water. B. Waterproof Membrane Installation in Kitchen and Serving Line: 1. Install waterproof membrane in compliance with manufacturer's printed installation instructions. 2. Unless otherwise indicated, extend waterproof membrane up the wall to one tile height. Do not expose the waterproof membrane to view. 3. Protect waterproof membrane from damage until after tile installation is complete. C. Crack Isolation Membrane Installation: 1. Arrange for meeting with Architect and Owner's representative and tile floor applicator to examine the existing concrete floor surface for possible need for treatment of slab cracks with crack isolation membrane. Allow minimum of five (5) working days in advance of the floor examination. 2. Install crack isolation membrane, where indicated, in compliance with manufacturer's printed installation instructions. D. Ceramic, Porcelain and Quartzite Tile Floors: Method TCA F113 (Latex Portland Cement Mortar): 1. Install tile in accordance with ANSI A108.5. 2. Install grout in accordance with ANSI A108.10. 3. Comply with incorporated standards and manufacturer's printed instructions. 4. Extend tile work into recesses and under equipment and fixtures, to form a complete covering without interruptions, except as otherwise shown. Terminate work neatly at obstructions, edges, and corners without disruption of pattern or joint alignments. 5. Lay out tile work so as to minimize cuts less than one -half tile in size. Center tile fields both directions in each space. Locate cuts so as to be least conspicuous. Align all floor joints to give straight uniform grout lines, as indicated on Drawings. Align joints in floor tile and base. 6. Coordinate work with crack isolation membrane. Install sealant in grout joints over crack isolation membranes as shown on drawings. Do not cut tiles at crack isolation joints. E Thick Bed Mortar Application: 1. Install in conjunction with tile at sloped flooring in Kitchen, and elsewhere as indicated. 09305 -2 Applicaion Installation System Floor tile over concrete floor slabs. F113, with latex Portland cement mortar, except F122 at waterproof membrane or crack isolation membrane. Tile over cementitious backing board W244 Ceramic tile over gypsum board W243 or W242 Floor and base quarry tile at KITCHEN and SERVICE LINE, and other similar locations where epoxy grout is scheduled on the Drawings. tile F134, epoxy mortar with epoxy grout over cured mortar bed, install specified waterproof membrane in place of chemical resistant membrane W243, epoxy mortar with epoxy grout Counter and vanity tops with plywood substrate. C512; use epoxy mortar. Stone wall tile and base over gypsum board. W243. END OF SECTION NORDSTROM — SOUTHCENTER MARKETPLACE CAFE REMODEL (005) TUKWILLA, WASHINGTON SECTION 09305 - TILE 2. Apply setting and mortar beds to thickness as required for ultimate proper location of tile finish surface or carpet inset crush line elevation, as applicable. Compensate for indicated pitches, tile thicknesses, and bond coat thickness. 3. Install reinforcing mesh at mid depth of all thick mortar beds. 4. Slope mortar beds to drain.. F. Quarry Tile Floors at Kitchen and Serving Line: 1. Apply thinset method over waterproof membrane in accordance with Method TCA F122. 2. Joints shall be applied with epoxy grout. 3. Base shall be 6 -inch high sanitary cove. 4. Tile shall be smooth surface under equipment, and slip- resistant surface at all other locations. 5. Install sealant in grout joints between base and floor tiles as detailed and in accordance with section 07920 CAULKING AND SEALANTS. G. Cleaning: 1. Upon completion of setting and grouting, clean tile installations as recommended by TCA and manufacturers of proprietary materials. 2. Tile may be cleaned with acid solutions only when permitted by the tile and grout manufacturer's printed instructions, but not sooner than 10 days after installation. 3. Protect all metal surfaces, cast iron, and vitreous plumbing fixtures from effects of acid cleaning. Before and after cleaning, flush with clean water. H. Finished Tile Work: Leave finished installation clean and free of cracked, chipped, broken, unbonded, or otherwise defective tile. Remove and replace all defective tile work. Protection: Protect installed tile work with Kraft paper or other heavy covering during the construction period to prevent damage and wear. J. TCA Installation System Schedule: 09305 -3 ,NORDSTROM - SOUTHCENTER MARKETPLACE CAFE REMODEL (005) TUKWILLA, WASHINGTON PART 1 - GENERAL PART 2 - MATERIALS AND PRODUCTS PART 3 - EXECUTION SECTION 09605 - STONE COUNTERTOPS A. The General and Special Conditions and all applicable provisions of Divisions 0 and 1 apply to this Section. B. Furnish and install granite slabs at counters, where indicated. 1. Coordinate installation of Granite countertops with work of Section 06415 - Finish Carpentry and Cafe Casework. C. Required Submittals: 1. Shop drawings and setting diagrams, showing general layout, jointing, anchoring, and thickness of stock for all work under this Section. 2. Triplicate samples, approximately 12 inches square, of all stone work, showing full range of shades, marking, and finishes of stone to be furnished. Include samples of grout colors. 3. Manufacturer's printed installation instructions and technical data. 4. Epoxy patching and repair work, 3 inch square sample. D. Incorporated Standards: 1. Masonry Institute of America Marble and Stone Slab Veneer Handbook, current edition. 2. National Tile and Mosaic Association, Inc. (NTMA) Guide Specifications. E. Delivery, Storage, and Handling: 1. Stone shall be delivered to jobsite adequately braced to prevent chipping, cracking, and breaking. 2. Stone shall be stored at jobsite shall be protected from the elements and shall be stacked or braced to prevent undue stresses in stone. 3. Stone shall be handled from fabricating plant through erection at jobsite by equipment designed and customarily used for conveyance of stone or other similar materials. A. Approved granite counter supplier (no substitutions): UGM Citatah, Inc., 13344 Cambridge, Santa Fe Springs, CA 90670 (562/921- 9549), contact Judy Moore. B. Granite shall be size and type as indicated, and shall have the following characteristics, per ASTM C -503: 1. Absorption by weight, Test Method C97:.75 percent max. 2. Density, Test Method C97: Min. 162 pounds per cu. ft. 3. Compressive strength: Test Method C170: Min. 7500 psi. 4. Modulus of repture, Test Method C99: Min. 1000 psi. 5. Abrasion resistance, Test Method C880: Min. hardness 10. 6. Flexural strength, Test Method C880: Min. 1000 psi. C. Setting Compound: Epoxy Mortar D. Joint Sealant: Mildew Resistant Silicone as specified in Division 7. E. Granite shall have polished finish, unless otherwise indicated. 1. Size: 3/4 inch thickness, dimensions as indicated. 2. Color and pattern: As listed in the Finish Legend. A. Unless otherwise indicated, all finishing of stone, including selection and jointing to size, polishing, cutting, and carving, shall be done by the applicator of work of this Section. B. Preparation: 1. Ascertain that stone support systems are complete and ready to accept stone prior to installation. C. Protection: 1. Protect all adjacent areas and surfaces from damage due to installation of granite. 2. Protect all work, finished or unfinished, against damage caused by installer or other trades. 09605 -1 ,NORDSTROM - SOUTHCENTER MARKETPLACE CAFE REMODEL (005) TUKWILLA, WASHINGTON SECTION 09605 - STONE COUNTERTOPS 3. Take all safety precautions necessary to prevent chipping or cracking of granite during execution of work. D. Installation: 1. Installation shall be in accordance with all applicable codes, manufacturers' printed instructions, approved shop drawings, and non - conflicting requirements of referenced Standards. 2. Finished surfaces shall be flat, plumb, level, in true planes, accurately aligned, free from waves, projections, and depressions. Joints, intersections, edges, and the like, shall be straight, level, plumb, true to line; joints and edges shall be even in width and consistent in treatment throughout, without spots or areas visibly duller or glossier than the required approved finish. 3. Seal joints in accordance with Section 07920 - Caulking and Sealants. E. Cutting, Coring, and Patching: 1. Core holes and cut openings as required to accommodate fixtures and equipment and electrical and plumbing work as indicated and required. 2. Provide sharp and clean edges, unpolished. 3. Coordinate cutting and coring work with Kitchen work of Division 11 and Mechanicial and Electrical work of Divisions 15 and 16. 4. Patch and repair damaged portions with 100 percent solid epoxy paste adhesive, such as Sika or Unitex, or other type as otherwise recommended by manufacturer. Patched or repaired work deemed by the Architect to be unacceptable will be cause for rejection. E. Cleaning: 1. Upon completion of work of this Section, clean all surfaces, point open joints, cut out and replace defective work. 2. Wash down thoroughly, using methods and materials according to manufacturers' printed installation instructions. END OF SECTION 09605 -2 .NORDSTROM - SOUTHCENTER MARKETPLACE CAFE REMODEL (005) TUKWILLA, WASHINGTON PART 1 - GENERAL SECTION 09685 - CARPETING A. The General and Special Conditions and all applicable provisions of Divisions 0 and 1 apply to this Section. B. Install Owner - furnished carpet on pad at areas scheduled. Coordinate installation of edge strips at tile with work of Section 09305 - Ceramic Tile. C. Installer: Engage a carpet installation firm, which has at least 5 years successful experience in carpet installations similar in size and type to the carpeting requirements of this project. D. Required Submittals: 1. Manufacturer's product data for adhesives, accessories, and other products required for installation of Owner - furnished carpet and pad. 2. For replacement and repairs, Owner will furnish 50 yards, or 10 percent additional yardage of each type and color of carpet installed, whichever is less, from the same dye lot as the installed carpet. Replacement carpet, remnants and usable scrap 4' -0" and larger shall be rolled and packaged in appropriate wrapping, labeled and stored in Tenant's warehouse. E. Quantity Statements: 1. Carpet, pad, walk -off mats, and pertinent installation and maintenance instructions will be furnished by the Owner. 2. The quantities of carpet purchased will be based on the approved Quantity Statements furnished by the Contractor. In addition, overages of ten percent of installed quanity, or 50 yards of each type, whichever is Less, will be ordered by the Owner for each type of carpet. 3. Types and locations of each type of carpet shall be as indicated on the Drawings and on the Owner's Purchase Order; base bid on special requirements for each carpet type, including requirements for pattern matching. 4. Assume responsibility for accuracy of quantity statements. In the event that insufficient quantity is discovered after order has been placed, proceed as follows: a. Immediately notify the Owner in writing of the additional quantities required, whereupon the Owner will, at his own expense, obtain the additional quantities. b. Install the additional quantities at no additional cost to the Owner. c. Pay for additional transportation costs incurred in obtaining the additonal materials. d. Carpet furnished for overage may be installed, if necessary. Notify Owner of quantity of carpet installed so that he may obtain additonal carpet for overage stock. F. Project Environmental Requirements: 1. Substrate: Installer shall examine the substrate, and the conditions under which the carpeting is to be installed. Do not proceed with the work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in a manner acceptable to the installer. 2. Do not proceed with carpet installation until painting and finishing work is completed, and ceilings and overhead work has been tested, approved, and completed. 3. Carpet and adhesives shall be stored on site at a maximum temperature of 65 degrees F (18 degrees C), maximum relative humidity of 65 percent (minimum 12 percent RH), at least 72 hours before installation. Furniture and heavy traffic shall be avoided for at least 48 hours after a glue -down installation, to safeguard against buckling or wrinkling, caused by loss of tension from weight of furniture. 4. Provide adequate lighting. G. Delivery and Storage: 1. Goods shall be delivered to the job site in the manufacturer's bundles or wrappings. Material shall be clearly marked as to size, dye lot, and quality. A written record of receipt of goods shall be submitted to the Architect. 2. Store materials in areas designated by the Owner and protect carpet and padding from soiling and damage. 09685 -1 ,NORDSTROM - SOUTHCENTER MARKETPLACE CAFE REMODEL (005) TUKWILLA, WASHINGTON PART 2 - MATERIALS AND PRODUCTS SECTION 09685 - CARPETING Z A. Carpet and pad: Owner - furnished. = H B. Seam cement and adhesive: Latex -based mastic, Robert Seam Sealer #4015, Capitol Adhesives #022, or as F' W otherwise recommended by carpet manufacturer. r4 D C. Vinyl Transition Strip at curved tile to carpet transitions: Mercer Products Company, Inc. "Royal Commercial wi 0 Reducer No. 200 ", with provision for carpet gripper; color to be selected from manufacturer's standard line. to o Use at interface with adjacent materials, to avoid use of exposed edges. v) W D. Metal Transition Strip at straight tile to carpet transitions: Schluter A 100. -J H U) u_ PART 3 - EXECUTION Q � A. The work specified herein shall be done by skilled workmen fully experienced in this type of work, and only .. Q by carpet installer recommended by the carpet manufacturer. N D B. Carefully check in the field all dimensions and other conditions affecting this work. H w C. Surfaces to receive carpeting shall be flat, plumb, and level within specified limits, dry, clean, and free of dust Z = F- or loose particles. All under -work shall be in place and unbroken. Inspect surfaces to receive carpeting and I— O verify above conditions before beginning work. Proceeding with this work shall be deemed as acceptance of Z F Ill the pertinent floor areas and responsibility thereafter for installation of this work, including accuracy of g D measurement and fit of work. U D. Follow manufacturer's special instructions regarding the seaming of the carpet as specified herein. Seams 0 F shall not occur at doorways and entries perpendicular to door or entries. Additionally, seams occurring at door parallel to door frames shall be centered directly under the door. Length seams shall be trimmed and joined in 2 U accordance with the manufacturer's specifications. Place seams away from direct lighting and perpendicular to 0 L I side lighting, such as windows. Z E. If there is more than one dye series or dye lot, determine the best separation joints to avoid dye lot color W co variation at separation points. Reduce extra cross seams by matching the needed cut length with the roll F -. Z lengths. Dry lay carpet by overlapping the edges. Lay the carpet flat and with the pile runs in the same Z ~ direction. Follow directional arrows on the carpet back. 1. Allow about 1 -1/2 inches to run up the walls for trimming. 2. When preparing lengthwise seams, allow for the drop match pattern repeat for proper alignment. F. Install carpet, cushion, and seaming techniques in accordance with manufacturer's printed instructions. 1. Imperfections in the flooring shall be filled or removed to prevent "telegraphing" of such imperfections after installation and use. Vacuum -clean the floors in order to remove dust and grit. 2. Carpet shall be unrolled in rooms to be carpeted at least twenty-four (24) hours prior to installation to permit the carpet to flatten and to allow for temperature and humidity equalization. Seaming and installation techniques recommended by the manufacturer of the carpet shall be utilized. G. Seam cement shall be applied to seam edges with the types of applicators recommended by the manufacturer of the carpet. Excess adhesive or cement from "buttering" of the edges of the carpet shall be completely removed from the face of the carpet. Carpet shall be stayed in place or sandbagged as necessary to permit the seam cement to set and to obtain the proper adhesion. H. Upon completion of the installation of each area and at the end of each day, remove all waste and excess materials, and store all tools and equipment. Upon completion of the entire installation, or such segments of the installation as the Architect may prescribe, carefully and thoroughly vacuum -clean the entire carpeted surface with an upright beater -type vacuum cleaner. All soil, spots and stains shall be removed by methods recommended by the manufacturer of the carpet. All such work shall be done to the satisfaction of the Architect and the Owner. J. Protect carpet, with 6 -mil Visqueen plastic, during construction and prior to Owner move in. END OF SECTION 09685 -2 PART 1 - GENERAL NORDSTROM — SOUTHCENTER MARKETPLACE CAFE REMODEL (005) TUKWILLA, WASHINGTON A. The General and Special Conditions and all applicable provisions of Divisions 0 and 1 apply to this Section. B. Furnish and install reinforced plastic panel (FRP) wall covering, complete with adhesives, sealants, and related accessories on all wall surfaces in the Store Room. Provide FRP on the serving line walls where noted on the drawings. C. Related Work of Other Sections: 1. 09255 - Drywall; D. Required Submittals: 1. Manufacturer's product literature and application instructions for adhesives and accessories. 2. Product data on adhesives and sealants to be used in conjunction with panel system. 3. Three samples of wall paneling material, 3 x 4 inch minimum size, and one each of each cap, corner, and division molding proposed for the work, minimum 4 inches in length. 4. Panel system manufacturer's certification of USDA approval for use in food preparation and service areas. E. The following references and standards are hereby made a part of this Section, and work of this Section shall conform to the applicable requirements therein, unless otherwise indicated: 1. ASTM (American Society for Testing and Materials) E -84, for Class A Flame Spread. F. Environmental Conditions: 1. Maintain a minimum temperature of 60 degrees F and relative humidity as prescribed by the adhesive manufacturer, during construction, and until installed adhesive is fully cured. 2. Allow no containers of adhesive to be opened until all potential sources of flame or spark have been shut down or extinguished, and until warnings against their ignition during adhesive application have been posted. 3. Provide ventilation to disperse fumes during application of solvent -based adhesive. PART 2 - MATERIALS AND PRODUCTS SECTION 09780 - FRP WALL COVERING A. Panels: 1. Manufacturer: One of the following: a. Marlite Brand Class I/A Fire Rated FRP by Marlite, Dover, OH (330/343- 6621), color P -100FR White, unless otherwise indicated. b. Fire -X Glasbord with Surfaseal, by Kemlite Company, Joliet, IL (800/435- 0080), color White 85, unless otherwise indicated. 2. Type: Fiberglass- reinforced polyester (FRP) panels, with embossed textured face. 3. Thickness: 3/32 inch. 4. Size: 48 inches x length required for conditions indicated. 5. Fire Rating: Maximum 25 Flame Spread and 450 Smoke Developed, in accordance with ASTM E84. B. Moldings: Manufacturer's standard PVC cap, comer, and division moldings, color to match panels. C. Adhesive: 1. For panel installation: Marlite Brand C -375 or C -551 Construction Adhesive by Marlite, or 444 Non Flammable F.R.P. Panel Adhesive by W. W. Henry Company. 2. For molding installation: Marlite Brand C -375 C -551 Adhesive by Marlite, or 444 Non - Flammable F.R.P. Panel Adhesive by W. W. Henry Company. 3. Furnish adhesive spreaders with 3/16 inch V- notches, 5/16 inch apart for application of adhesive to panels. D. Sealant: Flexible waterproof sealant for bedding panel edges, Marlite Brand Silicone Sealant MS -251, or Silicone Sealant S255W by Kemlite Company. 09780 -1 PART 3 - EXECUTION NORDSTROM — SOUTHCENTER MARKETPLACE CAFE REMODEL (005) TUKWILLA, WASHINGTON SECTION 09780 - FRP WALL COVERING A. Preparation: 1 Verify that drywall substrate is clean, dry, solid, straight, and free from projections. 2. Where conditions require installation of paneling prior to installation of flooring, coordinate with other trades to establish accurate locations of top of base. 3. Do not start work until other work requiring preparation of wall covering has been completed or accurately located. 4. Commencement of FRP wall covering work constitutes installer's acceptance of the substrate. B. Cutting and Fitting: 1. Cut panels accurately to size with proper allowance for expansion and moldings. 2. Sand or file all edges smooth without chipping. 3. Cut openings for penetrations to accurate location, with approximate 1/8 inch clearance around penetrations. C. Installation: 1. Install base molding to wall at proper elevation, in solid bed of adhesive. Allow adhesive to set thoroughly prior to installation of paneling. 2. Seal base molding to top of wall base. 3. Establish centerline of each distinct flat area to be covered. Trim division moldings to mate with base toldings; install in solid bed of adhesive, either on centerline or offset 24 inches from center, as necessary to maximize panel widths at corners. Install molding straight and plumb. 4. Cut top cap and division or corner moldings to shape, with edges trimmed to fit to adjacent moldings. 5. Apply sealant into installed moldings in sequence with panel installation. 6. Apply adhesive to backs of panels, in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations. 7. Maintain lines and levels of panel edges and moldings. 8. Allow 1/8 inch gap between top cap, corner, or division molding posts, and panel edge; all edges shall be firmly bedded to the moldings in sealant. 9. Promptly remove sealant squeeze -out with a damp cloth as work progresses; remove sealant with appropriate solvent. 10. Install sealant behind flanges and at penetrations through paneling, and between top cap of panel and substrate. D., Cleaning: 1. Inspect surfaces of paneling and remove excessive adhesive from face of plastic, using solvent recommended by manufacturer. 2. Promptly remove unused cut pieces from the site. 3. Prior to substantial completion of each area where FRP wall covering is installed, clean all surfaces of plastic panels, using procedures recommended by the manufacturer. END OF SECTION 09780 -2 ,NORDSTROM — SOUTHCENTER MARKETPLACE CAFE REMODEL (005) TUKWILLA, WASHINGTON PARTI- GENERAL SECTION 09905 — PAINTING A. The General and Special Conditions and all applicable provisions of Divisions 0 and 1 apply to this Section. B. Furnish and apply all painting and painter's finish, including interior treatment of gypsum drywall, interior doors, all ferrous metal including galvanized and metals primed by others, and finishing all interior work as indicated. C. Required Submittals: 1. Three 8 x 10 -inch samples of each color specified. 2. Manufacturer's product literature and application recommendations. 3. Record paint samples: Upon completion of work, submit minimum three 8x10 inch samples of each color of paint and 12x12 inch samples of each transparent finish system used. On the back of each sample card or veneer, indicate finish system, paint manufacturer, and formula number(s) (including mixing ratios, as appropriate); submit in three identical sets. Deliver one set to the Owner at the site and forward the remaining two sets to the Architect. D. Deliver products in original containers with seals unbroken, labels intact. E. All products shall be in compliance with jurisdictional requirements relating to volatile organic compounds (VOC). F. Furnish overage of paint materials equal to ten percent minimum of quantity of each paint and transparent finish system component, color, and sheen required for the work, but furnish not more than five full one - gallon cans, nor less than two full one quart cans of each type. Overruns in excess of five gallons may be furnished to the Owner at the Contractor's option. Overage shall be taken from the batch mix furnished for the work. Overage shall be furnished in completely filled, properly labeled cans. PART 2 - MATERIALS AND PRODUCTS A. Paint products shall be highest grade coating systems by one of the following manufacturers: 1. Benjamin Moore & Company. 2. Devoe Paint. 3. Con -Lux Coatings, Inc. 4. Duron Paint Company. 5. ICI /Dulux/Fuller O'Brien Company. 6. PPG Architectural Finishes, Inc. 7. Pratt & Lambert Paints 8. The Sherwin Williams Company. B. Materials such as linseed oil, shellac, turpentine, and the like shall be pure, highest quality, bearing identification label on container. C. Colors shall be as indicated on Finish Schedules and Interior Elevations. If required, prepare three panels of finish color in advance, for approval. D. Each distinct coating system shall be the product of a single manufacturer. All finish coat materials for application to interior Drywall surfaces shall be products of the same manufacturer. E. Interior Latex Paints and Primers: Manufacturer's highest grade vinyl acrylic or 100 percent acrylic latex paint. F. Stain and Transparent Finish: As specified or, where not specified, at Contractor's option, subject to approval by the Architect. G. Filler: Oil -based putty sticks, color - matched to approved stain color, compatible with finish coatings. H. Acrylic Wall Size: "Shieldz Universal Pre - Wallcovering Primer ", acrylic primer /sealer by William Zinsser & Co., Inc., Somerset, NJ. PART 3 - EXECUTION 09905 -1 ,NORDSTROM - SOUTHCENTER MARKETPLACE CAFE REMODEL (005) TUKWILLA, WASHINGTON A. Examination: before commencing work, carefully inspect all surfaces to be painted or finished. Do not proceed until conditions affecting satisfactory execution and performance have been corrected to satisfaction of painting applicator and Architect. Starting painting work constitutes Contractor acceptance of surfaces and responsibility for unacceptable work caused by prior foreseeable substrate conditions. B. Preparation: 1 Clean surfaces to be painted, free of loose dirt, dust before starting. 2. Metal surfaces: a. Clean and sand; spot -prime all exposed metal with same paint used for shop priming. Clean galvanized surfaces and repair damaged galvanizing with cold galvanizing compounds such as Galvaloy. Treat all surfaces with Galvanprime as manufactured by Americe Corporation. b. Steel and iron shop- primed under other Section: Touch up damaged prime painted surfaces using procedures and materials to match shop application. Lightly sand all shop prime - painted surfaces to receive paint finish. c. Steel and iron not otherwise required by the paint system manufacturer's instructions: Remove rust and scale by wire brushing, scraping, and sanding down to bare metal, in accordance with SSPC -SP2 and SP3; immediately apply specified prime coat. 3. Aluminum: Verify that surface has not been previously anodized. Remove surface contamination by solvent washing, and apply etching type primer, or acid etch, let dry, then immediately prime paint. 4. Wood - Opaque Paint Finish: a. Spot -prime knots, pitch streaks, and sappy sections with sealer. b. Fill all fastener holes and cracks. Sand filler smooth and level with adjacent surfaces. 5. Wood - Transparent Finish: Fill all exposed fastener holes and cracks with matching color filler after first finish coat is applied. Sand filler smooth and level with adjacent surface. 6. Gypsum Wallboard and Precast Gypsum Components: Remove all contamination, including oil, grease, dirt, product residue, oil coating, and the like, by brushing, washing, and light sanding as necessary to provide proper surface for bonding of new coating. 7. Ceilings and Ceiling Grid: Mask as required to protect sprinkler heads, security cameras, and other operating equipment above ceiling grid. Mask to provide for sharp color transition between ceiling grid and suspension components, such as hanger wires and cold - rolled channels. C. Workmanship shall be best quality. Spread materials evenly; flow on smoothly without runs, sags, and the like. Employ skilled applicators. Mixing, tinting, and application shall be in accordance with manufacturer's printed instructions, as well as preparation of surfaces. 1. All HVAC diffusers shall match ceiling finish in which they occur, unless otherwise indicated. D. Protection: Provide barricades, signs, and protective covers as necessary to protect work of this Section from damage; remove prior to building substantial completion. E. INTERIOR PAINTING SCHEDULE 1. Drywall: For eggshell finish, use 1 prime coat Latex Wall Primer 2 finish coats Latex Eggshell Colors as scheduled SECTION 09905 - PAINTING 2. Interior Hollow Metal Doors and Frames: 1 prime coat water -based catalyzed epoxy (B70W 100B60V 15) 09905 -2 .NORDSTROM - SOUTHCENTER MARKETPLACE CAFE REMODEL (005) TUKWILLA, WASHINGTON SECTION 09905 - PAINTING 2 finish coats water -based catalyzed epoxy (B70 Series/B60V 15) Colors as scheduled Z Z . 3. Interior Ferrous Metal (exposed steel sprinkler lines, ductwork): Q 1 prime coat "DTM" Acrylic Primer /Finish (1366W) --I O 2 finish coats Waterborne Acrylic Dry-Fall (B42 Series) "Flat" u) W Colors as scheduled J = F- 4. Light fixture trims, Speaker Cover plates, Sprinkler Escutcheons, HVAC grilles and Other Exposed W O Ceiling Hardware: a. Paint exposed ceiling fixtures in dining room and serving line ceilings to match adjacent ceiling finish as scheduled. = C� W b. Spray apply all ceiling hardware prior to installation. Brushing or rolling ceiling hardware ? 1--- after installation will only be permitted for minor touch up work. Z O 0 W F. Cleaning: as the work proceeds, and on completion, carefully remove all splatterings, spots and blemishes caused by work of this Section; pay particular attention to glass, plumbing fixtures, countertops, and floor 0 surfaces. On completion, remove from the premises all surplus paint materials and equipment and all rubbish p l— and debris resulting from work or this Section. W W 1 p END OF SECTION w Z U = O f— Z 09905 -3 NORDSTROM — SOUTHCENTER MARKETPLACE CAFE REMODEL (005) TUKWILLA, WASHINGTON PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Specialty finishes. 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS A. Drywall, Section 09255 B. Painting, Section 09905 1.03 PERFORMANCE A. Fire Safety: Class "A" Fire Rated SECTION 09945 — SPECIAL COATINGS B. ContinuousColorTM: Complete integration of color particles within and throughout the paint finish. C. V.O.C.: Less than 60grams /liter D. Scrubability: 3000 cycles (slight wear) E. Coverage: Up to 90 -110 sf /gal. (up to 9 -10 sq. meters per gallon) pending pattern size, surface porosity and method of application. F. Adhesion Over Primed Surfaces: Good G. Hardness - Pencil: HB -F H. Specular Gloss: Maximum of 10 @ 60 °. I. Flexibility Test: No cracking of film when bent around a 1/8" mandrel. J. Mildew and Fungal Resistance: No growth. K. Accelerated Weathering: 500 hours very good color retention. No chalking; excellent film integrity. L. Impact Resistance: Pass; 801bs -in, no visible cracking over Bonderite Steel panel M. Stain Resistance: Resistant to Catsup, Butter, Orange Juice, Soda, Vegetable Oil, 3% vinegar and Motor Oil N. Bacterial Inhibition: No growth. O. Abrasion Resistance: 168 mg loss / 1000 cycles (100 Gram weight). P. Resistance of Emulsion Paint in the Container 09945 - 1 ASTM E -84 N/A ASTM D- 3960 -8 ASTM D -2486 N/A ASTM D -3359 ASTM D -3363 ASTM D -523 ASTM D -522 ASTM D -3273 ASTM G -53 ASTM D -2794 ASTM D 1308 ASTM D -3456 ASTM D- 4060 -84 ASTM D -2574 NORDSTROM — SOUTHCENTER MARKETPLACE CAFE REMODEL (005) TUKWILLA, WASHINGTON Q. Flashpoint: Not applicable; does not bum. ASTM D -3278 R. Resistance to Common Cleaners and Disinfectants: Resistant to 10% detergent and liquid cleaners (Finish appears "milky" when wet, but returns to original state when dry. 1.04 SUBMITTALS SECTION 09945 — SPECIAL COATINGS To Attack by Microorganism: No Growth A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's product data and installation instructions. B. Submit letter from manufacturer stating that applicator has completed manufacturer's training program. C. Control Samples: Submit a spray -out with each batch of finish coat to demonstrate that batches match approved samples. 1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Job Mock -Ups: 1 None Required. B. Fire Ratings: 1. Class A Fire Hazard Classification 2. Test Procedure ASTM E -84 C. Applicator Qualifications: 1. Applicator shall certify in writing that technicians utilized for work in this section have been trained by the manufacturer or its representative. 2. Applicator shall include in his certification that specialized equipment as required by the manufacturer will be used for work in this section. D. Manufacturer: 1. Manufacturer to certify they make all materials in specification. 2. All materials within special coatings section will be supplied by one manufacturer. 1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver materials in their original, unopened containers bearing manufacturer's labels. B. Provide fire extinguisher in storage area. Do not leave containers open. Remove empty cans and rags with oil or solvent from building every day. C. Store between 50 and 95 degrees F. Protect from freezing 1.07 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Apply coating under following conditions: 1. Temperature of air and substrate is between 50 and 95 degrees F. 2. Temperature of substrate is above dew point. 3. Substrate is dry to touch. B. Protect surfaces not to be coated. C. Provide adequate illumination. D. Provide adequate fresh air and ventilation during application. 09945 -2 ASTM D -1308 NORDSTROM — SOUTHCENTER MARKETPLACE CAFE REMODEL (005) TUKWILLA, WASHINGTON SECTION 09945 — SPECIAL COATINGS 1.08 MAINTENANCE MATERIALS A. Extra Stock: Provide one gallon of each color blend used. Provide in sealed, labeled containers. B. Equipment: Provide manufacturer recommended touch up equipment. C. Submit fully equipped Facility Maintenance Manual for end -user records. Manual can be obtained from your local Zolatone Interior Finishes representative PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. Lluminations by Zolatone is manufactured by Surface Protection Industries, Inc., 400 Charter Way, N. Billerica, Ma; phone (888) 765 -6699, fax (978) 663 -2885 or 3440 E. 14 St., Los Angeles, Ca. 90023 (323- 265- 9999), fax (323 -980 - 1149). Lluminations by Zolatone is a registered trademark of Surface Protection Industries, Inc.. Lluminations by Zolatone is listed as a standard for quality and generic type. Equal products will not be considered unless approved prior to bidding 2.02 MATERIALS A. Primers, Sealers and Fillers: Provide basecoats recommended by manufacturer for substrates. Do not tint basecoats. 1. SP92 High Performance Drywall Sealer 2. SP203 Acrylic Drywall Basecoat 3. SP93 Wood sealer Basecoat 4. SP91 Ferrous Metal Basecoat 5. SP206 High Solids Block Filler 6. SP97 Multi - Purpose Waterbase Basecoat 7. SP4903 Elastomer Basecoat 8. SP222 ECO -BLOCK Stain Blocker B Intermediate and Finish Coats: 1. Lluminations by Zolatone multicolor interior wall finish. Finish shall be ready- mixed; no tinting required. 2.03 EQUIPMENT A. Apply with equipment recommended by coating manufacturer. Use conventional air - spraying equipment with internal mix spray gun, ASME 110 psi - rated dual- regulated pressure pot, and compressor sized to provide necessary volume of air to spray gun on a continuous basis. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.01 PRE -WORK INSPECTION A. Verify that substrates are ready to receive work of this Section and are in accordance with coating manufacturer's requirements. Report any conditions that would adversely affect the appearance or performance of the coating systems. B. Do not proceed with surface preparation and application until the surface is acceptable or authorization is given by the specifier. Beginning of application means acceptance of substrates 09945 -3 Z Z c w QQ � J U O 0 No CO ILI J H U w w u-? = Z I - I-0 Z w n p O • N O I- w I Li. O Z w U= H 1- Z 1 NORDSTROM — SOUTHCENTER MARKETPLACE CAFE REMODEL (005) TUKWILLA, WASHINGTON SECTION 09945 — SPECIAL COATINGS 3.02 SURFACE PREPARATION A. General B. Ferrous Metals: Remove rust and mill scale. Shop coated, unprimed or damaged areas shall be cleaned to meet the requirements of the Steel Structures Painting Council 5P -3 Power Tool Cleaning and primed in accordance with these recommendations. Wire brush or sand damaged or rusted areas to bright metal. Remove grease and other foreign materials with mineral spirits. Touch -up damaged areas of shop primer. C. Non - Ferrous Metals: Clean with lacquer thinner. D. Wood: Sand smooth and free of marks. Wash sap spots and knots with mineral spirits. When dry, cover spots and knots with two coats of shellac. E. Plaster: Cure 28 days minimum before application of coating. F. Gypsum Board: Apply joint tape and compound to joints, fastener heads, dents, and surface flaws as specified in Section 09255. Prepare surface to a minimum Level 4 drywall finish. Sand smooth and flush with adjacent surfaces. G. Ceramic Tile: Clean tile and remove mildew. H. Vinyl Wall Coverings: Verify that seams are laid down and firmly adhered. I. Previously Painted Surfaces: Thoroughly clean and dry surface to be re- coated. Sand lightly and remove sanding dust. Prime entire wall surface with SP222 ECO -BLOCK Stain Blocker before general priming with SP203 or SP92. 3.03 APPLICATION 1 Protection: Prior to all surface preparation and application operations, completely mask, remove or otherwise protect all hardware, accessories, plates, lighting fixtures, floors and similar items in contact with or in the vicinity of coating surfaces, but not scheduled to receive special coating. Protect and store removed items. Reinstall items after completion of coating application. 2 Cleaning: Before applying special coating, thoroughly clean all surfaces involved. All surfaces shall be clean, dry, and adequately protected from dampness. Surfaces shall be smooth, even and true to place, and free of any foreign material which will adversely affect adhesion or appearance of applied coating. 3 Moisture Levels: Drywall, Plaster, Concrete, and Masonry surfaces shall be tested with moisture - testing device before coating is applied. No coating shall be applied when moisture content exceeds 12 %, except as may be required by the manufacturer of the coating materials used. pH shall be under 10. 4 Mildew shall be removed and neutralized. 5 Priming: Provide recommended Zolatone Interior Finishes Basecoats for all surfaces to receive special coating. 6 Contractor shall sand and reprime all abrasions and damage spots in the surface of the basecoat before proceeding with subsequent finish coat. A. Follow manufacturer's recommendations and instructions carefully regarding special coating product so as to provide the best quality work. B. Equipment shall be kept clean and in proper working condition to provide best quality work as intended by this specification. C. All materials shall be applied under adequate illumination , evenly spread and smoothly applied, free of runs, sage, holidays, lap marks, air bubbles and pinholes to assure a smooth finish. D. Suction or hot spots shall be spot - primed prior to general priming. E. Basecoat: Apply as many coats as necessary to produce a uniform substrate appearance. Do not exceed manufacturer's recommended coverage rate. Allow individual coats to dry prior to application of subsequent coats. F. Sand: Over wood and/or gypsum board, sand basecoat with 100 grit or finer sandpaper. 099454 NORDSTROM — SOUTHCENTER MARKETPLACE CAFE REMODEL (005) TUKWILLA, WASHINGTON SECTION 09945 — SPECIAL COATINGS Remove dust. G. Finish: Apply special coating material by using two -step pressure differential spray technique, with variable control to assure uniform distribution and 100% full coat (continuous) coverage. Slight variations in pattern and texture are normal for multi -color coatings. H. Should any coat of coating be deemed unsatisfactory, it shall be sanded and additional coats ' 1 Z applied. tr 2 3.04 INSPECTION v U O A Request acceptance of each coat before applying succeeding coats. co u1 B. Touch -up and repair all work that is not acceptable to the architect and request final !-- acceptance. N u_ WO 3.05 CLEANING g 5 A. Remove paint spatters from adjoining surfaces. • d B. Repair any damage to coatings or surfaces caused by cleaning operations. = W C. Remove debris from job site and leave storage area clean. Z I— O 3.06 PAINTING SCHEDULE Z 1- ui A. Interior - As Indicated On Schedules 0 O N 1. Miscellaneous and Ferrous Metals: O H Basecoat: SP91 ferrous Metal Basecoat = U Second Coat: Lluminations by Zolatone .. p 2. Wood W N Basecoat: SP222 ECO -BLOCK Stain Blocker (2 coats) or H 1 SP93 Wood Sealer Basecoat 0 /- Second Coat: Lluminations by Zolatone Z 3. Gypsum Dry Wall and Plaster Basecoat: SP203 Acrylic Drywall Basecoat (2 coats) or SP92 High Performance Acrylic Sealer (2 coats) Second Coat: Lluminations by Zolatone 4. Concrete and Masonry (unfilled) Basecoat: SP203 Acrylic Drywall Basecoat or SP92 High Performance Acrylic Sealer Second Coat: Lluminations by Zolatone 5. Concrete and Masonry (filled) Basecoat: SP206 High Solids Block Filler Second Coat: SP203 Acrylic Drywall Basecoat or SP92 High Performance Acrylic Sealer Third Coat: Lluminations by Zolatone 6. Glazed Block, Ceramic Tile, Masonite, MDF, Fiberglass, Glass, Galvanized Metals, Aluminum, Laminate, Epoxys And Urethanes Basecoat: SP97 Multi- Purpose Waterbase Basecoat Second Coat: Lluminations by Zolatone 09945 -5 NORDSTROM — SOUTHCENTER MARKETPLACE CAFE REMODEL (005) TUKWILLA, WASHINGTON SECTION 09945 — SPECIAL COATINGS 7. Vinyl Wallcovering Z Basecoat: SP97 Multi- Purpose Waterbase Basecoat or SP203 Acrylic Drywall Basecoat Second Coat: Lluminations by Zolatone Ce 6 8. Previously Painted Surfaces U O Basecoat: SP222 ECO -BLOCK Stain Blocker u) 0 Second Coat: SP203 Acrylic Drywall Basecoat or W SP92 High Performance Acrylic Sealer N Third Coat: Lluminations by Zolatone — 0 w }} g J PART 4 REPAIR / MAINTENANCE u. to —a 4.01 MAINTENANCE H = zF- A. When necessary, the surface can be washed down with a mild solution of detergent and Z O water. (This is to be done when film of dust, dirt or smoke appears on surface). w w B. Stubborn stains can be removed with a mild abrasive cleanser. U 4.02 NECESSARY EQUIPMENT: p H w uw A. An option to contractor specification is to provide five gallons of each color packed in single cans for future repairs. p B. Compressor - 3/4 horsepower or larger. Z C. For spot repair use a Zolatone Interior Finishes - approved Cup Gun, with an internal mix air U w cap. 0 4.03 SURFACE PREPARATION: A. Make sure area to be repaired is spackled, then sanded smooth and level. ' B. Spot prime with recommended Zolatone Interior Finishes Basecoat. 4.04 REPAIR PROCEDURE: A. Set pressure on compressor to 50 psi. Turn control knob on the spray gun clockwise for sheer, then counter - clockwise for pattern step. Carefully pattern off area and blend it into the surrounding surface. END OF SECTION 09945 -6 z ,NORDSTROM - SOUTHCENTER MARKETPLACE CAFE REMODEL (005) TUKWILLA, WASHINGTON PART 1 - GENERAL A. The General and Special Conditions and all applicable provisions of Divisions 0 and 1 apply to this Section. B. Install Owner - furnished wall covering where and as indicated. 1. Provide surface preparation and prime painting. C. Related Work of Other Sections: 1. 09255 - Drywall; Gypsum Board substrates. 2. 09905 - Painting; Primer for substrates to receive wall covering. D. Required Submittals: 1. Manufacturer's product literature and application instructions for adhesives and accessories. E. Quantity Statements: 1. Owner will order and pay for all wall coverings, based on the approved quantity statements furnished by the Contractor. 2. Prior to award of contract for work of this Section, submit to the Owner a Quantity Statement, obtained from each installer, stating the amount of each type of wall covering required for each department. 3. Types and locations of each wall covering type shall be as indicated on the Drawings and on the Owner's Purchase Order; base bid on special requirements for each wall covering type, including requirements for pattern matching. 4. Overages: Quantities of wall covering materials required for future maintenance will be determined by the Owner. Do not include maintenance stock in quantity estimates. 5. Prior to award of contract for work of this Section, the Contractor shall review each proposed installer's Quantity Statement with the Architect to verify its accuracy. Only installers with approved Quantity Statements will be acceptable for subcontract. 6. If, at the time of installation, there are insufficient quantities of materials, due to the Contractor's failure to obtain an approved quantity statement, the Contractor shall: a. Immediately notify the Owner in writing of the additional quantities required, whereupon the Owner will, at his cost, obtain the additional quantities. b. Contractor shall install the additional quantities at no additional cost to the Owner. c. Contractor shall pay for additional transportation costs incurred in obtaining the materials. F. The following references and standards are hereby made a part of this Section, and work of this Section shall conform to the applicable requirements therein, unless otherwise indicated: 1. ASTM (American Society for Testing and Materials) E -84, for Class A Flame Spread. PART 2 - MATERIALS AND PRODUCTS A. Wall coverings: As specified in Finish Schedule. B. Acrylic Wall Size: Commercial size compound suitable for scheduled wallcoverings. C. Adhesive: The Gibson - Homans Company, "Shur -Stik 111" heavy duty wallcovering adhesive. PART 3 - EXECUTION SECTION 09955 - WALL COVERING A. Before starting installation of wall covering, thoroughly examine wall surfaces on which vinyl fabric is to be applied. Examination includes bond, moisture, and alkali testing, as required or recommended by the manufacturer. 1. Moisture meter readings of backing surfaces shall be less than 4 percent. 2. Backing surfaces shall be thoroughly dry, clean of dust and dirt, paint spots, and free from any imperfections that may show through the finished installation. 09955 -1 ,NORDSTROM - SOUTHCENTER MARKETPLACE CAFE REMODEL (005) TUKWILLA, WASHINGTON SECTION 09955 - WALL COVERING B. Sizing: Give all surfaces to receive new wall covering one coat of sizing. Before applying fabric, examine backing surfaces carefully, using a strong light, and apply a second coat of size to holidays and areas showing excessive suction. C. Installation: 1. Install fabric with long dimension vertical. Lay out accurately between corners, jambs, walls, or other stopping points or changes in direction to equalize spacing of joints. 2. Install in panels of sufficient size, full height of wall, to blend in with existing wall surface, and to align with adjacent joints. 3. Take particular care in making joints as fine and inconspicuous as possible. All seams shall be butted. Do not overlap. Discard material which will not make perfect seams or joints. 4. Brush out all air bubbles after hanging, using a squeegee or stiff brush. Remove excess adhesive with a damp sponge or rag as work progresses. Avoid getting water into seams while cleaning. 5. Make all in -place cuts on metal cutting plates. Do not cut into backing surfaces. 6. No air bubbles, wrinkles, tears, cuts, conspicuous joints, stained, or otherwise damaged work will be allowed in the finished work. Upon completion of the work, remove any adhesive and marks from the fabric. 7. Overages and extra yardage shall be turned over to Owner. END OF SECTION 09955 -2 , NORDSTROM - SOUTHCENTER MARKETPLACE CAFE REMODEL (005) TUKWILLA, WASHINGTON PART 1 - GENERAL A. The General and Special Conditions and all applicable provisions of Divisions 0 and 1 apply to this Section. = H ,IZ B. Furnish and install signage and graphics as indicated. IX W 2 1. Provide miscellaneous fasteners, adhesives, silicone sealant, plastic laminates, templates, and other J U materials as indicated, and as standard with the fabricator for each sign type and installation U 0 condition. to 0 J = h^ U) LL u1 0 og- LL Q D. Required Submittals: = d 1. Shop drawings showing schedule, location, and type of signage. 1— _ 2. Shop drawings showing construction menu boards. Z 1-- 3. Samples of letters and colors. Z O E. Incorporated Standards: j C) 1. ASTM D4802: Poly (Methyl Methacrylate) Acrylic Plastic Sheet. 0 N 2. Americans with Disabilities Act Accessibility Guidelines (ADAAG) Section 4.30.6, Title III. 0 1— Ill W F. Experience Requirements: Use only installers with minimum five years experience on comparable projects, 1 and skilled in the installation of signage and graphics. u- p .. Z PART 2 - MATERIALS AND PRODUCTS U O~ Z C. Related Work of Other Sections: 1. Section 05615 - Ornamental Metal. 2. Section 06415 — Finish Carpentry and Casework. 3. Section 08805 - Glass and Glazing. A. Paint: Types as used in the approved samples. SECTION 10405 - SIGNAGE AND GRAPHICS B. Stanchion sign and Entry signage: Provide as scheduled by Eclipse, P.O. Box 750727, Petaluma, CA 94975 -0727 Contact Russ Williams (707) 763 -3104. C. Fabrication: 1. Signs shall be free of rough edges, irregular surfaces, non - uniform finishes, and other imperfections. 2. Furnish templates with individual letter signs to ensure proper letter spacing. PART 3 - EXECUTION A. Preparation: 1. Examine all areas to receive specified work. Do not begin work until underlying construction is complete, all required inspections thereof have been made, and all conditions which might prevent proper installation or impair performance or service life of specified work have been corrected. 2. Verify adequacy of backing and support framing. Coordinate installation of blocking in adjacent construction as necessary to support signs. 3. Verify exact location of wall mounted menu boards in field with Owner prior to installation. 4. Contractor shall supply counter top menu boards and signage not requiring field installation to Owner at time of Cafe turnover. 10405 -1 SIGN DESCRIPTION QTY FABRICATOR SIZE MOUNTING HARDWARE Entry Signage Metal work and graphic on fiberglass shell over entry from store 2 Eclipse 1 6' -0" x 3' -0" RE: Drawings Lag bolt to backing in wall Stanchion sign Aluminum sign with silk screened image on steel base 2 Eclipse 13' -6 "h base RE: Drawings None ,NORDSTROM - SOUTHCENTER MARKETPLACE CAFE REMODEL (005) TUKWILLA, WASHINGTON SECTION 10405 - SIGNAGE AND GRAPHICS B. Install signage and graphics as scheduled, and in accordance with manufacturer's printed installation instructions and referenced standards. C. Signage Schedule: END OF SECTION 10405 -2 ,NORDSTROM - SOUTHCENTER MARKETPLACE CAFE REMODEL (005) TUKWILLA, WASHINGTON PART 1 - GENERAL SECTION 10525 - FIRE EXTINGUISHERS AND CABINETS Z A. The General and Special Conditions and all applicable provisions of Divisions 0 and 1 apply to this Section. ~ w B. Furnish and install fire extinguishers, cabinets, and accessories where and as indicated. Q C. Required Submittals: 0 0 1. Manufacturer's product data, installation instructions, and operation and maintenance data. Include N W = dimensions and mounting heights, showing compliance with ADA requirements. J i_ 0 tL D. References and Regulatory Requirements: W O 1. NFPA 10 - Portable Fire Extinguishers. 2 2. UFC - Uniform Fire Code Standard No. 10 -1. g 5 3. Americans with Disabilities Act Accessibility Guidelines (ADAAG). N = W PART 2 - MATERIALS AND PRODUCTS �- _ Z E- A. Manufacturers: Potter - Roemer, Inc. and Larsen's Manufacturing Company. W O W B. Fire extinguishers: D p 1. ABC Multi- Purpose Dry Chemical: 0 N a. Type FE, Amerex 500/500T1 Potter - Roemer 3005; Red glossy polyester- coated steel 0 H WW cylinder with pressure gauge and nozzle. _ b. Size: 5 lbs, unless otherwise indicated. F c. Class: 2A:10B:C. u- O d. Dimensions: Approximately 4 -1/2 -inch diameter x 14 inches high. till N e. Agent: Ammonium phosphate base. U = F= . 2. Wet Chemical Type: 0 F— a. Type FE -3; Amerex 262, 2 -1/2 gallon capacity, stainless steel shell; UL rated 2A. Z b. Dimensions: Approximately 7 inch diameter x 25 inches high. c. Agent: Potassium acetate base. 3. Carbon Dioxide Type: a. Type CO2 -5: Amerex 322, Potter - Roemer 3405; 5 lb. capacity, polyester- coated aluminum shell, UL rated 5B:C. b. Dimensions: Approximately 5 inch diameter x 24 inches high. c. Agent: Carbon Dioxide. C. Fire extinguisher cabinet shall be steel trim and door, hinged door, and zinc plated pull handle and roller catch. 1. Size: To accommodate fire extinguisher. 2. Mounting style: Fully recessed. 3. Door and frame material: Cold- rolled steel, with electrostatically - applied thermally -fused coating, color as selected from manufacturer's entire range of standard and custom colors. 4. Door style: Solid metal. 5. Glazing: 1/8 inch clear acrylic. 6. Lettering: Horizontal red, unless otherwise indicated. D. Fabrication: 1. Form perimeter trim and door stiles by welding, filling, and grinding smooth. 10525 -1 NORDSTROM — SOUTHCENTER MARKETPLACE CAFE REMODEL (005) TUKWILLA, WASHINGTON SECTION 10525 — FIRE EXTINGUISHERS AND CABINETS 2. Hinge doors for 180 degree opening with continuous piano hinge. Z 3. Cabinets shall be fabricated in accordance with the Warnock Hersey certified design and shall carry Q the Warnock Hersey label for 1 -hour combustible and non - combustible walls, as applicable. Z j i- 4. Cabinets shall be fabricated in accordance with ASTM E814 to measure fire- resistive performance. Q u PART 3 - EXECUTION U O N 0 . A. Fire cabinets shall be installed where indicated, in accordance with manufacturer's recommendation. co = H B. Prior to installation of cabinets, carefully inspect the installed work of all other trades and verify that all such co p w is complete to the point where this installation may properly commence. 2 y. Q F Q C. Subsequent to installation of cabinets, protect units from damage by other trades until completion of LL construction. N d = W END OF SECTION Z H 1— O Z 1— W 0 O co 0 I- 10525-2 , NORDSTROM CAFE REMODEL SOUTHCENTER MALL (005) TUKWILA, WASHINGTON SECTION 11400 SECTION 11400 FOOD SERVICE EQUIPMENT z 1. DESCRIPTION OF WORK: , i w a: A. Extent of food service equipment work is indicated on drawings and by equipment lists in this 6 D section. o co o B. The work to be performed under this Contract includes finishing all custom stainless steel J I equipment, providing KES supplied appliances, necessary installation materials (screws, silicone u u_ caulk, etc.) and labor to completely set, level, attach and silicone the KES items as shown on w O drawings and written specifications. u_ C. Contract: The work under this Section shall be executed as a part of the General Contract for the co a work, and where the term "KES" is used, it shall refer to the Food Service Equipment H W subcontractor responsible for this portion of the work. z I- HO z I— D. Equipment Contractor: The Equipment Contractor shall be responsible for coordinating this Ili LLI work with the work of others, including the coordination of Owner provided items (coffee D o equipment, POS stations, etc.) with the KES supplied appliances. 0 cn 0 I— E. Damage: All damage to the premises and other equipment as a result of the food service m w installation shall be repaired and all debris, crates and paper shall be removed by the KES and H H - -,, disposed of legally. u" z di N U F. Installation shall include all costs of freight, warehousing, factory price increases past bid date, P. H hoisting and handling of equipment necessary to complete this work. z G. Refer to Division 15 sections for plumbing coordination — Plumber to attach all faucets and drains as needed for proper operation. Any plumbing items.not furnished by equipment manufacturers (tailpieces, fittings, etc.) are to be supplied by the Plumber. All loose plumbing items supplied with the kitchen equipment will be installed in the field by the Plumber. Plumber will provide all interconnecting piping from kitchen equipment to the appropriate wastes and water lines. H. Refer to Division 16 sections for electrical coordination — Electrician to provide electrical supplies and make all electrical connections to kitchen equipment for proper operation. Electrician to install all loose electrical switches, controls, etc. supplied with the kitchen equipment and provide all interconnecting wiring from the kitchen equipment back to the rough - in connection point. I. Cleaning: Equipment packing debris to be removed by KES, however protective stainless steel wrap to remain on equipment until removal by Owner's /General Contractor's fmal cleaning crew. J. Project Close -out — provide maintenance manuals and key sets as described in section 2.0. Complete punch list items prepared by Owner, Architect and Food Service Consultant at a time convenient to Owner. 11400 - 1 SECTION 11400 FOOD SERVICE EQUIPMENT 2. SUBMITTALS: A. Equipment Spec Books: Submit six spec books in hardcover black binder. Insert spec sheets . in order of list of kitchen equipment shown in written specifications and labeled in the upper right hand corner with the appropriate item number. Hi -lite accessories and voltages as appropriate on the spec sheets. If factory spec sheets aren't available, indicate relevant information (size, plumbing requirements, electrical requirements) on white sheet. Gather spec sheets from the Owner for Owner supplied equipment and insert in spec book. B. Shop Drawings: Submit plan views, elevations and sections for custom fabricated items at a minimum scale of at least 3/4" = 1' -0 ". C. Maintenance Manuals: Submit three sets in hardcover black binders with project address and "Food Service Operation & Maintenance Manuals" on front and edge of binder. Include information from each piece of equipment with electrical or gas connections. Information should include operation instructions, cleaning and maintenance instructions, parts listing if available, list of service agencies (names, addresses and phone numbers) authorized to repair the equipment, voltage, gas type, refrigerant used, serial number and copies of the warranties. List should be sorted alphabetically by manufacturer. NORDSTROM CAFE REMODEL SOUTHCENTER MALL (005) TUKWILA, WASHINGTON Keys: Collect all keys for food service equipment, individually tag and turnover to Owner prior to project completion. Prepare key list, indicating manufacturer, model number, and cylinder lock number. Include copy of key list in the Operation and Maintenance Manuals. 3. EXECUTION: A. NSF Standards: For custom stainless steel fabricated items, comply with NSF standards related to construction of backsplash radius, sink coving, etc. B. Caulking: Use GE silicone sealant, approved for use on surfaces in contact with food. Color to be aluminum, gray or clear as appropriate for the particular application. C. Stainless steel: Provide # 304 material, No. 4 finish, in the following gauges: 1. Worktable tops —14 gauge 2. Undershelves —18 gauge 3. Siiiks -and drainboards —14 gauge 4. Sink covers —18 gauge 5. Wall shelves —18 gauge 6. Stainless steel legs —16 gauge with stainless steel leveling feet 7. Wall flashing —18 gauge 8. Corner guards and wall end caps —16 gauge 9. Enclosure panels —18 gauge 10. Stainless steel cove base —16 gauge 11400 - 2 . NORDSTROM CAFE REMODEL SOUTHCENTER MALL (005) TUKWILA, WASHINGTON SECTION 11400 FOOD SERVICE EQUIPMENT D. Field Dimensions: Visit job -site prior to ordering equipment to verify critical wall dimensions . z affecting kitchen equipment. If dimensions affect the specified equipment - notify the Owner in z h= writing, list proposed remedy and await response before proceeding. Inspect access route for w equipment into the facilities and notify the Owner in writing of any conflicts with access. -J m U E. Installation: Equipment to be set level and secured to wall per manufacturer's recommendations. u o Silicone gaps between backsplashes and walls less than 1/4" wide — if gaps between equipment w z and walls exceed 1/4 ", provide new trim pieces to seal void. Cut -out plumbing access holes and u) u ~ „ electrical j -box openings in metal flashing. Coordinate setting kitchen equipment with other w 0 trades. u_¢ F. Discrepancies: All clarifications or questions will be sent to the Owner in written fonn. If u0 a response isn't given quickly enough or further questions remain unresolved, assume the answer H w which results in higher quality/more expensive. Send update to the Owner, indicating how the z question was resolved. z O 11.1 uj 4. FOOD SERVICE EQUIPMENT: 0 o 0 A. Specified equipment to be used — no substitutions to be used without written permission of 0 H Owner and Food Service Consultant. All costs associated with substitution, including revision to = w mechanical utilities, to be borne by KES. H u - O W Z UN tem Oty Description Supplier H z Cafe Remodel C1. 1 ea 36" refrigerated display case, Federal # SGR3648, flat front style with lights below glass shelves, cord/plug, thermometer, special color plastic laminate, mirrored interior ends, GE # SPX 35 special color display bulbs, reflective rear doors, rear door locks (NO FRONT LOCK), UL Sanitation listing in lieu of NSF approval, five year compressor and one year labor warranties 581 KES C2. 2 ea Stainless steel waste chute collar, Polarware # 3YM, modify pot by removing bottom, resulting in overall 3" height 581 KES C3. 2 pr Stainless steel cup and glass rack slides, custom, 2" x 4" x 20" deep, with rear stop and pre - drilled mounting holes 581 KES C4. 6 ea Cup dispensers, Modular # SF2000, fits cups with lip diameter from 2 1/4" to 4 5/8 ", black fmish with 3 different gasket rings 571 KES 11400 - 3 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY NORDSTROM — SOUTHCENTER MARKETPLACE CAFE REMODEL (005) TUKWILLA, WASHINGTON SECTION 15010 - MECHANICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS A. Section Includes: General provisions and requirements for all Sections of Division 15 - MECHANICAL, covering the following: 1. Quality Assurance. 2. Submittals. 3. Coordination. 4. Measurements. 5. Drawings. 6. Attachments. 7. Racks, stands and supports. 8. Labeling and painting. 9. Damage. 10. Electrical equipment and wiring - responsibilities. 11. Adjusting and balancing 12. Testing. 13. Cleaning. B. Related Sections: 1. 01770 - Closeout Procedures: Replacement of filters at project turnover. 2. 09680 - Carpeting: Requirements for early operation of HVAC systems. 3. 09720 - Wall Covering: Requirements for early operation of HVAC system. 4. Division 16 - Electrical: Electrical connections to mechanical equipment. C. Drawings, the provisions of the Agreement, including bonds and certificates, the General Conditions, and Division 1 specification sections apply to all work of this Section. D. Substitutions: Substitute products will be considered only under the terms and conditions of Section 01600. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. General Requirements: 1. Make submittals in accordance with Sections 01330. 2. Submit complete, at one time. Partial submittals will not be considered. 3. Catalog sheets shall be complete, and the item or model number to be used shall be clearly marked. 4. Form: With the exception of shop drawings, submittals shall be in booklet form and in 3 -ring binders. The data shall be arranged and indexed under basic categories by spec section and part. A typewritten index shall be included with dividers and identifying tabs between sections and references to specification Section numbers. B. Product Data and Shop Drawings: Submit as necessary to coordinate equipment installation methods with work of other trades. C. Equipment Lists: Furnish 6 copies of a complete equipment material list showing ratings where appropriate for approval and coordination. D. Project Closeout Submittals: 1. Conform to the requirements of Section 01770. 2. Record Drawings: Maintain a current set of drawings on the job, noting all changes made in connection with final installation and convey a marked set of drawings showing "as- built" condition to the Owner. 3. Maintenance and Operation Manuals: a. Unless otherwise required, submit three copies of maintenance and operation manuals prior to completion of project, providing complete manufacturer's identification and service 15010 -1 12/09/02 it requirements for all equipment installed, catalog sheets, fixture numbers, parts list, certificates of guarantee, and operating instructions. b. Provide copies bound in booklet form, with edges imprinted with the name of the job, Architect, Mechanical Engineer, and titled "Mechanical Operation and Maintenance Manual." 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE NORDSTROM — SOUTHCENTER MARKETPLACE CAFE REMODEL (005) TUKWILLA, WASHINGTON SECTION 15010 - MECHANICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS A. Codes, Ordinances and Permits: 1. Material and equipment for all work shall be designed and installed in compliance with all governing codes and ordinances of the jurisdictional Code authorities. 2. Secure and pay for all inspection fees and permits. 3. Safety: Comply with all rules and regulations of the State's Industrial Accident Commission and NFPA. 101. 4. Plumbing Subcontractor shall apply for the domestic water meter .[and gas meter]. installation. Transmit fee requirements to the Owner for payment to the appropriate party. B. Drawings: 1. Architectural, structural, plumbing, fire protection, mechanical, and electrical drawings form a part of the work to be done under this section. 2. When discrepancies exist among scale, dimension, or quantity on architectural, structural, electrical or mechanical drawings, they shall be called to the attention of the Architect whose decision regarding such discrepancies shall be final and binding. C. Fire Rated Systems: Maintain the integrity of fireproofing materials and system and of rated partitions and floors at all mechanical penetrations. Coordinate installation of firestopping material specified in Section 07840. D. Building Envelope Conference: Plumbing Subcontractor shall attend conference specified in Section 01312. 1.4 COORDINATION A. Cutting and Patching: 1. Coordinate cutting and patching with work of other Sections. 2. Furnish cutting, patching, equipment curb or base requirements well in advance of work in this Division. 3. Cutting shall be done in a neat and workmanlike manner limiting scope to only that which is necessary to accomplish the new work. 4. Openings in concrete shall be saw -cut or core drilled only. 5. Do no cutting of structural members without permission of the Architect. 6. Take precautions to protect all buildings, contents and occupants and repair to like -new condition, or replace if directed, all damage to buildings and their contents. B. Interference With Other Systems: Placement of elements in ceiling plenums shall be coordinated among the various trades according to the following order of precedence, with the first having highest priority: 1. Light fixtures. 2. Floor outlets. 3. Sprinkler heads. 4. Ductwork. 5. Drainage piping. 6. Other piping, electrical conduit. C. Field mounted electrical disconnect switches are to be installed under Division 16 so as not to interfere with access to HVAC equipment or accessories. HVAC subcontractor shall coordinate with electrical subcontractor prior to mounting of these electrical items. D. Condensate drain piping shall be installed so as not to interfere with access to HVAC equipment or accessories. 15010 -2 . tws.e+rxtayRrTA 12/09/02 1.5 MEASUREMENTS A. Verify all measurements at the job site. B. Locate all piping, ducts, etc., to clear openings. 1.6 DRAWINGS A. The plumbing and mechanical drawings are generally diagrammatic. Complete details of the building which affect the plumbing and mechanical installation may not be shown. For additional details, refer to the Architectural, Structural, Fire Protection, and Electrical drawings. 1.7 RACKS, STANDS AND SUPPORTS A. Provide all racks, stands and supports for mechanical equipment and work as required. Construct of steel angle or channel, cut to fit neatly, welded or bolted into a sturdy fit, designed to resist all vertical and lateral forces required by code. Provide with primer paint. 1.8 LABELING A. Valves: Provide brass tags with engraved numbers on all valves. Furnish a master list noting valve numbers, their function, and location in the building. List shall be typed on 8 -1/2" x 11" paper and mounted in a frame. Series 100 numbers shall apply to valves located on the first floor, series 200, second floor, and so forth. B. Nameplates: Vinylfilm, Scotchcal Film 3651 with adhesive backing, or equal. Lettering to be black on white background. 1. Access Panels: Provide for all mechanical item access panels, identifying item requiring access; 2. Mechanical Equipment: Provide for all mechanical equipment. C. Piping Labels: Provide adhesive type color coded pipe identification labels for the following services: non - potable water, steam, condensate, compressed air, vacuum, soft water, filtered water, gas, domestic hot water, domestic hot water recirculating and cold water. 1.9 DAMAGE NORDSTROM — SOUTHCENTER MARKETPLACE CAFE REMODEL (005) TUKWILLA, WASHINGTON SECTION 15010 - MECHANICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS A. All subcontractors shall be responsible for damage caused to their work and that of other trades, in the execution of their work, and shall make, or pay for, all necessary repairs to restore damaged work to Tike -new condition at no cost to the Owner. 1.10 ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT AND WIRING - RESPONSIBILITIES A. HVAC Work: 1. General: Furnish control equipment including factory pre - packaged controls, thermostats, sensors, switches and relays. 2. Packaged Air - Conditioning Units and Heat Pumps: Provide all factory installed electrical equipment including motors starters, and protective devices. 3. Exhaust and Transfer Fans: Provide all factory installed electrical equipment including motors. 4. Provide variable frequency drives for supply fan motors where indicated on the Equipment Schedule. B. Electrical Work: The following is to be provided under Division 16. 1. All line voltage and low voltage conduit, wire, and connections. 2. Disconnect switches for packaged air - conditioning units and terminal units when not furnished by manufacturer. Refer to HVAC Equipment Schedules. 3. Disconnect switches and line voltage starters for exhaust and transfer fans. 4. Power for early operation of equipment. 5. Wiring to and from variable frequency drives, including line reactors, if required. 6. Installation of duct mounted smoke detectors. 1.11 ADJUSTING AND BALANCING 15010 -3 Gir/�aa�irSl7$ • iat :$q. .,bXt.� %V'{i�k.'K4tiW..lnn 12/09/02 A. Adjust each part of system to ensure proper functioning of all controls, proper air distribution and elimination of drafts, noise and vibration. B. Filters: Provide clean air filters at start -up, project completion, and Store opening. Additional filter changes will be considers as an additional cost. C. Operation: At least 3 weeks prior to project completion, unless otherwise required to facilitate work of other trades, and in the presence of the Architect or his representative: 1. Start up heaters and run through sequence of operation. 2. Start up all equipment and run control through sequence of operation. 3. Adjust all controls. 4. Adjust all fans for quiet operation. 5. Make adjustments and repair defects as necessary to eliminate all duct rattles and noise. 6. Clean or replace all filters. 7. Instruct the Owner's operator in the proper operation and maintenance of equipment as directed. D. Balancing: 1. Air balancing shall be performed by the Mechanical Contractor in accordance with NEBB, AABC, or SMACNA air balancing guidelines. 2. Balance air equipment and registers for volume shown. 3. Log all balancing data and submit to Architect and Engineer prior to final approval. 4. Provide ladders, sheaves, motors, belts, and other devices as required for execution of the work. 1.12 TESTING A. Scope: Test all piping before backfilling or covering. The Architect or his representative is to be present at all tests. Notify Architect at least 48 hours before an expected test. B. Water and Steam piping: Test all water piping at 125 psi and steam piping at 150 psi water pressure and hold for four hours. Test in sections before covering. Test entire system when completely installed. Repair all defects shown by test and retest until entirely tight. C. Waste, Sewer Piping: Test all waste, sewer and vent piping by filling with water to a minimum of 10'- 0" above grade of first floor and hold for four hours. Test in sections as work progresses. Repair all defects shown by test and retest until entirely tight. D. 1.13 CLEANING NORDSTROM — SOUTHCENTER MARKETPLACE CAFE REMODEL (005) TUKWILLA, WASHINGTON SECTION 15010 - MECHANICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS A. Leave all equipment clean and ready for use. Protect all equipment from damage during construction. Leave in new condition. B. Remove all adhesive labels from the fixtures and exposed piping. 1.14 DEMONSTRATION A. Prior to facility acceptance, but after component has been tested and is in operable condition, provide "classroom" and "field" instruction to the Owner's personnel, as necessary to fully describe and demonstrate all operable mechanical equipment and systems. B. Instruction shall be performed by the Contractor's staff and authorized manufacturer's representatives, as necessary. C. In addition to equipment demonstration requirements specified in other Sections, instruction sessions shall be as necessary to completely describe systems. 1.15 SPECIAL STORE OPENING SERVICES A. Provide services of a qualified service mechanic at the site, full time, for the store opening party and for the first three days of public store operation to assure continuous operation of all mechanical 15010 -4 12/09/02 equipment. Service mechanic time shall be based on 12 -hour days. Allow for 8 hours on the day of the party, and 12 hours per day on the three days following. 1.16 SUBCONTRACTOR GUARANTEE A. Furnish Subcontractor Guarantees in accordance with Section 01770. PART 2 - PRODUCTS A. Not Used. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PIPE LABELING NORDSTROM — SOUTHCENTER MARKETPLACE CAFE REMODEL (005) TUKWILLA, WASHINGTON SECTION 15010 - MECHANICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS A. Install at least one label per pipe in boiler equipment rooms, one label every 50' -0" in exposed locations (stock rooms, etc.), and one label every 20' -0" in concealed locations (above tile or hard ceiling) for the services listed. Provide all pipe labels as required by the Authority Having Jurisdiction. END OF SECTION 15010 -5 12/09/02 PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY NORDSTROM — SOUTHCENTER MARKETPLACE CAFE REMODEL (005) TUKWILLA, WASHINGTON SECTION 15050 - BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS A. Section Includes: 1. Piping and fittings. 2. Valves. 3. Hot water storage heaters. 4. Pipe support systems. 5. Motors. 6. Accessories. B. Related Sections: 1. 03100 - Concrete Formwork: Installation of pipe sleeves. 2. 04220 - Concrete Masonry Units: Installation of pipe sleeves. 3. 05310 - Steel Deck: Installation of pipe sleeves. 4. 07514 - Built -up Roofing: Installation of lead pipe flashing. 5. 07840 - Firestopping: Fire rated fillers at penetrations through rated construction. 6. 09900 - Painting: Coatings for gas lines. 7. 13840 - Fire Annunciation System: Installation of duct mounted smoke detectors. 8. 15010 - Mechanical General Provisions. 9. 15083 - Piping Insulation. 10. 15410 - Plumbing: Fixtures. 11. 15505 - Tailor /Alterations Equipment: T/A support equipment; requirement for Owner review of equipment placement prior to connection. 12. 16235 - Diesel Power Generation Equipment: Engine and muffler; exhaust rain cap for installation under this Section. C. Drawings, the provisions of the Agreement, including bonds and certificates, the General Conditions, and Division 1 specification sections apply to all work of this Section. 1.2 REFERENCES A. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM): 1. B32 - Solder Metal. 2. D2513 - Thermoplastic Gas Pressure Pipe, Tubing, and Fittings. B. American National Standards (ANSI): B1- Cast -Iron Threaded Fittings, Class 125 and 250. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Make submittals in accordance with Sections 01330 and 15010. B. Product Data: Submit complete product literature for each material /fixture proposed. C. Quality Control Submittals: 1. Confirmation of Preparation for Service: Submit documentation as follows. a. Storm and Waste Drain Lines: Submit letter verifying performance of Videotape / "Roto Rooter"service, as specified. Include a highlighted drawing showing each pipe that was videotaped / cleaned and which cleanout was opened. b. Potable Water System: Submit letter verifying performance of specified disinfection procedure. Include identification of all parts of system treated, date of treatment, and method used. c. Water Heaters: Submit a letter verifying that water heaters have been adjusted and started up by a factory authorized representative. Include start date of extended 10 year tank limited warranty. d. Water Softeners: Submit a letter verifying that the water softener system has been started up by a Culligan factory authorized start -up technician. Include water sample test reports. 15050 -1 12/09/02 nrws�+nx..scenar.: t;r'r',• a�•+. ..+^ rx+: es er . +.rncrr+.vv�amemnm.*.v.nww NORDSTROM — SOUTHCENTER MARKETPLACE CAFE REMODEL (005) TUKWILLA, WASHINGTON SECTION 15050 - BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Perform work in accordance with the general requirements specified in Section 15010. B. Welding: For welding pipe and fittings, all welders shall be qualified and licensed by the State in which the Project is located. C. Pre - Installation Conference: Conduct in accordance with Section 01312. 1. Require in attendance the plumbing subcontractor, the HVAC installer, the fire protection subcontractor, the acoustical ceiling installer, the Architect, and other trades affected by the work. 2. Agenda: Include review of the following items. a. Scheduling and coordination of the work. b. Equipment access requirements, including FIT boxes, dampers, plumbing valves, and cleanouts. c. Clearances. d. Sleeve sizes and locations. e. Suspension and seismic restraints. f. Equipment supports. D. Seismic Design: 1. Provide anchorage and bracing of all mechanical components to meet the seismic requirements of the jurisdictional code authorities. 2. Seismic bracing and anchorage shall be subject to Owner paid inspections performed by a structural engineer licensed to practice in the State where the Project is located. 3. Correct all bracing and anchorage systems determined by the Owner's Structural Engineer to be non - compliant, or furnish structural calculations verifying compliance from a Contractor -paid structural engineer licensed to practice in the State where the Project is located. 1.5 WARRANTIES A. Submit in accordance with Section 01770. 1.6 SUBCONTRACTOR GUARANTEE A. Furnish Subcontractor Guarantees in accordance with Section 01770. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 GENERAL A. All equipment specified shall be regularly catalogued items of the manufacturer and in use for at least two years and shall be supplied as a complete unit in accordance with the manufacturer's standard specifications and any optional items required for proper installation for equipment unless otherwise noted. B. Unless specified otherwise, all materials specified in this section shall be U.S. made. C. All changes in direction shall be made with fittings. T -drill is not acceptable. D. All electrical components shall be UL listed. 2.2 STORM, DRAIN, WASTE AND VENT PIPING A. Storm, Drain and Waste Piping: 1. Below Grade: Standard weight cast iron bell and spigot with factory glazing: 2. Above Grade: a. 3" and larger: Standard weight cast iron b. 2' /Z" and smaller: Standard weight cast iron or DWV copper pipe. B. Vent Piping: Standard weight cast iron or copper. 15050 -2 12/09/02 ...”:nwn+wrwMuvwnnsliFAW W*640 4.49,1 0 eol NORDSTROM — SOUTHCENTER MARKETPLACE CAFE REMODEL (005) TUKWILLA, WASHINGTON SECTION 15050 - BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS C. Fittings: 1. Below Grade: Standard weight cast iron with factory glazing with rubber gasket. 2. Above Grade: a. All Sizes: Standard weight cast iron with rubber gasket joints or no -hub joints where allowed by local authorities. Long sweep elbows shall be provided where spacing and slope allow. b. 2 -1/2" and smaller: Standard weight cast iron with rubber gasket joints or no -hub joints i H where allowed by local authorities or soldered wrought copper DWV. Long sweep elbows w shall be provided where spacing and slope allow. JU D. No -Hub Couplings: 0 0 1. Piping 4" and larger Diameter: Husky 4000 or Mission Heavy Duty. 2. Piping 3" Diameter and Smaller: Tyler No -Hub Series 006206 through 006268, or equal Mission. w E. Floor Cleanouts: J.R. Smith 4020, nickel bronze cover, unless noted otherwise on Drawings. Provide "- secondary clamping collar caulked water -tight to drain in water proof floors. w O F. Wall Cleanout Covers: Chrome plated or stainless steel discs with retaining screw. u. 2.3 WATER PIPING MATERIALS w d E_ A. Copper Tube: Type L hard-drawn temper; wrought- copper fittings using 95/5 solder. z 2.4 HEATERS, VALVES, AND ACCESSORIES w O w A. Backflow Preventers: 1. General: Reduced pressure principle, assembly consisting of shut off valves, strainer, test cocks, 0 and pressure- differential relief valve located between 2 check valves, constructed in accordance p H with ASSE Standard 1013. w W 2. Manufacturer: Watts, Hersey, Beeco as approved by local code authorities. 0 B. Double Check Valve Assembly: u_ 1. General: Test cocks, strainer, replaceable seats, NRS gate valves. v N 2. Manufacturer: Watts, Hersey or Beeco. O~ C. Pressure Reducing Valves: z 1. General: Single seated, direct operated type, bronze body, integral strainer, complying with requirements of ASSE Standard 1003. Size for maximum flow rate and inlet and outlet pressures indicated on drawings. 2. Manufacturer: Cash or Watts. D. Dial Pressure Gages: Steel case, 4 -1/2" diameter; range to match average pressure encountered. E. Thermometers: 9" industrial, aluminum case, adjustable angle, 30 to 240 deg. F range. F. Escutcheons: polished, chrome plated. 2.5 HORIZONTAL - PIPING HANGERS AND SUPPORTS A. Pipe Rings for Rod Hangers: 1. For pipe 2" and smaller, adjustable strap type, Grinnell Fig. 97 or equal. 2. For pipe 2 -1/2" and larger, clevis type with adjustable nuts on rod, Grinnell, Fig. 260 or equal. 3. Furnish copper plated or lined hangers when in contact with copper pipe in order to prevent electrolysis. B. Hanger Rod Attachments: 1. Attachments to structural steel with malleable iron beam clamps or structural steel angles or channels spanning between beam flanges or angle clip seats. 2. Attachment to concrete with concrete inserts for new concrete construction, installed prior to placing of concrete and expansion shields for existing. 15050 -3 AI 12/09/02 - .,-�.. n,.• i : wxt b'; Ye , 9:W R C'a'arpA ort,aP;o zoVMt+:3`M 1 2.6 VALVES A. Furnish factory- fabricated valves recommended by manufacturer for use in service indicated. Furnish valves of types and pressure ratings indicated but rated at not less than 125 psi SWP to comply with installation requirements; sizes as indicated, and connections which properly mate with pipe, tube, and equipment connections. B. Manufacturer: Crane, DeZurik, Fisher, Fairbanks, Hammond, Jenkins, Milwaukee, NIBCO, Powell, Stockham or Walworth. C. Gate Valve: Select valves designed for repacking under pressure when fully opened, equipped with packing suitable for intended service. 1. Water Service Entrance: Bronze body, wedge gate, bronze trim, rising stem. 2. In Copper Tubing: Furnish bodies for flanged end connections, screwed bonnet, nonrising stem, solid wedge disc. Crane No. 1324. D. Globe Valves: Select valves designed for repacking under pressure when fully opened; equipped with packing suitable for intended service; 150 psi SWP rated, comply with the following standards: 1. 2" Size and Smaller: Brass, composition disc, union bonnett. Crane Cat. No. 7. 2. 2 -1/2" Size and Larger: Iron body, brass trim, with screwed in brass body seat ring, solid brass disc, bronze stem. Crane Cat. No. 359 for flanged pattern. E. Drain Valves: Valves shall have bronze body, composition disc, and hose threaded outlet. F. Ball Valves: Seat ring designed to hold sealing material; lever - handles; brass screwed; Teflon seats and seals; stainless steel ball. 1. Water, gas, air service —150 psi SWP, 600 psi WOG rated. a. 2" and smaller: Full port opening. b. 2 -1/2" and larger: Conventional port opening. 2. Steam and steam related application — 250 psi SWP. Watts B- 6800 -SS -04 full port or Nibco T- 585-70-66-ST full port. G. Check Valves: Construct pressure containing parts of valves as follows: 1. 2" Size and Smaller: Bronze swing check, bronze disc. Crane Cat. No. 37. 2. 2 -1/2" and Larger: Iron body, swing check, brass trim, with brass -faced disc, brass body seat ring. Crane Cat. No. 373 for flanged pattern. 3. In Copper Tubing: Swing check, Y- pattern, screwed cap bronze body end disc. Crane Cat. No. 1342. 2.7 MOTORS NORDSTROM — SOUTHCENTER MARKETPLACE CAFE= REMODEL (005) TUKWILLA, WASHINGTON SECTION 15050 - BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS A. Voltage: 1. Up to and including 1/2 HP: 120V 60 Hz operation, unless otherwise indicated. 2. More than 1/2 HP: As indicated on the Drawings. B. Features: 1. Permanently lubricated sleeve or ball bearings. 2. Totally enclosed motors on or in equipment on roof where exposed to weather. 3. Starters and Protection: Equip each motor with overload and under - voltage protection. 120 volt motors shall have thermal protection consisting of Westinghouse M.S. switch, one pole toggle operated with pilot Tight. 3 -phase motors shall have across - the -line- starter and thermal element of protection of each phase. 4. Provide high efficiency motors where indicated on drawings. 2.8 ACCESSORIES A. Sealants: As specified in Division 7. B. Firestopping: As specified in Section 07840. 15050 -4 12/09/02 NORDSTROM — SOUTHCENTER MARKETPLACE CAFE REMODEL (005) TUKWILLA, WASHINGTON SECTION 15050 - BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS C. Strainers: 1. 2" and Smaller: Armstrong Model AISC. 2. Greater than 2 ": Armstrong Model AIFL. D. Solder: ASTM B32, 95/5 type. 2.9 TEMPORARY CLEAN -UP FACILITIES A. Refer to Section 01500 — Temporary Controls and Facilities, Article 1.3, for provisions of temporary service sinks, faucets, and associated piping. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR PIPING WORK A. Coordinate space and installation requirements for mechanical work indicated diagrammatically on the Drawings. Follow routing shown for lines as closely as practicable. Make runs parallel with the lines of the building. Utilize spaces efficiently to maximize accessibility for other installation and repairs. Keep gravity piping tight to structure at start of run. Overlay Plumbing Drawings with HVAC, Sprinkler and Electrical Drawings prior to starting work. Where a conflict is identified, reroute services as required. B. Offsets in Piping: Coordinate work and provide all piping offsets as required to complete the piping installation. No extra payment will be allowed for offsets required because of actual construction conditions. C. Replace all fireproofing damaged or removed from structure during the course of the work to maintain the rating of the fireproofing. D. Provide fire stopping around all pipes that penetrate rated walls or floors, by means of firestopping system as specified in Section 07840. E. Paint all exposed exterior ferrous piping to match color of adjacent surface. Provide one coat rust inhibiter primer followed by two coats of exterior enamel. Comply with Section 09900 for application requirements for painting systems. F. Provide all incidental accessories and procedures which may not be indicated or specified, but which are normally necessary for a complete and functioning installation. G. Support all piping independent of HVAC equipment, ductwork, or supports. H. Provide a minimum of 12 inch clearance between bottom of piping and top of acoustical ceiling tiles. I. Provide dieletric fittings on all joints between pipes of dissimilar materials. 3.2 STORM, WASTE, VENT AND CONDENSATE PIPING A. Slope waste pipe 4 inches and larger in diameter, 1/8 inch to 1 foot minimum. B. Slope waste pipe less than 4 inches in diameter, 1/4 inch to 1 foot minimum. C. Maintain uniform slope. D. Joints shall be water tight. E. Joints between steel pipe and cast iron pipe may be caulked or screwed. F. Screw joints shall be American Standard with all burrs removed by reaming. G. Cleanouts: Provide all cleanouts shown or where necessary for cleaning of pipe. Cleanouts shall be closed with flush brass screw plugs. Cleanouts under concrete shall have a flush plate at floor lines. 15050 -5 12/09/02 fS tiLr Y ,.. z+,crFwtt:.i: uM!Nw•/,SpiK� `£ t1�4: 7` fi! qT A6. dt/ Yt1731 •!rcxrf^'Fer+..f.�irs.wearw.m. �..*:,,� NORDSTROM — SOUTHCENTER MARKETPLACE CAFE REMODEL (005) TUKWILLA, WASHINGTON SECTION 15050 - BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS Note location on record drawings by dimensions from nearest building grid line. Open and reseal all cleanouts prior to store turnover. H. Provide trap and vent on sanitary waste fixtures. I. Elbows shall be long sweep where space and sloping allow; medium sweep otherwise. J. Run piping concealed, except as approved by the Architect. K. Changes in direction shall be made with fittings. L. Provide trap primers for sanitary floor drains and sprinkler receptors. Provide trap primers for floor sinks that don't have daily water drain, including all floor sinks outside of kitchen areas, unless otherwise indicated. Coordinate locations of trap primer wall panels prior to pouring slab on grade and installing wall studs. 3.3 WATER PIPING A. Joints shall be soldered using 95/5 solder. B. Ceiling Shut -Off Valves: 1. Provide ceiling shut -off valve on each water line at each fixture or group of fixtures (except where shown as being fed from the floor below) to allow zone and fixture isolation while the remaining parts of the system are in service. 2. Where acoustical ceilings are scheduled, install 1 foot above ceiling. 3. Where no ceilings are scheduled, install maximum 10 feet above finished floor in location accessible from below by ladder, unless otherwise indicated. 4. Do not locate shutoff valves above hard surface (such as GWB) ceilings or in areas where valve would be inaccessible. C. Gate valves in water piping are to be used on service entrance piping only. D. Pipe passing under or through walls shall be protected from breaking with sleeves. Provide link seal water tight penetrations through foundation walls. E. All changes in direction shall be made with fittings. Allow for expansion and contraction. Changes in sizes shall be made with reducers. F. Provide dielectric insulating couplings wherever copper tubing joins other materials. G. Wrap pipe with dielectric insulating tape at contact points with studs, unistrut, and dissimilar materials and "sock" or sleeve pipe where in contact with concrete, soil or earth. 3.4 PIPE HANGERS, ANCHORS, SWAY RESTRAINT, AND ANCHOR BOLTS A. Provide suitable hangers, anchor bolts and anchors for all piping; also, required for securing any part of the work. B. Comply with provisions of Section 01450 for attachments to metal decking and building structural members. C. Sway Restraints: 1. Provide longitudinal sway bracing to prevent rubber gasketed hub and spigot and no hub pipe larger than 6" diameter from separating at the joints under dynamic flow (water impact). Bracing required on 90 degree turn downs to vertical piping only. 2. Provide sway bracing on domestic cold water mains where they turn down to main toilet headers to prevent movement when toilets flush. 3. Sway bracing is required on 3" and larger piping in all seismic zones if it is determined during flow testing that excessive movement develops. 4. Seismic Zones 3 or 4: Provide longitudinal and lateral sway bracing on runs of pipe 4" diameter and larger and over 40' long when more than 12" from structure. 5. Show all sway restraint locations on As -built Drawings. 15050 -6 12/09/02 NORDSTROM — SOUTHCENTER MARKETPLACE CAFE REMODEL (005) TUKWILLA, WASHINGTON SECTION 15050 - BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS D. Install building attachments at required locations within concrete or on structural steel for proper piping support. Spacing of supports shall be as follows: (CI =Cast Iron Pipe, CU= Copper Pipe, ST =Steel Pipe) Pipe Size Maximum Hanger Spacing 1/2 to 1 -1/4 inches 1 -1/2 to 2 inches 2-1/2 to 3 inches 4 to 6 inches 8 to 12 inches 6 feet 5 feet 5 feet 5 ft. (CI), 12 ft. (CU, ST) 5 ft. (CI), 12 ft. (CU,ST) Rod size 3/8 inch 3/8 inch 1/2 inch 5/8 inch 7/8 inch E. Copper tubing 1/2" and smaller shall be supported at 5' -0" on center maximum. F. Soil storm and waste pipe shall have at least one hanger or support per section. Storm and waste pipe below grade shall have rebar support on each joint to support pipe during soil settling. G. Install concrete inserts before concrete is placed; fasten inserts securely to forms. H. Install hangers, supports, clamps and attachments to support piping properly from building structure. Arrange for grouping of parallel runs of horizontal piping to be supported together on trapeze type hangers where possible. Where piping of various sizes to be supported together by trapeze hangers, space hangers for smallest pipe size or install intermediate supports for smaller diameter pipe. Do not use wire or perforated metal to support piping, and do not support piping from other piping, or ductwork. I. Install hangers and supports complete with necessary inserts, bolts, rods, nuts, washers and other accessories. Except as otherwise indicated for exposed continuous pipe runs, install hangers and supports of same type and style as installed for adjacent similar piping. J. Prevent electrolysis in support of copper tubing by use of hangers and supports which are copper plated, or by other recognized industry methods. K. Install hangers and supports to allow controlled movement of piping systems and to permit freedom of movement between pipe anchors, and to facilitate action of expansion joints, expansion loops, expansion bends and similar units. L. Install hangers and supports so that piping live and dead loading and stresses from movement will not be transmitted to connected equipment. M. Install hangers and supports to provide indicated pipe slopes and so that maximum pipe deflections allowed by ANSI B31 are not exceeded. N. Comply with the following installation requirements for insulated piping: 1. Clamps: Attach clamps, including spacers (if any), to piping with clamps protruding through insulation (warm pipes only). 2. Shields: Where low- compressive- strength insulation and vapor barrier insulation are indicated on piping, install semicircular sheet metal protective shields between hangers and insulation. Provide oversize hangers around the outside of the insulation with pipe shields to prevent insulation compression. 3.5 SLEEVES A. Furnish sleeves to other Sections for installation at piping penetrations through floors, rated walls, or ceilings. B. Coordinate location and installation of sleeves; furnish setting instructions. C. Firestopping for sealing penetrations in fire rated assemblies is specified in Section 07840. 15050 -7 12/09/02 3.6 ACCESSORIES NORDSTROM — SOUTHCENTER MARKETPLACE CAFE REMODEL (005) TUKWILLA, WASHINGTON SECTION 15050 - BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS A. Valves: Provide the following types 1 or each service. 1. Shut off Valves: a. 3" and Snifafler: Ball valves. b. 4" and Larger. Gate 'salves. c. Install on inlet of taQh equipment item and inlet of each fixture. 2. Drain Valves: a. 2" and Smaller: Gate valves. b. Install one each equipment item, base of each riser, and base of each rise or drop in piping system. 3. Check Valves: a. All Sizes: Swing check valves. b. Install on discharge side of each pump and elsewhere as indicated 4. Test Valves: Install where indicated, and in accordance with manufacturer's installation instructions. B. Backflow Preventers: Install where indicated and where required by Plumbing Code, in accordance with manufacturer's installation instructions. C. Double Check Valve Assembly: Install as indicated; test cocks, strainer, replaceable seats, NRS gate valves. D. Pressure Reducing Valves: Install where indicated with shut off valves, and pressure gage. E. Dial Pressure Gages: Install on main gas service downstream of regulator, on water service inlet, pressure reducing valve discharges, pump suction and discharge, and elsewhere as indicated. F. Thermometers: Install on each water heater outlet, hot water pipe to dishwasher, and elsewhere as indicated. G. Escutcheons: Provide at exposed pipe passing through floors, walls, or ceilings. H. Valves: Install valves where required for proper operation of piping and equipment, including valves in branch lines where necessary to isolate sections of piping. Locate valves so as to be accessible and so that separate support can be provided when necessary. 1. Install valves with stems pointed up in vertical position where possible, but in no case with stems pointed downward below horizontal plane. 2. All valves shall be labeled with tags indicating their function. Valves located above suspended acoustic tile ceiling shall be marked on the tile below with a clear thumbtack, and noted on the Project Record drawings. 3.7 CLEANING A: Provide videotape verification of clean piping for the entire storm drainage system, vent lines, and 3" and larger sanitary waste lines prior to Store turnover. Extend service out to sewer manhole in the street_The video shall be reviewed by the plumbing engineer. Should the video show foreign debris in the piping a "Roto Rooter" service shall be provided in order to clean the piping. Videotaping / Rooting shall be performed by an independent contractor not related to the plumbing subcontractor. General Contractor shall supervise videotaping /rooting and submit letter verifying all drain lines have been videotaped. 3.8 TESTING A. Prior to installation of fixtures or insulation, pressure test all piping. B. Prior to ordering water softener verify water hardness as follows: 1. Obtain a test vial from Culligan Representative, find a source of water at the site, let water flush for 5 minutes, fill vial, send to Culligan Representative on overnight delivery with date of sample written on vial. 15050 -8 12/09/02 "A.V4tan+q,er, i a w, NORDSTROM — SOUTHCENTER MARKETPLACE CAFE REMODEL (005) TUKWILLA, WASHINGTON SECTION 15050 - BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS 2. At completion of job, 1 week prior to store opening, repeat test with water sample taken from hand sink furthest from softener. 3.9 PROTECTION A. Protect installed fixtures and equipment from damage. B. Protect all drainage, waste and vent piping from entry of foreign debris. Immediately after installation, cap or plug all open pipes with temporary plugs or caps, (duct tape is not acceptable). Cover floor drains and sinks with plywood or metal covers wired to the drain grates. Provide temporary metal screens inside drain grates to catch debris and allow water to flow. Failure to comply with these requirements shall be grounds for the Owner to employ an independent company at the contractor's expense to videotape all piping to verify that it is clean. 3.10 DISINFECTION AND TESTING OF POTABLE WATER SYSTEM A. Potable water systems or any part thereof installed or repaired shall be disinfected in accordance with methods prescribed by the administrative authority. In the event that no method is prescribed, use one of the following: 1. Fill with a solution containing 50 parts per million of available chlorine and allow to stand 6 hours before flushing and returning to service. 2. Fill with a solution containing 100 parts per million of available chlorine and allow to stand 2 hours before flushing and returning to service. B. Submit test results from an independent testing agency attesting that each fixture's water has been tested and the harmful bacteria count are below the level required by the local health department. END OF SECTION 15050 -9 12/09/02 r,,,..,yn+..?.oa.a.�wlA. `�xMV • d it143 * ketfet OHISMi xarwmMa :. PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY NORDSTROM — SOUTHCENTER MARKETPLACE CAFE REMODEL (005) TUKWILLA, WASHINGTON SECTION 15083 - PIPING INSULATION A. Section Includes: Piping insulation on: 1. Domestic hot and cold water supply piping and returns. 2. Steam piping. 3. Steam Condensate piping. 4. Interior storm drain piping. 5. Interior AC Unit condensate drain piping. 6. Vacuum piping. 7. Exposed lavatory drain supply lines. 8. Interior aboveground irrigation piping. B. Related Sections: 1. 15050 - Mechanical Basic Materials and Methods: Piping. 2. 15410 - Plumbing Fixtures: Piping. C. Drawings, the provisions of the Agreement, including bonds and certificates, the General Conditions, and Division 1 specification sections apply to all work of this Section. D. Substitutions: Substitute products will be considered only under the terms and conditions of Section 01600. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Make submittals in accordance with Sections 01330, 01770 and 15010, as applicable. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Perform work in accordance with the general requirements specified in Section 15010. 1.4 SUBCONTRACTOR GUARANTEE A. Furnish Subcontractor Guarantees in accordance with Section 01770. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 PIPING INSULATION A. Manufacturers: One or more of the following. 1. CertainTeed Corporation. 2. Knauf Fiber Glass. 3. Owens Corning. 4. Johns Manville Corporation. B. Hot Water Piping: Fiberglass with vapor barrier jacket. Furnish plastic covers for installation at changes in direction of piping and at all tees and valves. C. Cold Water Piping, Storm Drain Piping, and Interior AC Unit Condensate Drain Piping Serving Rooftop Drain Receptor: Fiberglass dual temperature pipe insulation with white ASJ Cover. D. Fiberglass Pipe Fittings Insulation: Zeston PVC insulated fitting covers for application after pipe insulation is installed, secured with tack fasteners, staples or tape. E. Vapor Barrier Material: White Kraft paper- backed aluminum foil, strength and permeability rating equivalent to adjoining insulation jacketing. 15083 -1 12/09/02 NORDSTROM — SOUTHCENTER MARKETPLACE CAFE REMODEL (005) TUKWILLA, WASHINGTON SECTION 15083 - PIPING INSULATION F. Staples, Bands, Wires and Cement: As recommended by insulation manufacturer for applications indicated. G. Insulation for Lavatory P -Trap and Angle Stop Assemblies: Truebro Lavguard undersink protective pipe covers for accessible fixture traps. Provide cover for drain piping, P -trap, angle valves and supply tubing. Abrasion resistant exterior cover shall be smooth and shall have 1/8" wall minimum thickness over cushioned foam insert, white color. H. Special Requirement for Use of Insulated Material: All PVC fittings and valve covers in air plenums shall have a UL 25/50 rating. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine areas and conditions under which piping insulation will be installed. Do not proceed with work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Install insulation products in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions, and in accordance with recognized industry practices to ensure that insulation serves its intended purpose. B. Install insulation on mechanical systems subsequent to testing and acceptance of tests. C. Install insulation materials with smooth and even surfaces. Insulate each continuous run of piping with full - length units of insulation, with single cut piece to complete run. Do not use pieces or scraps abutting each other. D. Clean and dry mechanical surfaces prior to insulating. Butt insulation joints firmly together to ensure complete and tight fit over surfaces to be covered. Provide oversize hangers around the outside of the insulation with pipe shields to prevent insulation compression. E. Maintain integrity of vapor- barrier jackets on cold piping mechanical insulation, and protect to prevent puncture or other damage. F. Unless otherwise indicated, cover valves, fittings and similar items in each piping system with equivalent thickness and composition or efficiency of insulation as applied to adjoining pipe run. Install factory molded, precut or job fabricated units (at Installer's option) except where specified form or type as indicated. G. Extend mechanical insulation without interruption through walls, floors and similar piping penetrations, except where otherwise indicated. H. Install protective metal shields and insulated saddles wherever needed to prevent compression of insulation. I. Cover insulated surfaces with all- service jacketing neatly fitted and firmly secured. Lap seams at least 2 ". Apply over vapor barrier where applicable. J. Do not insulate equipment, handholes, unions, cleanouts, ASME stamp, and manufacturer's nameplate. Provide neatly beveled edge at interruptions of insulation. K. Tailor /Alterations Equipment Piping: Insulate vacuum, steam and steam condensate piping, including all fittings, and traps. Use valve body kits for shutoff valves. Insulate all vacuum, condensate, safety and blowdown vents from equipment to roof, and drain lines to floor sink. Use removable blankets on traps. Taper insulation at valve stems to allow tightening of stem packing nut. 15083 -2 12/09/02 A.Y.YYRWHk•11. 3.3 SCHEDULE NORDSTROM — SOUTHCENTER MARKETPLACE CAFE REMODEL (005) TUKWILLA, WASHINGTON SECTION 15083 - PIPING INSULATION A. Insulate the following cold plumbing piping system with fiberglass 1/2" thick, concealed; 1" thick exposed with vapor barrier, unless otherwise indicated: 1. Domestic cold water piping including filtered and soft water. Z B. Insulate the following hot plumbing piping systems with fiberglass 1 inch thick with vapor barrier: '. z 1. Domestic hot water piping. ce t 2. Domestic hot water recirculating piping. 6 J0 C. Insulate lavatory drain lines and hot and cold water stops and piping below lavatories with Truebro U p Lavguard. Insulation is not required when an architectural skirt prevents contact with the trap and w supplies. J tu • u_ w 0 END OF SECTION g J u_ c z d w Z = ZO LU U � 0 O 1- w u1 Z 11 O . W Z H = O I 15083 -3 12/09/02 Z PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY NORDSTROM — SOUTHCENTER MARKETPLACE CAFE REMODEL (005) TUKWILLA, WASHINGTON) SECTION 15410 - PLUMBING FIXTURES A. Section Includes: 1. Plumbing fixture installation. 2. Plumbing connections to equipment furnished from other Sections. 3. Condensate drains from air - conditioning units. B. Related Sections: 1. 08310 - Access Doors and Panels: Mixing valve access doors in toilet rooms. 2. 06417 - Molded Plastic Countertops: Coordination. 3. 15010 - Mechanical General Provisions. 4. 15050 - Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods: Piping. 5. 15083 - Piping Insulation. 6. 15700 - Heating Ventilating and Air Conditioning Equipment. C. Drawings, the provisions of the Agreement, including bonds and certificates, the General Conditions, and Division 1 specification sections apply to all work of this Section. 1.2 REFERENCES A. American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME). B. International Association of Plumbing and Mechanical Officials (IAPMO). 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Make submittals in accordance with Sections 01330 and 15010. B. Product Data: Submit complete product literature for each fixture proposed for the work. C. Templates: Submit to appropriate trades for preparation of openings in vanity countertops. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Perform work in accordance with the general requirements specified in Section 15010. B. Standards: All material and workmanship shall comply with applicable local, county, state and national standards. C. Codes: Comply with the applicable Codes of jurisdictional authorities. D. Safety: Comply with all rules and regulations of applicable State Industrial Accident Commission and NFPA 101. E. Provide anchorage and bracing of all plumbing components to meet the requirements of the jurisdictional code authorities. 1.5 MAINTENANCE A. Faucet: Furnish one complete infrared faucet and one infrared sensor control unit, for future replacement. B. Flush Valves: Furnish one 1.6 gal. per flush H.C. toilet infrared flush valve and one 1.0 gal. per flush urinal infrared flush valve. C. Drinking Fountains: Furnish two replacement filter cartridges for each filter installed. D. Deliver replacement components in original factory cartons; include complete parts list packed with each unit. 15410 -1 12/09/02 4M•JaKOr' N'y'JNHnW�I..n.u.H..- ..wM'r'Y�. 1.6 SUBCONTRACTOR GUARANTEE A. Furnish Subcontractor Guarantees in accordance with Section 01770. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 FIXTURES PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION 3.2 INSTALLATION NORDSTROM — SOUTHCENTER MARKETPLACE CAFE REMODEL (005) TUKWILLA, WASHINGTON) SECTION 15410 - PLUMBING FIXTURES A. Furnish fixtures as scheduled on the Drawings. Include all fittings and mounting accessories, as required for a complete and functional installation. 1. P -3 - Lavatories — Self- Rimming: a. American Standard "Aqualyn" 0476.028 or Kohler "Pennington" K -2196; white finish. Include K -7715 grid drain, K -7607 supply with key stop, and K -9000 trap. b. Faucet: Sloan EBF -85A faucet with battery operated solenoid valve utilizing four "C" batteries and "Optima" sensor; chrome plated cast brass, 4" centerset metering faucet; no substitution. B. Mixing Valve: Powers 490 -J thermostatic mixing valve where shown on Drawings. 2.2 ACCESSORIES A. Oil -Free Plumber's Putty: Stainless plastic plumber's putty similar to Hercules Chemical Company "Sta- Put." A. Templates: Submit to stone and /or casework fabricator, as appropriate, for preparation of openings in vanity countertops. A. Fixtures: 1. Install where shown on plans complete with traps, valves, stops and all fittings. 2. Firmly anchor fixtures against movement; locate in center of area allowed. 3. Fixtures shall be completely installed with all fittings and mounting accessories. 4. Run clear water through water lines prior to completion of faucet installations to clear lines of debris. 5. Install floor drains /sinks with 2' x 2' lead or neoprene sheet sealed to lower drainage collar to allow seepage through weep holes. 6. Set fixtures for hand washing to 110 degree F. maximum. B. Install trap primers for floor drains and floor sinks as needed. Use P -trap tap fittings and slope trap primer piping in the direction of flow with no dips or traps. C. Air Chambers: 1. Where water hammer arrestors are not indicated on drawings, install air chambers at the ends on each horizontal runout or the top of each vertical drop to all fixtures in the domestic HW and CW system. 2. Air chambers shall consist of a 1' long x 3/4" capped copper pipe at the high point, or as required by the local plumbing jurisdiction. 3. When multiple fixtures are installed on the same runout, single piston type arrestors, as specified, may be installed in lieu of air chambers if sized per the water hammer arrestor manufacturer's criteria. END OF SECTION 15410 -2 12/09/02 NORDSTROM — SOUTHCENTER MARKETPLACE CAFE REMODEL (005) TUKWILLA, WASHINGTON SECTION 16010 - ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: General requirements for all Sections of Division 16. B. Related Sections: General requirements for all Sections of Division 16. C. The Drawings, provisions of the Agreement, including bonds and certificates, the General Conditions, and Division 1 specification sections apply to all work of this Section. 1.2 DESCRIPTION OF ELECTRICAL CONTRACT WORK A. Electrical work includes all labor, materials, tools, equipment, and services as required to accommodate the renovation work, including, but not limited to: 1. Additions to existing branch - circuit wiring system for, receptacles and junction boxes. 2. Wall switches, receptacles, and other devices as shown on the Drawings. 3. Telephone and data system conduit. Include all conduit indicated on the plans. Include pull strings in all conduits. Cabling provided under separate contract. 4. Include low voltage plaster rings and pull strings for all data, voice, sound, security, and fire alarm system device unless noted otherwise. 5. Final connections to all equipment supplied by others or under other Divisions. 6. Wiring and equipment installation, connection and termination of all equipment described in Section 15945. 7. All related supplementary and miscellaneous appurtenances and devices. 1.3 CONNECTION TO EQUIPMENT FURNISHED UNDER OTHER DIVISIONS OF THESE SPECIFICATIONS A. General: Provide wiring, conduit, switches, and boxes as required to make final connection to all miscellaneous equipment and machinery furnished and set in place under other Sections of these specifications, including but not limited to food service equipment. B. Food Service Equipment: 1. Provide electrical service in accordance with the Equipment Schedule. 2. Make final connections per approved shop drawings and requirements of City of Tukwila Electrical Inspector to make equipment operable. 3. Install conduit, utilities, etc., to conserve space within fixture and conceal conduit when possible. Coordinate with the kitchen equipment installer. 4. Make connections in accordance with the instructions and recommendations of the equipment manufacturer and compliant with U.L. listing and labeling. 5. Rewire all equipment that is furnished with cord set that is not properly color- coded. 6. Locate devices per food service rough -in drawings. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Make submittals as specified below, and in accordance with Sections 01330 and 01770, as appropriate. B. Submit complete product data and shop drawings for each system, and a schedule of panel groups within 30 days after signed contract. C. Product Data: 1. Submit for all products furnished in other Division 16 Sections. 2. Submit in booklet form with data arranged under basic categories. Include a typewritten index with dividers and identifying tabs between sections and references to Section of the Specifications. 16010 -1 12/09/02 .......,... »er: ,., «Mnrc∎,;winv. nrnPh•nr.ezt6; cwrr.04,,Mg ^'°m. ..4 NORDSTROM — SOUTHCENTER MARKETPLACE CAFE REMODEL (005) TUKWILLA, WASHINGTON SECTION 16010 - ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS 3. Provide 4 identical copies of a complete equipment material list with the item or model to be used clearly marked, showing ratings where appropriate for approval and coordination. Indicate substitute items separately. D. Shop Drawings: Submit as required in other Division 16 Sections. E. Quality Assurance Submittals: Submit reports on all tests required under this Section. Include copies in Operation and Maintenance Manual. F. Contract Closeout Submittals: 1. Electrical record drawings. 2. Operation and Maintenance Manuals for electrical systems. Include the following. a. Copies of all test reports. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Equipment Supplier Qualifications: All equipment suppliers shall have continuously represented products supplied for a minimum of 3 years. B. Codes: Comply with requirements of the code authorities having jurisdiction. 1.6 COORDINATION A. Completely coordinate with work of all other trades related to electrical work. B. Coordinate electrical work to avoid conflicts with the following prior to commencing installation. Adjust electrical work to avoid conflicts whenever possible. Verify the following before installing work; notify the Architect of all un- resolvable conflicts. 1. The electrical characteristics of existing food service equipment scheduled for removal and reinstallation. 2. Locations of ceilings. 3. Door swings. 4. Millwork and millwork details. 5. Windows and other openings. 6. Locations of all wall covering and of wainscots in stock rooms. 7. Locations and extent of all rated walls and enclosures. 8. Stone and other special finish materials. 9. Restaurant casework 10. Access requirements for HVAC equipment and accessories C. Interference With Other Systems: Placement of elements in ceiling plenums shall be coordinated among the various trades according to the following order of precedence, with the first having highest priority: 1. Light fixtures. 2. Floor outlets. 3. Sprinkler heads. 4. Ductwork. 5. Drainage piping. 6. Other piping, electrical conduit, and low voltage wiring systems. D. Electrical drawings are generally diagrammatic, and complete details of the building which affect the electrical installation are not shown. For additional details, coordinate with the existing building drawings and Architectural, Structural, Mechanical, Sprinkler Fire Protection, Restaurant, Kitchen, and separate Nordstrom casework drawings. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT A. Electrical equipment shall be as specified in the other Division 16 Sections. 16010 -2 12/09/02 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION 3.2 PREPARATION NORDSTROM — SOUTHCENTER MARKETPLACE CAFE REMODEL (005) TUKWILLA, WASHINGTON SECTION 16010 - ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS B. All equipment shall be UL labeled. C. Each piece of equipment shall be supplied as a complete unit in accordance with the manufacturer's standard specifications and shall include all optional items required for proper installation unless otherwise noted. D. All equipment shall be regularly catalogued items of the manufacturer and shall have been in use for at least 3 years. E. Do not use equipment exceeding the dimensions indicated. A. Prior to starting electrical work, carefully inspect installed work of other trades and verify that such work is complete to the point where work may properly commence. Notify the Architect in writing of conditions detrimental to the proper and timely completion of the work. B. Do not begin installation until all unsatisfactory conditions are resolved. Beginning work constitutes acceptance of conditions as satisfactory. C. Electrical Site Review: 1. Prior to Bid, visit the project site to verify the following items that may not be shown on the plans, but must be removed, relocated, altered, or modified to accommodate the demolition and new construction work associated with this project: a. Existing electrical equipment and devices. b. Existing branch circuits and electrical feeders. c. Existing telephone service conduit, cabling, and equipment. d. Existing Fire Alarm and Detection System. e. Existing in -floor devices and conduit. 2. Include in Bid Proposal, the costs associated with: a. Removing all existing electrical devices and equipment not scheduled for reuse. b. Relocating, or maintaining service to, existing electrical equipment or devices that must remain operational, and not scheduled for removal. c. Modifying and re- supporting existing branch circuits, feeders, and raceway that must remain in service. d. Removing existing branch circuits, feeders, and raceway not scheduled for reuse. e. Modifying, relocating, and re- supporting existing telephone service conduit, cabling, and equipment that must remain operational. f. Removing all existing in -floor devices, and removing the associated conductors back to the point of service. A. Coordinate and install blockouts in construction as work progresses. Do not interfere with reinforcing steel. 3.3 GENERAL INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS A. Install electrical work as indicated, in accordance with the general requirements specified in this Section, and in accordance with the specific requirements specified in the other Division 16 Sections. B. General Equipment Installation Requirements: 1. Install electrical equipment in accordance with the manufacturer's installation instructions unless specified otherwise. 2. Maintain minimum equipment clearances as indicated or required by code. 16010 -3 12/09/02 . :us.2:.nia. urxnG�`.ti:�; .: u;ax...µ.�:}:�ti „.. , .+nrx0ra `W∎BY AU. !VSWOKOMIeni0VMmmo Vi, NORDSTROM — SOUTHCENTER MARKETPLACE CAFE REMODEL (005) TUKWILLA, WASHINGTON SECTION 16010 - ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS C. Cutting and Patching: 1. All cutting, patching and core drilling required to accomplish the work under this Division shall be performed by the General Contractor, limited in scope to only that which is necessary to accomplish the new work. 2. The cost for all cutting, patching and core drilling done by the General Contractor to accommodate the electrical work shall be borne by the electrical subcontractor. Include a cost allowance in the Electrical Bid. 3. Furnish cutting, patching, equipment curb or base requirements to the General Contractor well in advance of work. 4. Cutting of structural members shall be done only with Architect approval. 5. Saw cut or core drill openings in concrete. D. General Requirements for Outlet Locations: 1. Outlet locations shown are approximate unless dimensioned. Verify exact location before installation. 2. Check outlet location with the Architectural, Interior, Mechanical, and Food Service Drawings, and coordinate with the various other affected trades to assure no conflict exists between the electrical outlets and work of other trades. 3. Where indicated for mounting on columns, all outlets, including telephone, sensor, and data communications boxes, shall be mounted on the centerline or symmetrical about the centerline of the column face. 4. The Owner reserves the right to make reasonable changes in outlet locations without additional expense. E. General Anchorage Requirements: 1. Make no attachments which will impair the integrity of structural members. 2. Do not support work from any acoustical ceiling suspension system, HVAC, plumbing, or sprinkler system components. F. General Requirements for Racks, Stands, and Supports: 1. Provide all racks, stands and supports for equipment and work as required. 2. Unless specified or indicated otherwise in other Division 16 Sections, fabricate racks and supports from steel angle or channels cut to fit neatly. Weld or bolt securely into place. 3. Design, attach, and anchor racks, stands and supports to resist vertical and lateral loads required by Code, including seismic. 4. Verify location of sprinkler piping, ductwork and plumbing piping and fully coordinate installation of light fixtures with other trades prior to installation of racks. G. Firestopping: Specified in Section 07840. H. Replace all fireproofing damaged or removed during the course of electrical work to maintain the fire resistive ratings. I. Identification and Labeling: 1. Equip each new and existing distribution and branch circuit panel with a typewritten directory accurately indicating rooms and /or equipment being served, including the main switchboard. Note all disconnects in switchboard as main disconnect #1, etc., or as to the panel or equipment they serve. Labels shall be installed at least one month before store turn over. Place in a clear plastic sleeve fixed to the interior of the door. 2. Branch Circuits: Make use of all standard colors on branch circuits. Identify emergency circuits in red throughout. Where groups of different systems junction in a common box, group each cable with its own system and identify, using tags or identification strips. Label cover plates with circuit numbers. 3. Provide tag for each conductor in panels, gutters, wireway, and boxes to identify conductor and circuit number. 4. Label each J box with circuits contained, on the inside face of the J box cover in finished areas and on cover in unfinished areas. 5. 3 -Phase Systems: On all 3 -phase systems, identify each phase at all terminals using code markers. n 16010 -4 12/09/02 NORDSTROM — SOUTHCENTER MARKETPLACE CAFE REMODEL (005) TUKWILLA, WASHINGTON SECTION 16010 - ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS 6. Disconnects and Control Stations: Mark all disconnects and control stations controlling remote equipment to identify the device being controlled. Marking shall be engraved lamacoid with minimum 1/2" white letters on a black background. Write circuit numbers inside the disconnect or control stations noting circuit contained. 7. At least 2 weeks prior to project completion, permanently attach to the inside cover of each panel an updated copy of the record panel schedule. Panel schedule shall show the list of contactors associated with each panel. 3.4 CONDUIT CLEANING A. After conduit has been installed, conduit shall be cleared of debris, moisture, and cleaned. B. Conduit shall be tested for obstructions and flattening by pulling a mandrel of appropriate size through the conduit. C. Cleaning of conduit shall be performed by drawing a brush with stiff bristles and a swab through each conduit. Perform swabbing until conduit is clean and dry. 3.5 ADJUSTING A. Adjust all auxiliary systems for optimum performance. B. Adjust all Tight fixture beam patterns as directed by the Owner. 3.6 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. During the course of construction, and again approximately 3 weeks prior to Substantial Completion, verify the following for proper operation, and conduct tests, as indicated. 1. Check ground system. 2. GFCI Receptacles. 3. Tests as required by jurisdictional authorities as prerequisite to Certificate of Occupancy. 4. Tests as required under other Division 16 specification Sections. B. Except as otherwise approved by the Owner, all other testing performed after scheduled store substantial completion shall be performed outside of normal working hours. Coordinate scheduling of tests with the Owner. 3.7 CLEANUP A. Leave all equipment clean and ready for use. Protect all equipment from damage during construction. Leave in new appearance. All enclosures (i.e. - switchgear, electrical panels, disconnects, contactors, etc.) shall be vacuumed to remove all dust and debris. Wipe faces of all panels, contactors, etc., so they are free of dirt and touch up paint where marred. All equipment shall be protected during construction from water, dust and debris. Equipment not protected shall be replaced at Electrical Contractor's expense. B. Remove all labels, paint, plaster, dirt, etc., from the fixtures, equipment and piping. END OF SECTION 16010 -5 12/09/02 IinW�vp,^Mw!rvNn PART 1 - GENERAL NORDSTROM — SOUTHCENTER MARKETPLACE CAFE REMODEL (005) TUKWILLA, WASHINGTON SECTION 16050 - BASIC ELECTRICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS 1.1 SUMMARY zz A. Section Includes: Requirements for installation of wiring and conduit systems. H re ILI B. Related Sections: General requirements for all Sections of Division 16. 6 D JU C. Drawings, the provisions of the Agreement, including bonds and certificates, the General Conditions, v o and Division 1 specification sections apply to all work of this Section. w w 1.2 SUBMITTALS u I- w0 A. Make submittals in accordance with Section 16010, as appropriate. B. Submit product data for panelboards and all other electrical devices. Submit within 30 days after 1 5 u-¢ electrical subcontract award. N a w = C. Closeout Submittals: 1— _ 1. Submit documentation that hose testing has been performed on all conduit penetrations through z 1-- waterproof membranes and exterior building envelope. Include location, time, and date of test, z O results, and remedies, as appropriate. w • w 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE U 0 O N A . Fire Rated Systems: Maintain the integrity of fireproofing materials and systems and of rated 01— partitions and floors at all electrical penetrations. w • W PART2- PRODUCTS u- 0 ui 2.1 CONDUIT, RACEWAY, AND WIREWAY U O ~ A. Conduit Materials: 1. Electrical Metallic Tubing (EMT): Cold- rolled steel tubing with a zinc- coating on the outside and a protective enamel coating on the inside; ETP or approved. Fittings shall meet the following requirements: a. Same finish and materials as EMT. b. Approved by the Underwriter's Laboratories. c. Listed as concrete -tight with insulated throat. d. Compression -ring, rain -tight and concrete - tight. e. EMT set screw type connectors shall be all steel one -piece concrete tight with insulated throat. Cast fittings are not acceptable. 2. Liquid -tight Flexible Conduit: Galvanized steel with continuous copper content or separate copper conductor and extruded polyvinyl covering and with water -tight connectors. 3. Flexible Conduit: Galvanized steel with continuous copper content or separate copper conductor. Fittings screw wedge type. B. Surface Raceway: Include all couplings, elbows, and boxes. Size to accommodate required number of conductors. Wiremold, or approved equal. 2.2 BOXES A. Switch and Receptacle Boxes for Concealed Wiring: Hot - dipped galvanized; 4 inches square and a minimum depth of 1 -1/2" unless otherwise indicated; furnish bar hangers for metal stud partitions; furnish with suitable extensions and plaster rings. B. Pull and Junction Boxes: Code -sized galvanized steel boxes provided with plain blank removable covers held in place with screws unless otherwise indicated. 16050 -1 12/09/02 ,„.A N,00.4 , c emoxfi osoevefo :~A.,....- .o.... . Ma wwai ru«r snn vets ey id/ hPiY ¢$lThM1a 4 EA}t t•5 i ?R IR Device Type Rating Hubbell No. Leviton No. Bryant No. General Duplex 20A/125V HBL 5352 5362A 5362 GFI Duplex 20A/125V, 5ma trip HBL GF5362 6898HG GFR53FT NORDSTROM — SOUTHCENTER MARKETPLACE CAFE REMODEL (005) TUKWILLA, WASHINGTON SECTION 16050 - BASIC ELECTRICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS C. Conduit Bodies: Cadmium - plated conduit fittings, cast ferrous metal type; obround series, with sharp clean threads. 2.3 WIRE AND CABLE A. Wire and Cable for 600 Volts and Below: Single conductor, soft drawn copper with 600 volt insulation, UL listed. 1. For Feeders and Branch Circuits: type THHN, THWN, XHHW OR XHHN. 2. Size: Wire size #8 AWG and larger shall be stranded. Wire size #10 AWG and smaller shall be solid. Use no wire smaller than #12 AWG, except as follows: a. Smaller size wire may be used only where specifically indicated. b. No. 14 AWG may be used for pilot control and signal circuits. 3. Size conductors to limit voltage drop to NEC requirements. B. Color Coding: Color code all conductors in accord with NEC as follows: 1. Color code all wiring. 2. Use the following colors in lighting and power wiring: 120/208 Volt 277/480 Volt Phase A Black Brown Phase B Red Orange Phase C Blue Yellow Neutrals White Gray 3. Color coding of ends only will be acceptable for feeder phase and neutral conductors. C. Low Voltage Cable: Refer to individual Sections for cable specifications and color of outer jacket. 2.4 WIRING DEVICES A. Each type of wiring device shall be the product of a single manufacturer and shall be similar in appearance. B. Receptacles and switches shall be of colors as specified in 2.04, D below. Project shall contain devices only as scheduled in columns below: Bryant shall utilize a Hubbell tamperproof device. C. Coverplates: Interior (Typical): Specification grade thermoplastic (not nylon), unless specified otherwise; colors as scheduled, where not scheduled, furnish ivory color against light finishes, dark brown against dark brown finishes. D. Color Schedule: 1. Except where indicated otherwise, provide ivory device /ivory coverplate. 2. Exposed Junction Boxes: Blank stainless steel coverplate. 3. Primed or Fire Taped Walls: Ivory device /stainless steel coverplate. 4. Millwork/Casework: Black device /black coverplate on dark stains; ivory device /ivory coverplate on light stains. E. 208V, 1 and 3 phase Receptacles: NEMA number as noted on drawings. 2.5 PANELBOARDS A. Lighting and Power Panels: Existing to be revised. B. Molded Case Circuit Breakers: Provide factory- assembled molded case circuit breakers for switchboards, panelboards; and for individual mounting , as directed. Provide breakers of amperage, 16050 -2 12/09/02 PART 3 - EXECUTION NORDSTROM — SOUTHCENTER MARKETPLACE CAFE REMODEL (005) TUKWILLA, WASHINGTON SECTION 16050 - BASIC ELECTRICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS . --. voltage and RMS interrupting rating shown, with permanent thermal trip and adjustable instantaneous magnetic trip in each pole. Construct with overcenter, trip -free, toggle type operating mechanisms with quick -made, quick -break action and positive handle indication. Construct breakers for mounting and operation in any physical position and in an ambient temperature of 40 degrees C. Provide with mechanical screw type removable connector lugs, AL /CU rated, of proper size to accommodate conductors specified. C. Disconnect Switches: Disconnect switches shall be general duty, horsepower rated safety switches, fused or nonfused, in NEMA -1 enclosures or 3R, enclosures, rated at 250 volts or 600 volts. Refer to plans for indication of fused or nonfused switches. Furnish raintight where noted. D. Interrupting Rating: All new circuit breakers and fusible switches shall be fully rated. The rated system shall be UL recognized and all components shall be marked with the interrupting rating by the manufacturer. Refer to electrical plans for available fault current levels. E. Boxes: Boxes shall be made of Code gage steel heavily galvanized and painted, with a hinged door or screwed coverplate. F. Provide labeling for panelboards as specified in Section 16010. 2.6 DRY TYPE TRANSFORMERS A. Existing to remain. 2.7 MISCELLANEOUS ACCESSORIES A. Conduit Support Components: 1. Beam Clamps: Suitable for structural members and conditions. 2. Rods: Galvanized steel or cadmium - plated threaded rods; 1/4" diameter minimum. 3. All conduit connectors, couplings, etc. shall be steel. Zinc die cast not allowed. B. Hanger fasteners: Provide inserts or fasteners to attach hangers to structure. 1. Conform to general anchorage requirements specified in Section 16010. 2. Do not use drilled or explosive driven inserts in precast - prestressed concrete construction. C. Firestopping: As specified in Section 07840. D. Pull -in Lubricant: Powdered soapstone or Minerallac Pull -In Compound or approved; do not use cable pulling lubricant compound containing petroleum or other products which may deteriorate insulation. E. Insulating Tape: Approved electrical plastic or self- curing laminated rubber type. F. Bridle Rings: Caddy #4BRT #32 /RC -200 or equal. Sized as needed to support required number of cables in pathway. 3.1 CONDUIT INSTALLATION A. Install metallic conduit system for the connection of all outlet boxes, disconnects, junction boxes, panelboards, cabinets, etc., as indicated on the drawings. B. Routing: Coordinate space and installation requirements for electrical work indicated diagramatically on the drawings. Follow routing shown for lines as closely as practicable. Make runs parallel with the lines of the building. Utilize spaces efficiently to maximize accessibility for other installation and repairs. C. All conduit subjected to rough usage shall be removed from the premises upon notice. D. All conduit shall be kept dry and free of water or debris with approved pipe plugs or caps. Thoroughly clean and dry out conduits prior to conductor installation. 16050 -3 SAMMY .* r..tr∎ r nk.1^.ij.X41C}!; 4. 12/09/02 NORDSTROM — SOUTHCENTER MARKETPLACE CAFE REMODEL (005) TUKWILLA, WASHINGTON SECTION 16050 - BASIC ELECTRICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS E. In suspended ceilings support conduit runs from structure, not ceiling supports system. Keep minimum 12" above suspended ceiling. F. All conduits, where they enter panelboards, pull boxes, or outlet boxes, shall be secured in place by galvanized locknuts and bushings; one locknut outside and one Iocknut inside of box with bushing on conduit end. Tighten locknuts against the box without deforming the box. All bushings shall be of the insulation type. Bushings shall have the insulating material permanently fastened to the fittings. G. All conduit stubs shall have bushed ends. H. Conduit Applications: 1. Electrical metallic tubing (EMT) may be used in all above grade, dry and non - corrosive environments where not exposed to hard abuse. 2. Flexible Conduit: a. Flexible conduit shall be used for connection of motor terminal boxes to conduit stubs, connection of control equipment requiring piping (such as solenoid valves, pressure controls, aquastats, pneumatic - electric relays, etc.), connection of vibration dampened transformers, and connection of lighting fixtures and moveable equipment to adjacent junction boxes, and sprinkler tamper & flow switches. b. Where motors are mounted on sliding bases, the flexible connection shall be of sufficient (minimum 12 ") length to allow full travel of motor or base. c. Liquid - Tight flexible conduit shall be used in wet locations. 3. MC Cable — See Section 16125. 1. Penetrations Through Other Construction: 1. Provide seals in conduit passing through refrigeration equipment per NEC. 2. Conduits that penetrate rated wall or floor assemblies shall be fire stopped to maintain the rating of the assembly. Firestopping is specified in Section 07840. J. Bending: Make all field bends with standard tools and equipment manufactured especially for this purpose. K. Pull Wire: Install a pull wire in all empty conduits. L. Running Threads: 1. The use of running threads is prohibited, and where some such device is necessary, use split coupling, O.Z. Type SP Erickson coupling or equal. 2. Where watertight conduit installation is required, use watertight conduit unions. M. Separation: Maintain a minimum separation of 6" between conduits and hot water lines. N. Stubs: Locate accurately. Note these by dimension on record drawings. O. Supports: 1. Provide independent support for all conduit. 2. In both horizontal and vertical conduit runs, place supports at maximum 10' intervals, within 3' of a bend, and at every outlet or junction box. 3. Do not use perforated strap hangers to support conduit. 4. Limit load on a single hanger to 25 pounds maximum. 5. Multiple Runs: a. Where a number of conduits are to be run exposed and parallel with each other, group conduits and support by trapeze hangers. b. Fasten hanger rods to structural members with suitable beam clamps or to overhead structural floor deck with concrete inserts. Comply with Section 01450 requirements for attachment to composite metal deck. c. Clamp each conduit to the trapeze hanger with conduit clamps. 6. Single Runs: a. Where conduits are run individually, support by approved pipe straps, secured by means of toggle bolts on hollow masonry; lead expansion shields and screws or standard preset load 16050 -4 12/09/02 .,,,..,.- � mss. a ro�rwa�+ ��' Ytvw „c��asab >�M2!igt1�YTC^'iv�yl. Apt^ 4�* is�n;,:'. Pg5V5' Y.^-'+? 7Y+ L�rl diiYl..itk�dsfi +d4ut�x^.!r��':d5 NORDSTROM — SOUTHCENTER MARKETPLACE CAFE REMODEL (005) TUKWILLA, WASHINGTON SECTION 16050 - BASIC ELECTRICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS inserts in concrete or solid masonry; machine screws or bolts on metal surface; and wood screws or sheet metal screws on wood construction. b. Conduits installed exposed on the surface in damp locations or in refrigeration areas shall be provided with clamp backs under each conduit clamp to prevent accumulation of moisture around the conduits. z Q • 3.2 CONDUCTORS w o: A. Pulling -In: 1. Thoroughly blow -out or vacuum out and clean each conduit run and floor box before pulling -in v v0 conductors. Install no wires or cables until incomplete construction which might damage w p insulation has been completed. co w 2. Conduit runs and floor boxes shall be free of water and debris. 3. Use no mechanical means of pulling unless approved otherwise. u.. 4. Lead end lengths in cabinets or pull and outlet boxes shall be of sufficient length to maintain w O proper spacing of connections or splicing. 2 5. Conductors shall be continuous from outlet to outlet, pull box or cabinet. Splices will not be ga permitted in any panel or disconnect. 6. After conductors have been installed, provide protection to ensure that conduit and boxes remain N CJ free of water and debris. H = z �. B. Splices: ..,.0 1. Splices shall join conductors with an electrically and mechanically secure connection. w �-- 2. Splices and taps for smaller than #6 AWG wire shall be made with insulated conical spring -type connectors. v o 3. Splices and taps for #6 AWG wire and larger shall be made with compression connectors with O prestretched insulation to equal insulation of wire being used. o 4. Splices will not be permitted in any panel or disconnect. = w C. Insulating Tape: Apply tightly with a minimum of three half - lapped layers. w 0 w z D. Conductors in Panels: Neatly group and form conductors in panels, switchgear, and terminal cabinets U N in a manner to fan into terminals with regular spacing by using tie wraps. ~ i O E. Label conductors as specified in Section 16010. Z 3.3 BRANCH CIRCUIT WIRING A. Drawings: Drawings accompanying specifications indicate general direction and routes of branch circuit home runs. Continue all home runs to panel as though routes were completely indicated. Install branch circuit wiring in home runs exactly as shown on Drawings. All conduit shall be run concealed wherever possible. Verify location of all exposed conduit with Architect before installation. Homeruns shall not be combined. B. Branch Circuit Wiring: Install branch Circuit wiring with identical (white) neutrals and color -coded phase wires; splice with pressure type connections. Tape joints with covering or rubber tape equal in thickness to conductor insulation followed by outer covering friction tape of vinyl tape equal to Scotch #33. C. Outlet Boxes: 1. Set outlet boxes flush with finish surface and straight and true; plates and covers true and plumb, touching the surrounding surface on all sides. 2. Junction or outlet boxes above ceiling shall be accessible when ceiling is removed. 3. All outlet boxes in walls to be two gang with single gang mud ring to match thickness of GWB. 4. Securely fasten outlet boxes independent of structure, accurately aligned with flush surfaces of walls and ceilings, with conduits entering boxes at right angles. Secure to metal studs with 4 sheet metal screws. D. Wire Sizing: Use no wire smaller than #12 AWG for lighting or power wiring, except where specifically indicated on the Drawings. 16050 -5 12/09/02 E. Wire Size: NORDSTROM — SOUTHCENTER MARKETPLACE CAFE REMODEL (005) TUKWILLA, WASHINGTON SECTION 16050 - BASIC ELECTRICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS Length of run to panel 0' to 100' #12 AWG 100' to 150' #10 AWG 150' to 200' #8 AW G 3.4 JUNCTION BOX INSTALLATION G. Paint all boxes for emergency lighting red in color. 3.5 INSTALLATION OF DEVICES 3.6 GROUNDING AND BONDING 3.7 LOW VOLTAGE CABLE INSTALLATION Wire size Circuit size 16050 -6 20 amp 20 amp 20 amp A. Install pull and junction boxes as shown, or as necessary to facilitate pulling of wire and to limit the number of bends to meet code requirements. Boxes located in public spaces shall be subject to review by the Architect. B. Boxes shall be independently supported from structure and be permanently accessible. Install to face of finished surface when recessed. C. Boxes of Tess than 100 cu. in. capacity shall comply with requirements for outlet boxes; larger boxes shall comply with requirements for cabinets, except covers may be the same metal thickness as the box, secured by not Tess than four machine screws. D. Furnish cast metal boxes with gasketed covers in damp or exposed locations and as otherwise shown. E. Secure conduits to boxes with single locknut and a bushing inside the J box, or by a minimum of five threads in conduit hubs. F. The drawings do not necessarily show every pull or junction box required. The Contractor is permitted to add, at his expense, all boxes he deems desirable, subject to approval of location by the Architect. A. Furnish and install all wiring devices as indicated on the drawings, described herein, or as necessary for a complete job. B. Outlets: Flush mount all outlets, straight and plumb, heights as follows unless indicated otherwise on the drawings. All dimensions are to centerline of device: 1. Switches: 48 inches above floor or just above wainscot. Verify height of wainscot before installing switches. 2. Receptacles and Telephone Outlets: 18 inches above floor, unless over equipment or counters, or as otherwise indicated. 3. Install all receptacles with ground slot facing up. A. General 1. Ground Cafe electrical device to existing distribution system per NEC requirements. 2. Provide an equipment grounding conductor in every raceway sized in accordance with NEC 250- 122 (1999). Provide copper conductors in all branch circuit raceways. Provide copper or aluminum conductors in feeder raceways to match phase conductor material. Run grounding conductor inside same raceway as circuit conductors. A. Open Cable Support installation: 1. This contractor shall furnish and install all supports for cables specified in this section. 2. Cable supports shall be spaced no further than 7' -6 "apart. 3. Provide all additional cable management products, sleeves or conduit raceways as required to protect exposed cabling and complete the installation of cables in a neat workmanlike manner. 4. All floor penetrations shall be at columns, exterior walls or equipment rooms. 12/09/02 ,.. ., n. ^.:t:W�N'! vii ';�i`1�.�= ,rhf'!'lXi+{._` :9'•'.ie:t�e4d�..i •me.rvefis[rna!C+ 1x4:1 "•wikik 'tWb! 5. Cable supports shall be installed as tight to underside of deck as possible using a rigid support method (i.e.: threaded rod, beam clamps, etc) do not use ceiling wire. 6. Do not support cables from ductwork, sprinkler piping, water piping, waste piping, conduit, or other system supports. B. Cable Installation: 1. All cables shall be bundled using plenum rated ties 7' -6" on center (at mid - span). 2. Maintain the following distances between cables and other building systems: a. One (1) foot from fluorescent lights. b. Four (4) foot from motors and transformers c. Three (3) foot from hot water piping or other mechanical equipment. d. One (1) foot from electrical conduits or other electrical equipment. 3. Remove the minimum amount of cable insulation required to complete that cable termination. 4. All cable below 10' -0" AFF shall be in conduit or run -in stud cavity. 5. All low voltage cables shall be run exposed as "open cable" in ceiling spaces and ceiling plenums. 6. All low voltage cables shall be run parallel or at right angles to building structural framework. Do not run cables diagonally across ceiling space. 7. Run all low voltage cables in continuous runs from termination locations at equipment or outlet locations; splices are not permitted. Label all cables at each termination. See drawings for label designations. 8. Fire seal around all cables running through rated floors and walls in accordance with requirements of Section 07840. 9. Install cables per manufacturer's recommendations including but not limited to maximum tensile loading and maximum bend radius. 3.8 TELEPHONE /DATA CONDUITS A. Provide conduit for data /telephone cables as indicated on the drawings. B. Leave pull wire in all empty telephone conduit. C. Mark conduit stub outs with "T ". D. All conduit stub outs shall have a bushing on the conduit stub. Cut stubs off within 2 inches of wall surfaces. 3.9 SECURITY TELEVISION CONDUITS A. Existing to remain. 3.10 SECURITY ALARM CONDUIT SYSTEM A. Existing to remain. 3.11 CONNECTIONS TO EQUIPMENT FURNISHED UNDER OTHER DIVISIONS A. Provide wiring, conduit, switches and boxes as required to make final connection to all miscellaneous equipment and machinery furnished and set in place by others or under other Divisions of these specifications, including, but not limited to the following: 1. Food Service Equipment 2. Display casework electrical components. B. Provide all conduit and low voltage wiring required to activate HVAC controls, and energy management and control systems components installed by other Sections. Refer to Section 15900 and 15995 for controls and EMCS requirements. C. Refer to drawings for equipment and device locations. NORDSTROM — SOUTHCENTER MARKETPLACE CAFE REMODEL (005) TUKWILLA, WASHINGTON SECTION 16050 - BASIC ELECTRICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS END OF SECTION 16050 -7 12/09/02 PART1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY 1.3 SUBMITTALS NORDSTROM — SOUTHCENTER MARKETPLACE CAFE REMODEL (005) TUKWILLA, WASHINGTON SECTION 16125 - METAL CLAD FLEXIBLE CABLE - COPPER A. Section Includes: 1. Metal clad (MC) cable with copper conductors. 2. MC connectors. B. Related Sections: 1. 16010 - Electrical General Provisions. 2. 16050 - Basic Electrical Materials and Methods: Conduit, boxes, and identification. C. Drawings, the provisions of the Agreement, including bonds and certificates, the General Conditions, and Division 1 specification sections apply to all work of this Section. D. Substitutions: Substitute products will be considered only under the terms and conditions of Section 01600. 1.2 REFERENCES A. Underwriter's Laboratories, Inc. (UL): 1. UL -83 - Standard for Thermoplastic Insulated Cables. 2. UL -1569 - Standard for Type MC Cables. A. Make submittals in accordance with Sections 01330 and 16010. B. Product Data: Manufacturer's product data for cable and connectors, including construction details and UL "E" number. C. Shop Drawings: Submit two sets of floorplans to define extent of cable trays, and location of all gutters and wireways. D. Installation Instructions: Indicate application conditions and limitations of use, if any. E. Test Reports: Submit UL test report for MC cable. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Metal clad cable shall be constructed in strict accordance with UL 1569. The cable shall bear the UL label and manufacturer's "E" number. B. Code Compliance: Comply with the following sections of the NEC (NFPA 70 /ANSI): 1. Article 334, Metal Clad Cable. 2. Article 250 F, Types of Equipment Grounding Conductors. 3. Article 300- 22(b), Ducts or Plenums Used for Environmental Air. 4. Article 318, cable trays. C. Manufacturer: Experienced in the manufacturer of products specified in this Section with minimum 5 years experience. D. Acceptable Sizes for MC Cable: 12/2 through 12/9; 10/2 through 10/ 9 and shall contain copper conductors only, no aluminum allowed. 16125 -1 12/09/02 at` PART2 PRODUCTS 2.1 METAL CLAD CABLE A. Furnish one of the following, or approved equal: 1. "Corra Clad" by Interflex, Division of Coleman Cable. 2. AFC Cable Systems Inc., New Bedford, Massachusetts. 3. "Armorlite" by .Alflex, Long Beach, California. B. Metal Clad Cable: 1. Conductors: Copper; solid or stranded. 2. Insulation: Thermoplastic (THHN) or equivalent; voltage rating 600V; temperature rating 90 3. Armor: Aluminum; corrugated or smooth tube; continuous sheath. 4. Jacket: None unless otherwise indicated. 5. This specification recognizes only MC cable; BX, AC, and /or other types of cable are not acceptable. 6. Cable used to serve isolated ground receptacles or item served from isolated ground panels shall contain both an isolated ground wire and an equipment ground wire. Each isolated ground circuit shall have its own individual isolated ground wire. 7. Cable serving dedicated neutral circuits shall contain an individual neutral for each circuit. 8. Cable shall be fire rated, 1 hour minimum or higher as required by specific installation area, UL listed, rated for use in cable tray, and for use in environmental air plenums. 9. Cable shall contain a separate neutral for every 3 circuits. 2.2 CONNECTORS NORDSTROM — SOUTHCENTER MARKETPLACE CAFE REMODEL (005) TUKWILLA, WASHINGTON SECTION 16125 - METAL CLAD FLEXIBLE CABLE - COPPER A. Manufacturer: One of the following, or approved equal: 1. Appleton. 2. Crouse - Hinds. 3. Electroline. 4. Regal. 5. Thomas & Betts. B. Furnish only UL listed MC connectors manufactured for smooth or corrugated sheath; "Romex" and "BX" connectors are not acceptable. C. Connectors shall be steel with insulated throat. Zinc die cast not allowed. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION AND PREPARATION A. Prior to starting work, carefully inspect installed work of other trades and verify that such work is complete to the point where work of this Section may properly commence. Notify the Architect in writing of conditions detrimental to the proper and timely completion of the work. B. Do not begin installation until all unsatisfactory conditions are resolved. Beginning work constitutes acceptance of site conditions and responsibility for defective installation caused by prior observable conditions. C. Take special care to prevent damage to fireproofing during cable installation work. 3.2 WIRING METHODS A. Uses Permitted: 1. Concealed dry interior locations. 2. Above accessible ceilings. 16125 -2 12/09/02 NORDSTROM — SOUTHCENTER MARKETPLACE CAFE REMODEL (005) TUKWILLA, WASHINGTON SECTION 16125 - METAL CLAD FLEXIBLE CABLE - COPPER B. Uses Not Permitted: 1. Wet locations, corrosive locations, in concrete or below grade. 2. Where subject to Physical damage. 3. Exposed in ceiling spaces of stock rooms, except where run in cable tray or run tight to structure, recessed within flute of pan decking. 3.3 INSTALLATION A. MC cable may be used for all branch circuiting Tess than 100 amps except where not permitted in 3.2 wiring methods. B. Install cable in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and in strict accordance with NFPA 70, Article 334. C. Use solid conductor for branch circuits 12 AWG and smaller. D. Use stranded conductors for control circuits. E. Use conductor not smaller than 12 AWG for power and lighting circuits. F. Use conductor not smaller than 16 AWG for control circuits. G. Use 10 AWG conductors for 20 ampere 120 V branch circuits longer than 75 feet. H. Use 10 AWG conductors for 20 ampere 277V branch circuits longer than 150 feet. I. Protect exposed cable from damage. Replace cable which proves to have faulty wiring. This replacement shall be to remove faulty cable and replace on exact path with new cable. Abandoning existing and only pulling new is not be acceptable. Repair, repull, and restrap all MC cable determined by the Owner to be poor installation. J. Bend cable per NEC, Article 334. K. Verify continuity of each branch circuit conductor. L. Grounding: All cable shall contain a green wire ground. The jacket shall not serve as the only grounding means. M. Connectors shall be firmly secured to the cable, but not overtightened; connectors shall be firmly attached to the metal boxes. N. When using homerun cable for circuiting on sales floor, junction box to convert to branch cable runs shall be labeled "homerun box ", shall show all circuit numbers contained, shall be mounted at structure, and shall be mounted in the sales floor area above an accessible ceiling area. O. Cutting of cable shall be performed using equipment exclusively designed for such use; Thomas & Betts or equal. Knives, hacksaws, bending to break, dikes, pliers, wire cutters or other similar methods shall not be used. P. Cable shall be labeled as it enters the panel, at junction boxes where homerun cables becomes branch cable, and at branch terminations using permanent cable markers by Tyton or Burndy. Q. Suspension: 1. Cable shall be strapped tight to underside of decking where practical. 2. Cable shall have independent suspension and shall not be tied to ceiling grid suspension system, plumbing piping, or sprinkler piping. Comply with Section 01450 requirements for attachment into steel deck. 3. Cable shall be grouped separately from low voltage cable systems. 4. Support cable every 6 feet, maximum. 16125 -3 12/09/02 NORDSTROM — SOUTHCENTER MARKETPLACE CAFE REMODEL (005) TUKWILLA, WASHINGTON SECTION 16125 - METAL CLAD FLEXIBLE CABLE - COPPER 5. Cable shall be strapped every 6' -0', at each turn, and within 12 inches of all junction boxes using cable straps, not ties. 6. Bundling: Install no more than 4 cables together in a single bundle (except where run in cable tray). 7. Cable may be installed using single center point suspended cable tray as manufactured by Mono -point or B -line at the Contractor's option. Contractor shall inform Owner, in writing, if cable tray is to be used and shop drawings showing routing shall be submitted for approval before work begins. MC cable in cable tray shall be strapped individually at locations as required by code and upon entering and leaving cable tray. R. Routing: 1. Bending radius shall be approximately 12 times the external diameter of the metal sheath. 2. Routing of the cable shall follow the orthogonal grid of the building structural elements of the building, such as beams and purlins. 3. Cable in ceilings shall run as tight to structure as possible, and in no case (with the exception of drops) less than 12 inches above accessible ceilings. 4. MC cable shall not be used in final homerun to the branch circuit panel or to panel groups. Use EMT or other approved methods (except where run in cable tray). 5. MC cable shall convert to wire and conduit before entering elevator shaft or machine rooms, or before becoming exposed to public view areas. 6. Isolated ground circuits and normal ground circuits shall be run in separate cables. 7. Cable shall be installed using bushings or bushed fittings. END OF SECTION 16125 -4 12/09/02 PART1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY 1.3 SUBMITTALS NORDSTROM — SOUTHCENTER MARKETPLACE CAFE REMODEL (005) TUKWILLA, WASHINGTON SECTION 16500 - LIGHTING A. Section Includes: 1. Light fixtures and lamps. 2. Components required for installation of fixtures. 3. Coordination and inventory management of Owner furnished fixtures and lamps. 4. Transportation of Owner furnished fixtures from the Owner's warehouse to the site. 5. Light fixture installation, connection, and lamping. B. Related Sections: 1. 16050 - Basic Electrical Materials and Methods. C. Drawings, the provisions of the Agreement, including bonds and certificates, the General Conditions, and Division 1 specification sections apply to all work of this Section. D. Substitutions: Substitute products will be considered only under the terms and conditions of Section 01600. 1.2 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. Work of this Section includes requirement for Contractor to define quantity counts and provide inventory management of Owner furnished light fixtures and lamps. Contractor shall install all light fixtures and lamps and provide associated mounting and connection components. B. Refer to the light fixture schedule for the required light fixtures and lamps. Contractor shall maintain accurate quantity counts of all light fixtures and lamps throughout duration of Project. C. Contractor shall install all light fixtures required for the Project. D. Light fixtures and lamps shall be ordered, furnished, and installed by the Contractor where noted on the light fixture schedule. Other light fixtures are ordered by the Owner based on the Contractor defined quantities. A. Make submittals in accordance with Section 01300 and 01770, as applicable. B. Product Data: 1. Owner will furnish product literature for Owner furnished light fixtures. Data will be issued to Contractor prior to receipt of bids for lighting; coordinate requirements accordingly. 2. After award of electrical sub - contract, submit complete product literature for Contractor and Owner furnished light fixtures and lamps. C. Quantity Statements: Comply with provisions of Article 1.4. D. Operation and Maintenance Manuals: 1. Include manufacturers' manuals showing parts identification numbers and service requirements for Contractor furnished light fixtures. 2. List name, address, and phone number of local supplier for fixtures and lamps. 3. Include description of brand and wattage of lamps. 4. Owner shall provide Operations and Maintenance Manual for all Owner furnished Tight fixtures and lamps. 1.4 LIGHT FIXTURE PROCUREMENT 16500 -1 12/09/02 a;•myw w; n cs∎mtmw1411&k?tae?iv:41* v.A.Sttorr.,olovia$ NORDSTROM — SOUTHCENTER MARKETPLACE CAFE REMODEL (005) TUKWILLA, WASHINGTON SECTION 16500 - LIGHTING A. Quantity Statements: 1. Prepare quantity statement for each type of light fixture and lamp. Quantities required shall be referred to as Contractor defined fixture quantities. 2. Make submittals in accordance with the following requirements: a. Accuracy of the Contractor defined light fixture quantities shall be the sole responsibility of the Contractor, including initial counts and all updates to the quantity counts generated by Owner revisions. Refer to Article 1.2, paragraph B. b. Indicate all Contractor defined fixture quantities. Quantities indicated by any other means will require form to be returned for resubmittal. c. Contractor defined fixture quantities shall be used by the Owner to determine and order final quantities of Owner furnished fixtures required for this Project. In addition to Contractor fixture quantities, the Owner may furnish extra fixtures for maintenance stock. d. Revisions to the Contractor defined fixture quantities shall be provided for each Owner generated revision. Revisions to Contractor defined fixture quantities not indicating PR, ASI, or CCD number, or thorough description of quantity revision will require form to be returned for resubmittal. w u _ B. Installation Components: Contractor shall provide all mounting components and connection Z W components required for installation of Contractor and Owner furnished light fixtures. Z I— 0 z I- • 0 O • N 0 tit W L ..z w O I— C. Inventory Management: 1. With each transaction of Owner furnished light fixtures and lamps to and from Owner's warehouse, Contractor shall complete a Light Fixture Check -In Form and /or a Light Fixture Check -Out Form. Copies of these forms are bound in the Project Manual, Volume 2. Electronic versions of these forms will be furnished by Architect. 2. Contractor shall comply with the following procedures for inventory management: a. Owner's Lighting Coordinator: Gail Gross 1617 Sixth Avenue Seattle, WA 98101 -1742 Phone: (206) 373 -4189 Fax: (206) 373 -4196 b. Fax and mail copies of all packing slips, Light Fixture Check -In, and Light Fixture Check - Out Forms to the Owner's Lighting Coordinator. c. Lighting Check -In: 1) Check -In all light fixture and lamp shipments at the warehouse, copy all packing slips, and complete a Light Fixture Check -In Form. 2) Check to ensure all incoming shipments of Owner furnished light fixtures and lamps match the packing slips and the PO Schedule. Indicate type and quantity inconsistencies on Light Fixture Check -In Form. 3) Check for any damaged products. Indicate damaged product on the Light Fixture Check -In Form. d. Lighting Check -Out: Check -out all light fixtures and lamps removed from the warehouse and complete a Light Fixture Check -Out Form. Fax and mail copies of form each week. e. Product Organization: Organize all Owner furnished light fixtures and lamps by type in such a way as to allow easy access and to facilitate the inventory process by the Contractor and the Owner's. Lighting Coordinator. f. CONTRACTOR SHALL FAX AND MAIL COPIES OF ALL PACKING SLIPS AND LIGHT FIXTURE CHECK -IN FORMS TO OWNER'S LIGHTING COORDINATOR WITHIN 24 HOURS OF RECEIPT OF SHIPMENT. 3. Responsibility and disposition of Owner furnished fixtures after delivery to the Owner's warehouse shall be in accordance with Section 01500. D. Pre -Award Meetings: 1. Pre -Award Meeting No. 1: a. Schedule within 5 days after receipt of bids. 16500 -2 12/09/02 r v �+.+5:' ^,q t." fitW'-. qi' k!» rY+' k;J^ ^_!h'h?ar,+yrws,r.:cwr ✓i:.unt11 z ~ w J 00 U) 0 Ill = z NORDSTROM — SOUTHCENTER MARKETPLACE CAFE REMODEL (005) TUKWILLA, WASHINGTON SECTION 16500 - LIGHTING b. Agenda: Review of preliminary Contractor defined Tight fixture and lamp quantities. c. Attendance: General Contractor and selected electrical sub - bidders. 3. Pre -Award Meeting No. 2: a. Schedule within 5 days after Pre -Award meeting No. 1. b. Agenda: Review of final Contractor defined light fixture and lamp quantities, installation of all light fixtures, and Contractor procurement of all mounting components, connection components, and delivery dates. c. Attendance: General Contractor, selected electrical sub - bidders, the Architect, the Architect's Electrical Consultant, the Owner's Project Coordinator, and the Owner's Lighting Coordinator. d. Within 5 days after the pre -award meeting, the Contractor shall transmit 4 copies of the final quantities. Owner furnished fixture quantities will be based on this submittal. E. Connection Requirements: Installer shall coordinate connection requirements with fixture manufacturers prior to bid. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Codes: Comply with requirements listed in Section 16010. B. Verify ceiling construction prior to ordering fixtures to suit ceiling conditions. C. Verify fluorescent fixture voltage for ordering fixtures with proper ballast voltage. D. Verify all custom color or custom finish fixtures with Owner. 1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Comply with provisions of Section 01600. B. Contractor shall use the fixture type as main reference for all Tight fixtures. As prearranged with the fixture manufacturer, all Owner furnished fixtures will be delivered with the fixture type indicated on each light fixture carton. C. Prior to Store turnover, Contractor shall return all spare light fixtures to the warehouse, develop a complete inventory packing list of all spare fixtures, and prepare fixtures for shipment. Packing list shall be delivered to Owner's Lighting Coordinator prior to turnover. 1.7 BENEFICIAL USE A. Coordinate scheduling of light fixture installation, connection, and Tamping at Sales Floor ceiling and light coves to facilitate review of finish mock -ups. Coordinate with work of Section 09900 to accommodate lighting requirements for interior paint mock -up. PART2 PRODUCTS 2.1 LIGHTING FIXTURES - GENERAL A. Light Fixtures: 1. Refer to the LOF for requirements. 2. Fixtures to be furnished by the Owner are indicated in the LOF. 3. Where lamps for Owner furnished fixtures are indicated to be Owner furnished, they will be furnished separately for installation under this Section. B. Fabrication: Materials shall be adequately rigid and of sufficient mechanical strength to prevent distortion before, during and after installation. 2.2 INCANDESCENT, FLUORESCENT, AND HID LIGHT FIXTURES 16500 -3 .rte , ?3,S•iz am 1:.4> ■ 12/09/02 NORDSTROM — SOUTHCENTER MARKETPLACE CAFE REMODEL (005) TUKWILLA, WASHINGTON SECTION 16500 - LIGHTING A. General: As indicated on the Tight fixture schedule; all Tight fixtures, except for types E4, shall be furnished by the Contractor. B. Manufacturers and Types: As scheduled on the Tight fixture schedule. C. Light Fixture Mounting and Connection Components: 1. Mounting and connection components are not provided by Owner. 2. Provide anchors, plates, backing, and other associated devices to suspend or mount fixtures from structure or to substrate indicated. 3. Provide pendant or surface mounted fixtures with required mounting devices, accessories, including but not limited to, hickeys, stud extensions, ball aligners, chain, canopies and stems; mounting heights as directed. D. Fluorescent and HID fixture wiring and components shall be sized and rated in accordance with ballast secondary ratings. 2.3 LAMPS A. General: As indicated on the light fixture schedule; all lamps, except those for Contractor furnished fixtures, shall be furnished by the Owner. 2.4 MISCELLANEOUS COMPONENTS A. Mounting and Connection Components: Provide all components and accessories required for installation of Contractor and Owner furnished Tight fixtures. B. Earthquake Wire: Annealed steel wire, #12 gage minimum. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install fixtures to permit removal from below and to gain access to outlet or pre -wired fixture box. B. Connect recessed fixture to boxes with flexible conduit and fixture wire as specified in Section 16050. Write circuit numbers on side of recessed fluorescent fixtures. C. Install fixture housings rigidly and adjust for neat flush fit with the ceiling or other finished mounting surfaces. D. Coordinate preparation and installation of fixtures installed in suspended acoustical ceilings with Section 09510. E. Install louvers, lenses, and reflectors using clean white gloves. Diffusers left with fingerprints, paint overspray, or generally soiled shall be replaced with new. F. Install lamps at time of fixture installation; except as otherwise noted. Re- secure all lamps in sockets that are factory pre - installed in fixture. G. Install lenses, reflectors, side panels, louvers, and other components necessary to complete fixture installation, leaving fixtures in proper operating condition. H. Protect lighting fixtures prior to painting of ceilings and coves. Provide clear sheet polyethylene at light fixtures having parabolic louvers at time of installation to protect fixtures from dust and paint overspray. Cut sheeting 6 inches larger on all sides to assure total protection. I. Coordinate installation and painting of trim rings of recessed incandescent fixtures mounted in gypsum board and other similar hard surface ceilings with Section 09900. Furnish the trim rings to Section 09900 for field painting prior to installation. 16500 -4 12/09/02 3.2 RELAMPING AND REBALLASTING A. Replace defective ballasts with new throughout the construction until completion of project. Contractor shall maintain the extra quantities of spare ballasts for Owner's maintenance purposes. B. Replace defective or burnt out lamps throughout the construction until completion of project. Replacement lamps for Owner furnished fixtures will be furnished by the Owner. 3.3 CLEANUP NORDSTROM — SOUTHCENTER MARKETPLACE CAFE REMODEL (005) TUKWILLA, WASHINGTON SECTION 16500 - LIGHTING A. Immediately prior to completion of project, clean fixtures and lamps, free from dust, plaster, paint spots and overspray, and other contaminants. Replace chipped or broken parts. B. Remove protective coverings from light fixtures, lenses, louvers, and reflectors. C. Remove protective polyethylene sheeting used to protect fixtures from dust and paint overspray. END OF SECTION 16500 -5 12/09/02 DEPARTMENTS: 10 Atou 12-(1-0z Building Division APPROVALS OR CORRECTIONS: Pub is orks • Structural TUES /THURS ROUTI G: Please Route Structural Review Required Approved ❑ Notation: Documents/routing slip.doc 2.28.02 0 PLAN REVIEW /ROUTING SLIP ACTIVITY NUMBER: D02 -368 PROJECT NAME: Nordstrom Cafe Remodel SITE ADDRESS: 100 Southcenter Mall Original Plan Submittal DATE: 12 -12 -02 Response to Incomplete Letter # Response to Correction Letter # Revision # After Permit Is Issued Fire Prevention Complete Fr Incomplete n Approved with Conditions 6 Aux iz -IY �Z' n n Permit Coordinator DETERMINATION OF COMPLETENESS: (Tues., Thurs.) DUE DATE: 1 2-17-02 Comments: Permit Center Use Only INCOMPLETE LETTER MAILED: LETTER OF COMPLETENESS MAILED: Departments determined incomplete: Bldg ❑ Fire ❑ Ping ❑ PW ❑ Staff Initials: No further Review Required REVIEWER'S INITIALS: DATE: DUE DATE: 1 -14-03 Not Approved (attach comments) n REVIEWER'S INITIALS: DATE: Permit Center Use Only CORRECTION LETTER MAILED: Departments issued corrections: Bldg ❑ Fire ❑ Ping ❑ PW ❑ Staff Initials: . a�r.� Gl,vuL� 4M,arA=FJX. 1z Planning Division 1 I Not Applicable n n LICENSE DETAIL INFORP,''iTION Form Page 1 of 2 Current Filter: None STATE OF WASHINGTON DEPARTMENT OF LABOR AND INDUSTRIES Specialty Compliance Services Division P. O. Box 44000 Olympia, WA 98504 -4000 THE RESULT OF YOUR INQUIRY FOR LICENSE NUMBER SELECTED IS: LICENSE DETAIL INFORMATION Registration# or License CJTORCC066RT Name C J TORRE CONSTRUCTION CO INC Address 16980 VIA TARZON STE 250 Address City SAN DIEGO State CA Zip 921271647 Phone Number 6196769627 Effective Date 12/30/1994 Expiration Date 1/15/2005 Registration Status ACTIVE Type CONSTRUCTION CONTRACTOR Entity CORPORATION Specialty Code GENERAL Other Specialties UBl Number 601591826 * * *VIEW CROSS REFERENCE FILE FOR THIS LICENSE* * * * * *VIEW PRINCIPAL OWNER(S) FOR THIS LICENSE* * * * * *VIEW CONTRACTOR BOND /SAVINGS INFORMATION * * * * * *CHECK INQUIRY FOR SUMMONS AND COMPLAINTS* * * * * * VIEW CONTRACTOR INSURANCE INFORMATION * * * New inquiry by CITY , NAME , PRINCIPAL OWNER NAME , LICENSE , UBI NUMBER , check the L &I Contractor Industrial Insurance Premium Status or return to the L &I Construction Compliance Home Page A:f A. L ilr ac tin Ci CER. cp.0 06L DN- D.s C.I. E.* EC iE) r .0-r r 0.4. Acs. F.R F r.r. fLR. F.D r S. END G.1. G.S.Y. G.C. GL- G.Le CND GTP.BC NOR. HTP 14.F -S H.E. N.Y. 14k. N.8. Js• Y_ r wEn- YT. YIN. ABBREVIATIONS A9C.1. (4.S. -ttC ,Foos dilLso A rs�.w Lek. L AIC?. RA$s, '.AST IRO. :_4sw WIPER 4..1+19 C:FxF CERA M ' LE CGE NCR'E'r D ET 4 araTER DNS• ■AS••E4 DCOILE DC- _,;_AS rst DC.. Dc•N sDOJ' D&.U' •wr_f - EA.Cn et• EQUAL EX,ST1NG FACE Or ; Nc_ FACE O< wASC+eRr FACE Or sT FtBERG;_ASS Act'. ORCED 'PANE_ FINIS)' F_OOP F_000 _DOR ORA:te FLOOR Slat iC J Nc -' lCN GA. ZED 1lrf GA v4 :EC S-tEE- FETAL GENERA_ CONTRAC GLASS GLL- Aw 8;431 GRADE GREASE `•'ERCE °TOR GROUVC Gt PSU.1 BC ARC 4EADEo HEATER 1 41G, PRESSURE SODIUM 'C& OW CORE • OLLCW META. 400•( 4OSE 918 ^ e JOlS T LAMIVATED SAFE - r IdA_H!NE F30- 4.04 WILE Mel MO/ MFCn4N ▪ E - 4_ N EW NOT IN CONTRACT M O0SC oc OP CIL O RS _ PR s Pt. FAO P O -S •wC 0 - r F 1.A Rot 11q.■ RY- : S. S -S. SCstED. sow S». SLOf- s.C- SLSP TEYD T.P. T -C. TAP wC wP. w .Y w0. 0ifs�:a9 011 li 0.1.4.6 i4e: ■•GIEO CCrT*&c c t t4st& _art Oi!SX lact 4x-40 FAA F•S :r Mesa,.'; PC'n• Ge SA -E GvAA9 • - : sJM tS ar ants RA''► •A't.. RE OrsCCC RifRI,ERA1W RtRCr. ;t1ry SA1MTAR' SE%E or retie iss STEEL sc.E :cal S .EF SEr SUDa:G SOtuD CCRE ScSPENoE, TEYPEREC TO. LET PAPER TOP Of TREAC WATER C_CSET *ATEGFCCCF wEDED ••RE YES - WITH WOOD CT CT 12 ' P R 06 )00 er .'E.EER Ip^ i J - �_COVERIN^ MFR mnovaticns NAME. Accnem:, NC. / COLOR. 78828 Go•a!eof SIZE: 54" w:ce CONTACT: Ho - -Fy' Sy.es on- 415 934.'685 MC+ WC! CZI w os -INT P 01 P P MFR NUMBER COLOR: 04 05 P 106' P C7 H 08 \RPET C 0' ONE ST 01 MFR: NUMBED COLOR: MFR. NUMBER: COLOR: MFR: NUMBER: COLOR: MFR: NUMBED: COLOR: (.MFR. SERIES. COLOR: CONTACT: klFR• SER ES COLOR: CON AC" RAMIC TILE SUPPLIER. NAME COLOR: SIZE GROUT: CONTACT: 01 CT 02 CT 03 CT 10 CT 11 MFR NAME COLOR. SIZE GROUT CONTACT: FINISH KEY CL !CT PL L� NAME FM'S, . MFR: NUMBER: COLOR: SUPP. E R: NAME. COLCR SIZE GROUT: CONTACT: ROOM FINISH SCHEDULE kkAllatk r•y.S„ lk COLOR NI AMBER wR Nue1939 R RINK., saf P Cation hiitl3£ G YFP COLOi• kt,Yl3E Q R COLOR MVP NAME. NO./ CJ_OP SIZE CONTAC" MFR NAME: NO./ COLOR CONTACT SUPPLIER: NAME: COLOR SIZE: GROUT CONTACT: NO USED NCT USED Seruernce tr : 7 e41:0e41 • - w. T rt.ra: eke..:rm e' e., se ?e,t.rer urtlee'ra - Bronze 2204- C Matte ✓ esofAn 0.04 '787 -6C Matte rormeca ere ,.nem, 59CA -4 Art BO^ r - rr•n ^a. ^a '" rn -rte i "34 -56� Moue f4% Cherry so+o stock Stein to match designer's sample B'umente•a = arcacx #PARA08 Copper 54 woe Scott Cc -pbe.' p 650 5'0.0542 fox: 8'6 895 ' MFA Sc'- ecoc Ac. cc:e ring NAME. Bost e NC./ COLOR: N/A SIZE: 27 w :cE CONTACT: Ken Aa_ Ph: 586 5 _ ° fax. 90'.320.3674 Benja- n Moore HC -38 Decatur Buff Benjamin Moore HC 44 Lerc. Tan ICI 90RR 1D/ Wild Cranberry Benjamin Moore HC -88 Jonesboro Gold Benarnir Moore H0 -73 Plymouth Brown ICI #458 Canvasback Zolatone LuMINATiON_ ZFX -FJ337 K t Z0V0 0 Zolotone LLUMNAT'ONS ZFX -E0122 Kit Zavcla NOT USED P: 415.990.7397 P: 415.990 7397 Maslana Soleil #'4: 7 #247 Belen.;s Laurie Weatherford oh. 4 730 1854 fax: 415. 330. NOT USED cx: 415 934.' 785 Spec Ceramics. Inc. Pietre di Keope Naxos (beige) '2" x 1 2" x 1/2" nominal '.lapel, #C5 Chamois Jerry Gehr's ph: 714. 680 6870 fax: 714 680 6776 Spec Ceramics. Inc Pietre di Keope Selce ;terra coati 12" x '2 x 1/2 n INopei, 205 Chamois Jerry Genres ph: 714 680 6870 fax: 714. 680.6776 Dal -'i'e Quarry Textures Sanitary Cove Bose #0.3585 Adobe Brown #T05 5 ■ 8" x ' /2" nominal Laticrete. Latapoxy SP -100 Stainless Epoxy grout ( series). color: #30 Sand Beige Bob Mosblech ph: 650. 873.8526 fax: 650. 873.8832 Spec Ceramics, Inc. Pietre di Keope Basalto (black) 12" x • 2" x 1/2" nominal Mapei, #35 Chamois Jerry Gehris p6: 714. 680 6870 fax 714 NOT USED NOT USED CARPET CEILING LAY -IN PANEL CERAMIC TILE PAINT PLASTIC LAMINATE mina' FINISH SCEHDULE GENERAL NOTES 1 MAXIMUM 1/4" GROUT JOINTS ON FLOOR 5 ALL GROUT TO BE EPDXY BASED 680.6776 PL L-_ ST 1 11, F WD 2 3.4 3,4 PLASTIC LAMINATE STONE TILE WALL COVERING WOOD Mier. of service stat;.orss a ei,. -.set ;ones et see.,* ca.lxter. wainscot & set ”ce stat.on .e•t+C' s.crfoces tope tops & se•xx;t stet.ar: taps ail t .a substitute Counter T ops Mmes„, MC' NOII Covering 2 ro 2 Be cw chair roil In Ceiling -refer to RCP 3.4 Ce7ioo - refer :c RCP 3.4 Ceiling - refer tc 4 0P 1 3.4 Ceiling - refer to RCP _ 3,4 Ceiling -refer to RCP 3.4 Wa :. accent - refer to eieva )ions Pant above picture rail refer to elevation Finish over existing service line wall tile. Prep per MFR. requirements Finish over existing acoustic wall panels. Prep per MFR. 3, requirements 1,5 2 Carpet & carpe: base at booths 1,5 Feld Floor Tile 1,5 Field Floor Tile 1,5 Floor Accent & Base Tile i Service line sanitary cove base, topset 2 FINISH MATERIAL PROVIDED BY OWNER, INSTALLED BY G.C. REFER r0 SPECIFICATIONS. 3 PAINT SHEENS TO BE EGGSHELL AT ALL GYPSUM OR PLASTER SURFACES (WALLS AND CEILINGS) AND SEMI -GLOSS AT ALL DOOR FRAMES, METAL WORK AND ACCESSORY TRIM. REFER TO SPECIFICATIONS FOR SURFACE PREPARATION AND PRIMING. 4 PAINT ALL ESCUTION PLATES. SPEAKERS, DIFFUSERS AND EXPOSED METALWORK WITHIN TO 100011 ADJACENT CEU.G COLOR. t 11110,6":' %owl ,s 25e Dllr CAPE 2 WI ..590 1 PIK," E: ',Den !•• +w10ec....w,a 4 A00RfSS acsatiS'F40M - SO7 Z16 ER r4.. r•.p IKA. SA S. BONI hors 80v. Rf'STAi.1RARf. Dt f'a't 1 ' ; 7t. Ay( s:+t• ' 000 Secae Asst...ron 98•C . • - 44 ' Conbct rc. Clem Tex (206. 3 - 4390 T 1205. `73-4368 AREA Wing 2. SC Ccs^er 194 SG :. Pee: Area (ese4ds more M'xtehr) 317 SC TOT4. GROSS ARE* 2,581 SO OCcLPAN' u04> Ox6ex; 210C 15 .14C kUtehe- / BOH, 48' 200 3 TOTAL OCCUPANTS - 143 Two ACCESSMBLE ,i0aN5 OF ExtSTrhG EGRESS f. BUaD'aG USE Smog asserndy - d. CONS R ..0TI04 TYPE. F.R. I OCCUPA8!_v: a -3 l0. ExAM1kA Cs.5 Or '}R:.tlw)iGS ANO SITE: AL The Oex.e•c Contactor (G.C; snail care',', excmeu the see ar: s•oe tnor fc^xl'a^ •itr of9^h ze ^mseM en rust Condit =ors • .. m t ^e sco � ' tn week Data .x these spec x.cCt.O.xf and oe the ara• ^g5 ore as occ..rcte as possib'e, but are n,,: guarc ^tees Tne G C sha e' f, oCcOons. :exe'1. d :stoeces, ex features of t ^e site and reatec - mprovements tact mo, effect t ^e work By act of subrn :tt•ng a bid. the G.C. is deemed to have mote s., - x exa- m.nat one to 'Dave exarnnec on O'Ce t ctura . -.ec a mica -. structurc arc electrica' araw ngs, ono to 'lave 'Wade ailowa - ce thereof in prepa ring n. s DC No extra charges • ' De coexs.oere^_ for costs res.,.trIg from 'Dime to comply •itn the above B. Proposals take into ocoolant art such conditions as may e'fef_t contract work- ' 1. DETAIL :RAVINGS 4NC INSTROCT?ONS: GENERAL NOTES A. If work -s requirec o e crner ;hat makes t :mpossib!e tc produce first class war., or shoals dtsc'epa'1c,es cppec• among Contractua Documents. req.rest - nterpretation before pro with won.. ' 0.0 faits to • -ake s,.cn request. no excuse w thereafter 7e entertained 'or fa'IUre to carry work ,r a satisfactoy manner. B. S'xou.d con'!:ct occur in or between arc...rigs or spec `.ct ohs. C.C. is aee-^ea to have estimate[ on more expensive •a, of doing Warr. ,'Mess he sly a'I ho +e asked for and obtained w decision Deo'e submisSion of proposal as to wh "Cl .oetnod or mctericls w;i: be 'ex.. red. G.C. She ir'or-e' Architect immediately - f such conflict between a ^aw :ngs or specifications occur. 12. CONNECTIONS: All attocnments, connections, or 'asterings of any nature are to be ono permanently secured n con'orm wit" best prat :e: G.0 •s resPxnsi ale far providing them xcox'0 ng to these conditions Dexe •" s stow Oily special requirements to assist G.C.: they ac not illustrate every such detai. 13 GENERAL 00NDIT'ONS: G.C. shcii comp , y with the AIA General Conditions 14. MISCELLANEOUS: A The G.C. shell veri', ail existing con0i', ohs ono shall no' `y the Architect 0' any discrepancies from these pions art the ex i stirg cord1 ohs. ore, tc commencing work_ B. The Tenon C. 00011 visit the site and become fomi'ii, •itn. a', existing conditions, including ;., - hies. prior to the start of construction. 15. GOVERNING CODES. All work shall be n conform once with or applicable state and local codes. A. B. C. D. E. F. Washington Fire Corte - 1 998 Eaton (199' L,E.c Washington 6 ,ild rig :.ode - 1998 Et 't on (199 AC) Washington Mechanical Code - 1998 Taitior (1997 UMC) Washington P•umbing Code - 1998 Edition (1997 UPC) Washington Electric Code - 1998 Edition (1996 NEC) Washington State Energy Code 16. CONSTRUCTION OF LEASED PREMISES: A. Floor: Existing concrete - see finish plan one schedules for finishes 8. Exterior Walls: Existing - see finish plans one schedules for finishes C. Inter'o' Partitions 3 -5 /E" or 6" metal studs 0 "5" C.C. with 5,/8" gyp. bd each side D. Ceilings: Gypsum board; suspended 1 -bar: (see reflected ceiling ploy) E. Maximum flame spread for finish materials on ceilings and interior walls shall meet Class 1 rating. 17. PORTABLE FIRE ExTINGUISHERS: Provide portable fire extingu with o rating of not less than 2 -A10BC within 75 feet travel distance to al port ohs of the auiidieg on each f loor and bs required Ty fire department. Provide c 409C extingu'sner withing 25 feet of kitchen equipment required by `ire depairtment. Provide protected by hood and duct protection systems. 18. EXIT SIGNS AND EMERGENCY LIGHTING: SEE LIGHTING PLAN 9. HEATING. vEN AND AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM: no changes ?0. AUTOMATIC FIRE SPRINKLER The existing automatic fire sprinkler system will be modified cs required by the Sprinkler Contractor to conform w:h applicable codes and governing agencies. Sprinkler shop drawings and colts. to be submitted to fire department 4 1:01 to construct Automatic fire sprinkler system 10 confrom to NEPA 13, 1994 edition. P.O.S. SYSTEM: Conduit & cable 101 P.O.S. system to be furnished and 'nstalled by G.C.'s electrical contractor. P.O.S. stations supplied by owner 22. DO NOT SCALE DRAWINGS 23. All dimensions ore token either to face of g board or to finished face of cosewori.. 24. Alcoholic beverages will be consumed on the premises. 25. All plumbing. electrical cnd gas lines shall be concealed within the building structure to 0 great extent as possible. 26 All artwork to be Owner provided and Contractor installed. General Contractor responsible for providing backing for attachment. See drawings .or IOCations. 27. All booths, tables. chairs, corpet, and walkover ng to be Owner purchased and General Contractor installed. 28. All decorative light fixtures, as noted on the lighting plan, to be Owner purchased and General Contractor insto'lec 29. Storage. Maximum storoge height is to be posted with a sign .:7- sistng of a red line six inches in width, located at the maximum sotrage height and stating "Maximum storage height 8 feet ". 30. Kitchen facility must be reviewed & approved by the local Health Department. 31. Exiting is based on pre - existing status: a. the seating area is unchanged b. the use is unchanged 32. Patch, clean /repair existing wood work to remain 33. GC to upgrode (e) mens restroom tc comply with current ADA stondard requirements A. The side grab bar in the occessibte stall extends 52" from the hack ,vale B. The Boor to the tones room consists 01 a 51b pull. C. The diaper dispenser mechonism contains more than Sibs. of force 34. On the service line floor: patch where needed. Match existing quarry tile. INDEX OF DRAWINGS PK I INDEX, NOTES & FINISHES RA1.0 DEMOLITION FLOOR PLAN & DEMOLITION REFLECTING CEILING PLAN RA1.1 FLOOR FINISH & ARCHITECTURAL FLOOR PLAN RA2.1 REFLECTED CEILING PLAN & M E LOCATION PLAN RA6.1 DINING ROOM KITCHEN ELEVATIONS RA6.2 DINING ROOM ELEVATIONS RA7.1 METAL WORK SIGNAGE & ARCHITECTURAL DETAILS RA8.1 MILLWORK DETAILS RA8.2 SERVICE LINE MILLWORK DETAILS RA8.3 'DINING ROOM MILLWORK COLUMN DETAILS RE0.01 (ELECTRICAL LEGEND, NOTES, SCHEDULES, & DETAIL ,RE2 01 CAFE DEMO /NEW CONSTRUCTION PLANS - LIGHTING IRE2.02 CAFE DEMO>'NEW CONSTRUCTION PLAN - ELECTRICAL RP1.1 DEMO AND NEW CONTRUCTION PLANS - PLUMBING RK1.1 FOOD SERVICE EQUIPMENT - FLOOR PLAN RK1.2 FOOD SERVICE EQUIPMENT - ELECTRICAL PLAN AK1.3 FOOD SERVICE EQUIPMENT - PLUMBING PLAN SCOPE OF WORK SCOPE OF WORK 'NCL.:DES THE DEMOLITION OF TWO EXISTING ENTRY COLUMNS. DEMOL'TON OF Ex 'ST NG FRONT CABINE 8i;" REUSING EXISTING CURBS. TAE DEMOL T'ON OF TWO BOOT,' BANG.._ - ES. °EMOAAL AND 0. REPLACEMENT OF (. SCONCES (REFER 'C PCP FOR ..00A REMCJ4_ OF E'_S F OCR:NG AND REPLACING W"To NEW T ILE /CARPET p FE^ - G 8,_(/)4 PATTERN PLAN FOR LOCATION. NEW SINKS. T OILET, WA__ ANT PARTITIONS 'N THE #ENS RESTROOM ONLY - UPGRADE 00 ADA STANDARDS. L 0 r PROJECT LOCATION - (E) WOMEN'S RESTROOM (NO WORK THIS AREA) • r - \ NORDSTROOM CAFE LOCATION _J ., 4 . 1 . , 1 .. ,LTC E9a J: yl¢. 1 74.Ar1 P4CFC RE A Pa' ' DE$Q 415 - -, A.', w S.s ". f -3 :00.TdC ;AEG Ae.#8� 5. PROJECT um/AMR TEL 14125, 392- 74.- FAA (425; 39' -'E >4 NNTE8GR .18510. ARCnf'ECT ENCS *RO• DES:04 GROt a 120' rF!.. AvE SAN RAF AE... CA 9490' CONTAC" 30L A)A:AA1 'EL (4'5; 454-2277 FAx ;4.5; 454 -2278 SOfsx SYSTEM 0C.ta ;A 7d4' L.E;2'8D COMM s ITCtS '.0 200 SELus.O £. • , SJ.TE 1 00 SEt ^-E. COW=L'. N.C4 ,990_0 PRES!OENT E_. (206) 286 -898' I" Ax: ;20£1 296 -903' BY f �" SE n^.AT= PERr,T T IRE '1 FE? t 1/ ,. -: Fd. / P PI NG 1 c CF Ti)h ,'n'..A BUIL0,N5 U1V7S.3Ts: - (E) MEN'S RESTROOM �z. G P- L 0 CONSULTANTS 1 G CGDY rz " thta t .. n .r a , y ca :Jc a.��•.= ua- ,:.,, :cvtied. gL _ "1e'I.A../P ___.6: ESG0fFL9 IKARCI5 NEE= AtE 6. 514.4 c•...r -- S.AIE !PO SttA - t AA 39 ( PX'4Cf ..ALES LASS. "ER (PL... Rit 7►7ACT S= a..ye. _ A•atEaso% " .206i 448 1319 - FAA (2063 449 445;, Etr1 iEEi k:. 7005 %OP ' 4-- S , SUITE - - C ::ATt. 1 IQrW j%,'_:k. 'tE.a�f'MtL •A4r.ACER 'E. „ 03` 527 - 49'..0 8 4A ''003; 527- 4 3 1 : 4 DO3 0 (r) 0 z (dg PERMIT SET 12'04102 INDEX NOTES R FINISHES 0 O ISSUED REVISED DATE 1 S"MBOL DESCRIPTION (E) WALLS - NO 'WORK /�. SHT� EF T SECTION /DETAIL TAGS. REFER TO RA8.1 TO RA8.4. SHEETS FOR CASEWORK, M:7ALWORK & MISC. DETAILS. REFER TO RA7.1 di RA7.2 FOR ARCHITECTt1RAL DETAILS E..EVATION TAGS. REt ER TO RA6.1 FOR INTFR OR L' EVATIONS WALL MOUNTED FIRE EXTINGUISHER NE F.E. R7►.F _ . I B A B A s (E) C. `DOOR _ TAB =S T =O REM:.r\ Tvo / - -'NC WORK- (E) OUTDOOR I TABLES TO / REMAIN, TYP -NC WORK -- 1 O O O O O 0 O 0 O O 0 0 0 O 0 0 L � iniy !4=, O O r T 0 0 7 7 0 C , O O C 8 O O -' lommolliwr O O O O O O O O O O O O O 11 8 t • KS - 1 O EXISTING BACK OF HOUSE -NO WORK THIS AREA L E.] O r (E' DIEWALL / PASS- T HRU TO ,i'i ' ' REMAIN \ \X, / ^\ ,, (5) PASS -THRU \\.\\ / \ ` COUNTER TO / \ - REMAIN \ • K \ \ \ \ \ . \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ I\ N. \ \ \ 1 \\ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ - - - - - -- \. - -\ - \ \ \ [I] 0 1 J L - ,1 10 1 DEMO REFLECTED CEILING PLAN 110 SCALE 1 /4" = 1' -0" I L Ft_ WORK N THIS AREA TO BE SEPARATE AS BID ALTERNATE C Ls) I I I C T DEMO FLOOR PLAN Ak 0N-3LA DEMO PLAN LEGEND DEMOLITION FLOOR /RCP NOTES D EMO (1) Coe ! 'OP. KEEP (E) CUM. OLE. RASE, ! WP DEMO (E) CAB ! MIN. PATCH FLOOR ! wN l. MVO (E) COMM TDP ONLY RETACE (E) CABINET OCEID T) FIXED SEATING DEMO (E) ENDO COLUMNS. PATCH CERING AS NEEDED MD (E) R OOTNGME ! w0D0) OEMO (E) FAUX KEYSTONES ERNOVE (E) UGNT VALANCE REPLACE (E) SCONCE w /NEA N EMOVE (E) SCONCE. PATCH M'Alt MOP (F) PIEASSTRS REMOVE (1) SINK & COVNITRTOPS REMOVE (E) PMODONS REMOVE (E) DOOR: PATCH (E) BABY CHANCJNG TO REMNN, (N) PAD or OWNER ',rKlSi 1'. 1 1 z PERMIT SET 12)04/02 ISSUED REVISED DATE En 0 0 CAFE DEMO FLOOR PLAN! DEMO REFLECTED CEILING PLAN SYMHO, DESCRIPTION DEUCE BOOTHS (1) WA-LS - NO WORK X 2 28 FOUR TOP TABLES s T SHT SEC) ION/DE TAIt TAGS. REFIT ' TO RA8 1 'C RA8 4 SHEETS FOR CASEWORK. METALWORK & kr.,C DETAILS REFER 10 RA7 1 & RAI' 1 FOR ARCHITECTURAL DETAILS ELEVAPON TAGS. H REFER TO RAG.1 FOR 'N'ERIOR ELEVATIONS RN LC- RECESSED FIRE EXTINGUISHER CARNET - - PAINTED M I , 0 1 a F.E. WALL MOUNTED FIRE EXTINGUISHER OP DOOR TAG, TYPE, REFER 10 SHT RA0.1 FOR DOOR PE, SCHEDULE & HARDWAR! 136 PATIO SEAT COUNT 7 X 4 SEAT TYPE C;.:Ilt.i X SEATS = To DEUCE BOOTHS 14 X 2 28 FOUR TOP TABLES 20 X I- I 4 ' 80 FOUR TOP BOOTH S S 7 X ,,.. 4 28 INTERIOR SEAT COUNT TOTAL 136 PATIO SEAT COUNT 7 X 4 28 - 3 - 4,_ CA., !•:.;_,,- 2:-.‘,...NT .6, B A A 5 1 Ir (E) F Arlo i 1 flNlSS TO J 1 REMA,N, i I 1 —NO NORK - w (E) OUTDOOR TABLES TO P MAIN, TYP —NO WORK— T 1 (E) FIRE \ EXIT TO REMAIN 4:3f FT03 TBO3I ,JL,a ------- I ) ,R46. I RA6 1, i 6 6 _J T T r e add I H 7 ! 4 ( 4 ,\ — soi ----I TYP. ALL A 6 rt6i TYP. \RA 6 rT 7 1 ; 6. 0 (1 :,-- - -- - - It I• -1 I ii. • I I I I. I: • I ! V : I I I \-= 4 8 . . - • . i- • i : ''. I I- . .i. , i .., I :1 1 1 , - --------------- • ,-- - -t_ _ I r b_71 I I , B02 8d\ 8A81' 1 :8 I fT r Z i ; 17;1 1 _M r B01 ,;[ 802] rfT302_ ; -- rot Fro) tro3 I TEI031 LI-T7033": ry i I TB03 : i.33 I TBOI Tf301 LIBIO1,1 TEI01) T801) 4 -- I I - r12__ 4.• / 9 ' N. 87 1 EXST!NG BACK C; HOL:SE -NC WORK "HS AREA-- 9 9 1 N -0 N X- _ .. I L tXISTING BACK OF HOUSE -NO WORK THIS AREA- 1 FLOOR FINISH PLAN A iik L (N) COUNTER 034" A.F.F. n p I-ATCH CURB As REQUIRED -. 10 10 r SCALE: 1/4" = T-0" WORK IN THIS AREA TO BE SE AS BID ALTERNATE it'. 'ONS (N)COUNTERTOP - SINK SEATING & ARCHITECTURAL FLOOR PLAN 1 J SEWING -AWE AWL ' 48eAS :Z Siftraer Mit &h.; Atiiit 10 arALs 1 %Hai S FOR Rs."1"RPFICCO rwC AI .iSE DC-Ats aww4c .44Ac 44:10.ek cwwwq. s-A._ sp.,: o frt IAOR FLOOR FINISH PLAN GENERAL NOTES 1 7,11 DESCR11 I f 6" ASE t 2" BuLLNOSE JPSET COVE „v4 x H SASE */ of 1/ CHAMF oi 6 BASE W/ 2 BULLNOSE * BOG H BASE FLOOR FINISH PLAN LEGEND SEAT COUNT 1. BOOTHS ARE OWNER PROVIDED. CONTRACTOR INSTALLED. 2. CHAIRS AND TABLES ARE OWNER PROVDED, CONTRACTOR ASSEMBLED & INSTALLED. 3. REFER TO WALL SYMBOL LEGEND ON SHEET RA1.1 FOR WAI L TYPE CONSTRUCTION 1 SEATING PLAN NOTES FLOOR PLAN LEGEND flh (ock E PPM ISSUED , REVISED DATE PERMIT SET 12/04/02 CAFE FLOOR PLAN AND FLOOR FINISH PLAN 81 "., OESCRIPTIOI1/4 MKS-. TAG. REFER T O FNISH SCHEDULE ON W. I. 5." DETA:_ TAG I F I ELEVATION MARKER I I i I ACCESS PANE.. r ! ( E ) SUPPLY AIR GRILLE—TO REMAIN I / / i (E) RETURN AIR REGISTER— TO REMAIN 0 IIII/IN i ,% ✓, % ! r ,...,.. f B A A 5 s (E OUDOOR TABLEI C ( R -NC WORK- (E) OUTDOOR TABLES TO . REMAIN, TYP. -NO WORK-- (E) FIELL: CEILING TO REMAIN, NO WORK 6 6 CLG. BEAMS, r p TYP. OF 4j LO3 WC 03 PATCH CEILING \ TO MATCH ADJACENT. 7 EXISTING CEILNG UGHT LOCATIONS TO R DAN N -NO CHANGE- 1 (E) PILASTER, TYP. OF 3 (N) PILASTER, TYP. OF 2 7 ' / /// '/// / T // WC AAA \ VVC 03 03 EXIS'ING HVAC TO REMAIN _ -NO WORK - FIELD CEILING TO REMAIN, NO WORK -\\ L_ / Jr / / .. EXISTING BACK OF HOUSE • -NO WORK THIS AREA- ' • /,' 41111 O AFF 'ILAN AF TO ZMAIN Oh} fG. V I4 M" s EXISTING RCP & M/E LOCATION PLAN ai SCALE: 14" = 1*-0" ki 10 1 10 1 1 1 n j i Ft 4i t6-0; V IF _4s 10 AFT VIF (y SOFFIT IV/ (N) \Jr SIGN MTD. ON HEADER SEE DETAIL ON RA7.1 REFLECTED CEILING PLAN AL ESESIORP" 0 1 NAg1004. SiPitiksk_i CR' ' SPOSaLi SPRINKLER LEGEND ShEET NOTES REFER TC Mji LOCATION P_AN ;CA CON.P:.f "E , IXTLRE LEGENL' RE ER TO LICE 3f 5 , EET RA " OR *Au. *WE 03145'1'..;:naki ER! MA_-0OVERIAC 5 CAL_ :..2. Oft RCP LAC. CA "ES !T 5 OA a .7.0% ASA _ &N T;CI DE 2 • 44- 4.0•41. • =OW. RC 0 P LEGEND LEGEND , I O' LIGHTING LEGEND & SCHEDULE ?!. f z ISSUED REVISED • 5 ▪ 5 oc C c a n • L T 1 DATE PERMIT SET 12/04/02 CAFE REFLECTED CEILING PLAN AND ME LOCATION PLAN NORDSTROM CAFE REMODEL Tukwila, Washington Southcenter #5 Engstrom Deilgt, Group 41 14.,/, • A I .! L r ovL31 c: tt, • _o7 - SHELF TYP. 03 \ SEE FLOOR FINISH PL .LAN FOR BASE TYPE 01 kS NEEDED 1 ELEVATION 16 Scale: 3'8" = l'-o RA6.1 TELEPHONE 031 BACK OF SERVICE LINE EXISTING REMA:N INTERIOR ELEVATION Scale: 3/8" 1'-0" RA6.1 PL 03 13 14 Scale 3/8" = 1' 0" \ RA6.1 ELEVATION Scale: 3/8" = 1 \RA6.1 TO REMAA ELEVATION ELEVATION Scale: 3/8 = 1 RA6.1, EXISTING TO REMAIN PL 07 Scale: 3'8" = 1 6.1; FRONT OF SERVICE LINE Scale: 3/8" = 1.-o" RA6.11 PL PL TELEPHONE LA if PL VISIBLE_ 01 SURF ACES PL INTERIOR 02 SURFACES SERVICE LINE o P i L 9 Scale: 3/8" 1.-o" RA6.1 ELEVATION 8 Scale 38 1' o- \RA6 1 fi _ r — I t I I I I , I I , I 10 I 05 I LL _J 1 OS 1PL L I 07 I S LArc /Sr_ - -_:_ -, , . 1 IA, , 1 u2 6 1 1 L__ -- _., 1 ,__. _, ELEVATION Scale: 3/8" = 1'-0" RA6.1 EXISTING PASS THRU 1 7 • ; PL 01 PL 02 1 FRONT OF SERVICE LINE Scale: 3/8" = 1*-0" RA6j VISIBLE SURFACES INTERIOR SURFACES BACK COUNTER 7 Th Scale: 3/8" - 1 RA6.1 wir SEE ELEVATION FOR WALL BEYOND r [O TYP. PANE' 5 P. L3 P1 ELEVATION Scale: 38 = 1'-0 " RA6.1, ELEVATION f-- Scale: 3/8" = 1 (N) MILLWORK COL TC 07 1 • „ _ J 1 • (E) SUPFACES SINK INTERIOR SURFACES BACK OF COUNTER Scale: 3/8" = 1' 0" \ RA6.1; D()123LC. FRONT OF SERVICE LINE Scale: 3/8" - 1 RA6_1/ (N) JAMB & CASING EX TO kE V&- - SEE ELIVATION FOR W41, BEYON:` DEC 2U .11,attt =two. .110 PERMIT SET 12/04/02 = E ELEVAT!ONS L._ — ISSUED REVISED DATE 0 z 1 MEN RESTROOM VESTIBULE scale. 3/8 = 1 '\RA62, • WOOD PANFt rr 11 P 03 08 [0 SIDE HALLWAY Scale: 3/8" = 1'-0" 03 P I CAFE EXIT ELEVATION 1 D , CASE MM OP( Palki; — — P ELEVATION Scale: 3/8" - 1'-0" — WC 011 P 03 1 EPL 1 , I 03 L t 03 P v.ALL SCONCE 03 v P. OF THREE PL ,NSET, TY P- RE'ER TO 10/RA8.3 FOR TYP. COLUMN .40 03 CAFE ENTRANCE ELEVATION ELEVATION Scale: 3/8" = 1'-0" ‘RA6. Scale. 3 1' 0" 'RA6. CLEAN/REPAIR AS NEEDED EXISTING CROWN 10 REMAIN.TYP.ALL I I I r — 1 i , I I 11 11 11 I I I I I I I I MIRROR 11 I I I I 11 11 11 11 I I I L _J 1 L _J I I L _ _ I L.. •k_ FP 103 1) LH , at in )! CLEAN/EAR AS NEE_.DED EXISTING CROWN 7 0 REVAIN. D3 O. IL P 03 1 SCOOVCIF. TY OF 7,42, MEN'S REST ROOM ELEVATION –+ Scale 3,8" • r wc oi p Lj ELEVATION W' TLC ELEVATION Scale: 3/8" = 1'-o" RA6.2 c u E h84 : 80.4. E 4C 8 (z) 0 z PERMIT SET 12/04/02 IS SUED; REVISED DATE ELEVATIONS ti• 22` ENTRY SIGNAGE R7 1 EQ E: (`s OCCUPANCY SIGNAGEBACK �i Scale: N 16 CUSTOM ENTRY SIGN -BY ECLIPSE c A OCCUPANCY SIGNAGE /FRONT Scale: N.T.S. 1 1 2" = 1' -0" 6 • 1 1/2' : 1' - 0" SQUARE 81 AT CONTRACTOR'S OPTION WATERPROOFING MEMBRANE OVER DRAIN FLASHING AND INTO FLASHING CLAMP RAINAGE GRAVEL AROUND DRAIN SEALANT ALL AROUND L • r THIN SET QUARRY TILE CURED MORTAR BED CONCRETE SLAB ( \) EXISTING FLOOR SINK -NO WORK PORCELAIN SG• . GRAPH,CS BY OTHERS. 1/4 " - 3/8 BOLTS (2) ALLEN HEAD 1 -1/2 3/B POST NOTE: G.C. PURCHASED & PROVIDED OWNER INSTALLED LAP SCREW 1 I THROUGH BASE 1 1 / j CAS :RON BASE 'i2 SEC. THRU STANCION SIGN @ ENTRY R7.1 1 1 ' 2" = 1' -0" CONCRETE STOP AS NECESSARY DRAIN BODY CAST INTO CONCRETE SLAB OR CAST INTO CONC. POURED INTO BLOCKOUT SLOPED CURED THICKSET MORTAR BED CONCRETE SLAB Y v W 2 Z SLOPED CURED MEDIUMSET w z MORTAR BED AROUND DRAIN V. • o 0 THINSET CERAMIC 11 4 I2 "Al2 SUMP CARPET WITH ATTACHED PAD. "SCHLUTER" A100 EDGE TRIM — MATERIAL VARIES SEE , FINISH PLAN, SHT. R1.3 (E) CONCRETE SLAB s\ EDGE OF CARPET TRANSITION FULL SIZE FLOOR DRAIN W/ ADJUSTABLE HEAD AND FLASHING CLAMP WATERPROOFING MEMBRANE INTO FLASHING CLAMP DRAIN BODY CAST INTO CONCRETE SUB AND SECURELY FASTENED TO STRUCT. AS NECESSARY CONCRETE STOP AS NECESSARY �o EXISTING FLOOR DRAiN -NU WORK R7.1 • • pn2- (E) CURB TO REMAIN L 1 (N) TOPSET COVE BASE OVER (E) SEALANT ti MTL. CHANNEL ANCHOR TO FLOOR AT 32" O.C. ,o • t a TYP. BASE AND WALL • - REFER TO MILLWORK & KITCHEN DWGS. - ----- - VARIES \ (COORDINATE W/ MILLWORK & KITCHEN EQUIPMENT) ZCONCEAL CONDUITS OF ALL TYPES WITHIN WALLS OR TOE KICKS, TYP. !/ 5�► TYP. EQUIPMENT CURB 16 GA. GSM BACKING FOR KITCHEN EQUIPMEN1 ATTACHMENT. SEE KITCHEN DRAWINGS FOR LOCATIONS AND HEIGHTS — 5/8" GYP. BD. FULL HEIGHT STUD FRAMING PER FLOOR PLAN -- 5/8" WATER RESISTANT GYP. 80. OR CEMENT 8D. UP TO 18" A.F.F. — FIBER REINFORCED PLASTIC WALL COVERING - SEALANT WATER PROOF MEMBRANE (N) TOPSET COVE BASE OVER (1) SEALANT i QUARRY TILE FLOOR [ SLOPE TO DRAIN CE;)U.- ... -- SEALANT 0 0 Z PERMIT SET 12/04/02 Deta i!' ISSUED i REVISED DATE 3/4 *K. 4. 11r: IIKDO •if #!z w_ #4 S01 ELEVATONS FOR flNSH OVER 3/4" PLYWOOD SEE FLOOR FiNISH "- PLANS FOR BASE TYPE Wad, ! BUS , CD-C• OVER • BELO'. 900 DECK. . ERE OCCURS SECTION THRU PULLMAN W/ CASEWORK Scale. 1 1 2" = 1-0" RA8.1 , SEE E'LINEViSAH-1°C.4v'FR OCT 3/ P,rw SEE ,7 _0012 FINISH PLANS r)R BASE TYPE A Lf r REFER TC FLOOR ENS,' PLAN EDR BASE !NFORmA VENEER CVER VENEER OVER 3/4 P.* 3/4" P w. SEE Ts° FOR N 3/4" PLYWOOG WOOD BASE BETWEEN SEATS. SEE FLOOR FINISH PLAN IMES. SEE IV* SECTION @ END BOOTH W/ CASEWORK BANQUETTE/ BOOTH/ W/ CASEWORK SURROUND 6s SECTION THRU TRAY DROP STATION Scale: 1 112" = 1'-0" RA8.1 Scale: 1 1 2" = 1-0" RA8.i Scale: 1 1/2 " = 1-0 - C. OAR Pt_varr.‘. TRW #34 VENEER OVER 7 - 3/4" P W . BULL NOSE I 3/4 LYN400C • EXTENT BASE SEE FLOOR EINISH PLAN \ CLIP WD WAINSCOT/BOOTH SECTIONS 8 ‘, Scale: 1 1/2" = 1'-0" RA8.1- C.C. TO PROVIDE 2" X 6" BLOCKING IN WALL END PANEL, 0 , 1 F RAB BAm Br INTO NOTE: MIRRORS ARE OWNER PROVIDE!) AND CONTRACTOR INSTALLED TYP. MIRROR DETAIL j \DAoli NOTES: • OVER 3/4 • 3€.O •o: OE BOOTH DECK. W^E RE OCCURS 2 3/8" TRIM ill WITH WOOD BACK PIECE TRIM #38 TRIM #4 1. DIMENSIONS INDICATED ARE TYPICAL ON ALL DRAWINGS 2. ALL WOOD TO BE v5i51 . TYP CHAIR RAIL 0 OYER BP* 111 PICTURE RAIL3 WI125, WOOD. , Rna #.4 TRiir #3A REEER 70 FLOOR PLAN FaR BASE INFORmA TRW # VOCC. Taw #4 TRIM #1 W/ WD HACK PIECE TRIM #2 2 3/8" 1/2" CROWN MOULDING 0 TYPICAL MOULDINGS (Th 0. MCI( OCCURS 0 S - 0" OAR 3/4- BOOTH PL-01 ON 1/2" PANEL wOOD TRIP. 43A BATTEN CORE WASTE ChUTE PER NORDSTROM DIRECTION EASE FDOES VP. _CI • VARIES STYLE & RAII FRAME IsCCO. Taw 2 3/13" WOOD. Dew #4 REFER TO FLOOR FIN,SH PLAN FOR BASE INFORMATION 2 I/2" -/ . N\N 3 STONE BACKSPLASH 5 W/1 -1/2" BULLNOSE TRIM #1 , I, EWES SEE .4.444 P.T.D.F. CURB 114".: - OR 3/4 S:2. Tao •2.r 0.! , ..,ACKSPL/Lck. COL^TERTOP SEE - TYP SECTION 0 EASERCUT META_ SCREEN" • TRAY DROP/WASTE STATION 2 . _ scale 1'2"= •0• RA8.1 TRIM #2 D TRIM #5 0 5 TRIM #3B 0 3B TRIM #4 TRIM #3A 2 3/4" NOTES *GCS,. TRAP 13.4 WOOC. TRH, 94 I *000. TR,v 93A \-- REFER TC ELDOR FNS- AN FOR BASE ■NE0,RmA' 2 BULLNOSE TRIM #3A WOOD. TRIM #4 3/4' -4/ WO-01 OVER - 3/4" PLY WOOF. TRIM #4 WOJD, TRIM 93A "-DIEWALL PER G.C. 1. DIMENSIONS INDICATED ARE TYPICAL ON ALL ORAWINGS 2. ALL WOOD TO BE . TYP. I 01 BASE TYPICAL TRIMS 04 F g S PERMI SET 12/04/02 SERVICE LINE MILLWORK ISSUED , REVISED DATE 4. 4 Al 1 , • L • - zveR 3/4 - PL I•NTER SPLASs W O" t PL-0" OASNE FACE(Sy 'YR ALL 3 3/4 •rE7 Ai , REFER TO FLOOR F R_AN FOR BASE •NFORv.,4 3/e 1Z *Ns = • ■ P.T.D.F. cuRe - 1r 1 STONE COUNTER TOP 1. TYP SECTION @ BACK COUNTER CABINETS :2"0 CL'S':;k4 STEEL POST W/ 7 ,7 elc BAL L. EPDXY AND PIN ro GRANITE 3/8" TEMPERED GLASS SCREEN. POLISH ALL 4 EDGES — I-1/2 CUSTOM STEEL BRACKETS IN/ FASTENING HARDWARE SECTION THRU DESSERT SCREEN 1() - Cr RA8.2) 4 ON PREY Li_ :MN %SOWS FRON1 ELEVATION V\ i 0TE: VERIFY P.O.S. IMENSION (VARIES) 2" WOOD BULLNOSE c ) SECTION — LJ • 15 1/2" DEEP F - FLOOR TILE PLY PAPE_ •/ Pt ^ • COORDINATE 0111•....NSON 0 IC - . • TYP. SECTION @ BACK CNTR CAB @ EQUIPMENT Scale: 1 1/2" = l'-0" Scale: 1 1/2" = 1 RA8.2, SHAPED WOOL RAT. CAP. SEE DETAHL 2/R8.3 - SHAPED WOOD POOL CAP. BY STEEL ENDPOST BY ECLIPSE LASER CUT ORNAMENTAL PANEL NOTE; -- L ORNAMENTAL METALS & WINDOW TREATMENTS ARE FABRICATED BY: ECLIPSE / RUSS WILLiAMS PO BOX 750727 PETALumA CA 94975-0757 (707) 763.3104 (707) 763.3144 FAX STEEL ANCHOR PLATE AND POST REiNFORCE•rEv WELDED C BASE, BOLT TO FLOOR w/ 4 ANCHOR z BOLTS PER PLATE 'A OWN • as , scr-as, & roa REF ER "C FLOOR FINS" PLAN cOR BASE 9FOR1LATiC% ---- C.C. TO 557 TILE - HEN LOCATE HANDRAIL & SAWCUT TILE TO FLT PLATE (ONE TILE PER PLATE) FLOOR RAILING VENEER ON - TOP EDGE WOOD TRIM Scale: 3" = RA8.2 I WD -01 OUTSIDE W/ PL-03 ON INSIDE P.O.S. STATION Scale: 3" - 0" tRA8.2 ) nrto EMS STOP 81 OCA C. SAC.; 0/ CALSN ORANER EASE EDGE r STONE • R SS. AS5AXX ISLJOES RE. DRAM.S0S 3/4 META_ 1 ANGLE. TYP. R7.1 22' C.A. sa, - - CAS DRAC-.. , • 3 ri SEE ELDATOMS WFAi 3/4 5 Wu-NOSE PANE_ F14 NOTES: 1 COORDINATE DiMENS;ONS P PUTC.EN E0. .0E1,1" FOR CLEARANCES Ter'D 2 ALL vseu MILLWORK 5 3 P, -02 ON MARINE G,TADE PLY.. TYP. INSIDE CABINET & 0% .-" L SHUN FRONT SERVING LINE CABINETS @ POS Scale 1 1,2" = 1 3 \ RA8.2 A8. ENLARGED KITCHEN PLAN PERMIT SET 12/04/02 ISSUED REVISED DATE MILLWORK DETAILS 0 A It DJNTER , OP '4 ..3 A.E.E. 7 4 o COLUMN @ BACK COUNTER/ SERV. LINE 12 EXISTING WOOD COLUMN CROWN TO REMAN. CLEAN AND REPAIR AS NEEDED EX STING "BRASS C-IEIst -METAL STRIP. REPLACE CR OVERLAY W/ NEW BLACK CHEM- METAL STRIP OR CHEM- METAL. TAPE NEW P -01 TYP. ALL COLUMNS EX1E HNC - BRASS" CHEM- METAL STRIP REPLACE CR OVERLAY W/ NEW BLACK CHEM ME TAL STRIP OR CHEM MFT TAPE NEW 05. TYP. ALL COLUMNS EXISTING WOOD COLUMN BASE TO REMAIN CLEAN AND REPAIR - AS NEEDED NEW P -03 N - LAY TYP Al I_ COLUMNS r 14 — — -/ r r st -22 WV- CT 8" STONE SPLASH Typ_ Scale: 1 la" = TYPICAL EXISTING DINING ROOM COLUMN scale: 1 1/2" = 1 o» 13A8.3) SEE SERVICE LINE DETAILS EOA BASE CABINETS OR EQUIPMENT WRAP IN STAINLESS STAINLESS STEEL SEF SERVICE LINE DETAILS FOR BASF CABINETS OR EQUIPMENT t r Ea 2 3/4' - t - r— WRAP IN STAINLESS, 9 3/4" 1 J PE-02 ON MARINE GRADE . TYP INSIDE CABINET & ON L SHELVING • emu COLUMN @ BACK COUNTER Scale: 1 1/2" - \RA8.31 PL 06 '/4 M RROR UD TO 3/4" PLY W/ MTL STOPS WOOD. TRIM #3A WD 01 SIDES COUNTER,PASS-THRU dt BACKSPLASH.TYP. 4' WIRE PULLS TYP. PL 01 P LAM DOOR FACE 3/4x3/4 MTI ANG, F REFER TO FLOOR FINISH PLAN FOR BASE INFORMATION SECTION @ BACK COUNTER @ PASS-THRU Scale: 1 1/2" = 1' 0" \NA8.3) TT ->•P' 1 . \ f ___ , \ I . , 1 11 1 I / FIXED 1 /2 - GLASS SHELVES W/ s. POLISHED EDGES CORNER DETAIL GLASS PANE */ WOOT FRAME .;t DD) r 1 I. I 1 - HORTZONTAL :TION - CORER OPEN SHELVING ENTRY COLUMN y!■__ HORIZONTAL SECTIONS @ COLUMN CONDITIONS Scale: 1 1/2" = l'-O" LASE CUT METAL SCREEN BY ECLIPSE. ONE ON EACE OT EACH ENT, LOLUMN (3 TOTAL) DOW L C GLASS SHELVES OPEN SHELVING / 7- 1/2" WD BULLNOSE 4 4., PL-03 IN--LAY - 1 1/2" WO BULLNOSE BASE, SEE FLOOR FINISH PLAN FOR TYPE ENTRY COLUMN CD Lf z PERMIT SET 12/04/02 PRI 0 A d E -J L1J 0 2 w cc ISSUED/ REVISED DATE MILLWORK DETAILS 0 'IJGHT FIXTURE SCHEDULE SYMBOL (TYPE WATTAGE 1 • DESCRIPTION LAMP TYPE r URN»SHED BY , REMARKS • Bg 50 Make _3pc Housing LV1EX Recessed Low Voltage Trim L Z • 19/LCLO. Recessed hmL z om Lome KLO REQLRES REMOTE TRANSFORMER GE 50 MR (EXN! , SOW Car+deloDra EC TRIM RINGS PLANTED BY G C PRIOR TO INSTALLATION FIXTURE FIELD INSTALLED IN CASEWORK BY ELECTRICIAN ►Q E4 60 Make 2000 Degrees (Was Sconce) Style MAJS -700 Mode Custom OWNER OWNER PROVIDED CONTRACTOR INSTALLED jG2w P.O.S. RECEPTACLES IVORY Make CAPR Stye CT SERIES WHITE TRACK Model CVSB16W Ow FD(T,XiE Louver C:1316 GE MR16C _X E CONSTANT DOLOR EC 5 4 • DROP AI nAND SINK rYrTR+ F *. r EMI LED Make .1E K SIGN SAS Wf -t TE STENS1L Mode ATLJTE )LAI -6AG2U E.0 2118 y a — NOTES 1 ALL FIXTURES AND LAMPS PROVIDED AND 2. UGHT FIXTURES LOCATED OVER UNCOVERED FOOD OR NNSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR EXCEPT AS (UTENSIL STORAGE CONTAINERS WILL HAVE SHATTERPROOF NOTED ON THIS SCHEDULE LENS COVERS ELECTRICAL DEVICE /COVER PLATE LEGEND LOCATION DEVICE FINISH COVER PLATE FINISH PLASTIC LAMINATE WAINSCOT DARK BROWN DARK BROWN VINYL WALL COVERING IVORY IVORY STAIN GRADE MILLWORK DARK BROWN DARK BROWN GRANITE DARK GRAY DARK GRAY SERVICE LINE & KITCHEN IVORY STAINLESS STEEL P.O.S. RECEPTACLES IVORY IVORY Project Info P ..........-ii. aa'a 120 I 1 9 — , a.w„„ v "O H D O eweera Lae rile sal A CICW4 Nara „ „ , NOW= AGGK. .v a „„,.. m ... - Aaoicer Poe a.am Project Description ❑ Ws. Bulano J PROW _i Asher E Plans Incudec Rely to WSEC Se Kn 15t3 b oortds art . 1eguiwnets Compliance option 0 �vaa 0 :chino Rom Novara J *awe Angs (See lztiirAeor 'Deo. (marl mire. Rewrote P. LPA apaoaa wow or ) Alteration Exceptions (Mee awpepaaa Goo ❑ No Mimes are ter, -eoe t ae pray O+ law tar NM d the bums to ve arc mead Vey rave a rR Gery roamed NO QTY DESaIPTION VI PH AMP KW HP AR HT IEM ARKS NOTES 1 . 1 itoRGBAATED 06PLAY CASE - 3S 120 I 1 9 — 119 tT 5 - 2t7R 2 ! 2 9e AosTE CH ATE — — i I 3 - 2 4 a1P No MASS IMO,. SLOES 1 — — — t 6 CUP DISPENSER 4 r — t 5 4 • DROP AI nAND SINK rYrTR+ F *. r 6 SOUS' AFL _s KISS P4SULATED etax 2 j 2118 y a — — IT HIN 2 r i ' i ROLL WARNER - SINGLE DRONER 208 I 1 12 — — IT FLAY 3 $ 1 - _ _ 1 _ 9 i .9-AAL ,a SwwE Lighting Summary m -.r-pe — a.ar,.v m o..ro rve. LTG -SUM .R ao - .r NEC ARTICLE 220-35 MAXIMUM DEMAND DURING 2002 = 921 AMPS (AUGUST 2002) EXISTING MAXIMUM DEMAND = 921 X 125 = 1,151 AMPS NEW CONNECTED LOAD = .25 AMPS TOTAL NEW (NET) LOPD = 1151.25 AMPS EXISTING SERVICE RATING = 3000 AMPS NOTES 1 DEVICES AT SERVICE LINE AND KITCHEN SHALL WAVE AN IVORY FINISH AND A STAINLESS STEEL COVER PLATE 2 EXISTING EQUIPMENT TO BE FEIIAOVED AND REPLACED WITH NEW 3 MAKE cINAL CONNECTION TO NEW EQUIPMENT KITCHEN EQUIPMENT NOTES: 1 PROVIDE ALL ROLKIIi -NN BOXES AND F NGS CONDUIT. CONDUIT FITTINGS AND CONDUCTORS SUITABLE FOR CONNECTION Oc THE EQUIPMENT AS SCHEDULED PROVIDE RECEPTACLES AND COVERS AND MAKE FINAL CONNECTIONS INCLUDING INSTALLATIOt I OF CORO -SETS FOR HOOK -UP TO BE FUNCTIONAL. 2. REFER TO KITCHEN EQUIPMENT DRAWINGS AND COORDINATE EXACT LOCATIONS OF EQUPMFNT WITH KITCHEN CONTRACTOR PRIOR TO ROUGH -IN 3 PROVIDE LOCAL DISCONNECT SWITCH IN ACCESSIBLE LOCATION. COORDINATE WITH ARCHITECT. 4 ALL EXPOSED CONDUIT SHALL BE MINIMUM 1 /2' RIGID METAL WHERE STUBBED UP FROM FLOOR AND 112' UQUID -TIGHT FLEXIBLE METAL WHEN HARD- WIRING TO EQUIPMENT TERMINAL ENCLOSURES PROVIDE #12 STRANDED COPPER WIRE UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED 5 ALL ACCESSIBLE RECEPTACLES SHALL BE GROUND FAULT INTERRUPTER (GFCI) TYPE 6 PROVIDE COMPLETE CORD SET WITH MATCHING RECEPTACLE AND PLUG ABBREVIATIONS R RECEPTACLE PROVIDED TO MATCH EQUIPMENT CORD -CAP. VERIFY NEMA PLUG CONFIGURATION IN SCHEDULE WITH KITCHEN EQUIPMENT CONTRACTOR WHERE INDICATED, PROVIDE SUITABLE CORD-SET AND MAKE CORD PIGTAIL CONNECTIONS TO EQUIPMENT. HW HARD -WIRE WITH UQUID - TIGHT FLEXIBLE CONDUIT FROM , UNCTION BOX TO EQUIPMENT TERMINAL HOUSING KITCHEN EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE 1 _. _ — -- EXIST. PANEL SCHEDULE - K N CO.ECT NEW 1.0AD REFRIGERATED • ( K pBPIAT CASE { T 4_ 1/012 _�. " 'Wee IN, PROVIDE NEW CIRCUIT BREAKER INMATE° PRONOE NEW 30..1. a POI E CONTACTOR - N 2' at IOW A REDUCED CONNECTED LOAD OF 10.08 AMPS AND A NEW ADDED LOAD OF 25.53 AMPS FOR PANEL K RESULTS IN A TOTAL NET LOAD OF 161 66 AMPS • FO 2 ROLL WAq/FR LAIC .. —. HI60UP .1 LS J 2� 1 rR 2 7 ELECTRICAL LEGEND DUPt_cx RECEPTACLE FOl1PLEX RECEPTACLE B SPECIAL PURPOSE RECEPTACLE. PROVDE NEMA CONFIGURATION TO MATCH PLUG. E EOL»'%IENT CONNECTION OO JUNCTION BOX. 4' SQUARE © VOLUME CONTROL JUNCTION BOX. 4N) A F F RECESSED A.0 T CELJNG SPEAKER © 4- RECESSED CEILING SPEAKER 0 • V Y: TRANSFORMER I i EXISTING DEVICE TO REMAIN 34 , Y 1 YC CABLE. OONCEA_D wHID E'rER POSSIBLE OONOIIT CONCEALED ABOVE CEL.N., AT STRUCTl1E H SLAB OR IN WALL HASH MARKS ILA ATE ALMBER OF CONDUCTORS CONDUIT CONCEALED BELOW FLOOR N FLOOR SLAB OR N GRADE HASH MARKS INDICATE AMBER OF CONDUCTORS MICROPHONE OUTLET TELEPHONE OUTLET TELEPHONE OUTLET WITH WALL MOUNTING BRACKET ALLOW 4' CLEARANCE ON ALL 4 SIDES OF BRACKET FOR FUTURE PHONE INSTRUMENT INSTALLATION EXISTING PANEL OR CABINET TO REMAIN EXISTING CONDUIT TO REMAIN EXISTING LIGHT FIXTURE TO BE REMAIN EXISTING DEVICE TO BE REMOVED EXISTING CONDUIT TO BE REMOVED_ EXISTING UGHT FIXTURE TO BE REMOVED EXIST. PANEL SCHEDULE — Ki x I '.'_ • - 1 L 1 1 ._...- ._�__..... -4 .. __._.- A REDUCED CONNECTED LOAD OF 15.2 AMPS FOR PANEL K1 RESULTS IN A TOTAL NET LOAD OF 132.34 AMPS GENERAL NOTES A ALL *CAA TO COIiIPLY wrn. 1999 NEC AND T!E GTY OF Tutees REOUIREIAEN^S B AL_ EOL%% NT SWILL BE UL LISTED »12 PETAL .ED N COM uANCE PATH UL. LASTING fEQ,iRESENTS C. T11iOtJ 3 1OUT CONSTRUCTION. IANNTAN CONTNJITY OF ALL ELECTTICA_ ANC COMMureCANONS wlRe4 AND SERYSCE.S TO AL_ [TENS WHICH AFE FEW-ED FOR NORMAL BULDING OPERATION ANY REQUIRED INTERRUPTtOON OF THESE SERVICES S►•IALI BE FULLY COORDINATED WITH THE BUILDING MANAGER D ALL CASEWORK WITH E' ECTF4CAL WIRING SHALL BE U L USTED AND LABE t O SECURE *. RACE AND WIRE W . ^ONVEN BONA ` METHODS SUITABLE EDIT :1SE E. REFER TO ARCH ITECTLHAL fERECTED 'YL1IG PLAN FOR LOCATION Or MIMING MOUNTED LIGHTS AND DEVICES F PROVIDE FINAL ELECTRICAL CONNECTION TO NEW OR RELOCATED CAAVVORK PRIOR? TO ROUGH -IN "QOFIOINATE EXACT LOCATION AND TYPE OF CONNECTION TO CASEWORK G ALL MOUNTING HEIGHT DIMENSIONS ARE TO CENTERLINE OF DEVICE. OUTLET OR =- QUIPMENT .f 'THE EXISTING DEVICE/EQUIPMENT LOCATIONS SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS ARE BASED ON THE RECORD DRAWINGS THE SUB - CONTRACTORS ARE RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING THE ACTUAL LOCATIONS FOR ALL EXISTING DEVICES TO DETERMINE IF ANY ADDITIONAL DEMOLITION AORK S REQUIRED INCLUDE iN THE SCOPE OF THIS PROJECT. THE VERIFICATION OF ALL BRANCH CIRCUIT NUMBERS SERVING ALL EXISTING DEVICES AND EQUIPMENT_ PROVIDE ALL TEMPORARY ELECTRICAL DATA. VOICE, P 0 S AND COMMUNICATION SYSTEM CONNECTIONS TO CASEWORK AND CASMNRAPS DURING FLOOR REFINISHING WORK AS REQUIRED J ALL ISOLATED GROUND CIRCUITS SHALL BE SERVED WITH INDMDUAL HOT. NEUTRAL AND GROUND CONDUCTORS. THE SHARING OF THE NEUTRAL ANO GROUND IS NOT MOWED. IK COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION OF ALL FLUSH FLOOR BOXES AND POKE -THRU DEVICES WTt+ ARCHITECT PRIOR TO CORE-DRILLING OR SAWCUTTING FLOOR. L CONDUIT STUBS ABOVE CEIUNG SHALL BE 1' C.O. FOR TELEPHONE (T) AND DATA (D). UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE PLENUM WIRING METHODS TO BE USTED FOR THAT USE. ALL ELECTRICAL CONDUIT SHALL BE CONCEALED WITHIN THE BUILDING STRUCTURE. O. PROVIDE NEW TYPED PANEL DIRECTORIES FOR ALL EXISTING PANELBOARDS WITH MODIFICATIONS INDICATING RNAL LOAD DESCRIPTION, BREAKER INFORMATION, AND LOAD IN VA. P. COORDINATE ALL DATA AND VOICE WIRING ANC LABELING WITH NORDSTROM ISG: DEANNA BRRON Q REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL FLOOR PLANS FOR WALL AND FLOOR FINISHES BEING REMOVED IN EFFECTED AREAS REMOVE DEVICE TRIM AND DISCONNECT ITEMS AS REQUIRED FOR REMOVAL OF INDICATED FINISHES. REINSTALL AT NEW FINISHES FIELD VERIFY QUANTITY OF DEVICES DRAWINGS ARE SCHEMATIC EXTENT OF DEMOLITION SHOWN IS APPROXIMATE. FIELD VERIFY EXISTING CONDITIONS AND DEMOLITION REQUIREMENTS. R. COORDINATE DEMOLITION WORK WITH GENERAL CONTRACTOR. S. FOR DEMOLITION RELATED TO ARCHITECTURAL OR MECHANICAL REFEr, TO 'A' OR 'M' DRAWINGS T. ALL EXISTING ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT INDICATED TO BE REMOVEL) SHALL HAVE ALL SERVING BRANCH CIRCUIT WIRING ANC LOW VOLTAGE CABUNG FULLY REMOVED BACK TO POINT OF SERVICE WHICH REMAINS EXISTING CONDUIT SHALL BE FUL LY REMOVED BACK TO POINT WHERE CONFUCT WITH NEW CONSTRUCTION IS FULLY ELIMINATED U. ALL EXISTING PANELBOARDS WHICH ARE AFFECTED BY - hS PROJECT SHALL BE THOROUGHLY CLEANED AND VACUUMED TO REMOVE DIRT AND DEBRIS PRIOR TO PROJECT CLOSEOUT ALL CONDUCTORS Wm-TIN PANELBOARDS SHALL BE NE!.T.Y ORGANIZED USING CABLE T1ES SPLICES IN PANELBOARD ARE NOT ALLOWED. REMOVE ALL SPARE CONDUCTORS FROM PANELBOARD. GENERAL LIGHTING NOTES CONTRACTOR TO LOCATE ALL FIXTURES. BY USING DIMENSIONED PLAN SHEET. OR BY SCALING OFF PLAN WHERE NO DIMENSION IS SHOWN ON ARCH. PLAN. ANY DIFFERENCES IN PLAN AS DRAWN OF DUE TO CONSTRUCTION RESTRICTIONS SHOULD BE DISCUSSED WITH OWNER 2. NO SUBST TUTIONS OF FIXTURES OF CHANGES OF ANY KIND SHALL BE MADE TO THIS LIGI-T:NG PLAN WITHOUT OWNER APPROVAL ALL REMOTE TRANSFORMERS SHALL BE LOCATED ABOVE ACCESSIBLE CEIUNGS. TYPICAL I i�� - 3c.Qg EXIST PANEL SCHEDULE ■ I n i i T ____ — __._ice_ L—L t 7 ? I IAMB 0124J 011 577 — DP5 I ISSUED /REVISED Permit Set Permit Set Decer*Umr6,2007 ELECTRICAL LEGEND, SCHEDULES AND NOTES DATE 120602 cc 0 Z 4. EXISTING LIGHT SCONCE TO BE REMOVED AND RETURNED TO OWNER PATCH ALL SURFACES. MAINTAIN SERVICES AND SWITCHING TO ALL EXISTING UGHT FIXTURES NOT SCHEDULED FOR REMOVAL. (TYP OF 2) 0 1 f\ (E) OUIO TABLES T REMAIN 1.:H• -- - to OLSTNG LIGHT SCONCE TO BE REMOVED AND RETURNED TO OW R PATCH ALL SURFACES MANTAIN SERVICES AND SWITCHING TO ALL EXISTING FUTURES NOT SCHErx1_ED REM y 1 . , r OVAL OF 2) _ —y. L i i i '- T i I ` _ i - t- T. 1.; - - - - ;_ _ 1� Iii . : 1 I 1 }J 0 1 ' — . . - - _, - --� c -- _ "-� i � -- t � r ' , i J 141 I' (I ``_�. i i ..} r / r , :i 4— L f 1 DOSING LIGHT SCONCE T BE REMOVED AND FIE—TURNED TO OWNER PATCH ALL SURFACES }MATAiN RVI( S AND S1NITO- dG TO ALL OOSTNG UGHT FDCTl% S NO' SCFED LED FOP REHOYAL t J ! Vic' "I 1 `^ 1 - � 1 i � �4 1 / \. / k 1 4!.. .._ 1 } L :1--) X _,rK. LI . EXISTING LIGHT SCONCE TO BE REMOVED AND RETURNED TO OWNER. • • ; PATCH ALL SURFACES. MAINTAIN SERVICES AND SWITCHING TO ALL EXISTING UGHT FIXT NOT SCHEDULED FOR REMOVAL. (TYP OF 7) _ K —4 - 1----r---•1 I 1 _. _ - -- - - -- - - - .� ! I I 1 BUSTING UGHT UGHT SCONCE TO BE! REMOVED AND RETURNED TO OWNER PATCH ALL SURFACES. MAINTAIN SERVICES AND SWITCHING TO ALL EXISTING UGHT FIXTURES NOT SCHEDULED FOR REMOVAL EXISTING LIGHT SCONCE TO BE REMQVED AVID REPLACED WITH NEW UGHT SCONCE. RETURN ISTING FIXTURE TO OWNER. CONNECT NEW FIXTURE TO EXISTING CIRCUIT. CONNECT NEW FIXTURE TO EXISTING CIRCUIT VERIFY EXACT LOCATION WITH ARCHITECTURAL PLANS CAFE DEMOLITION PLAN - LIGHTING ' i LTIC'11 , , i T f 1.i L _ 1 - -_ r sj SCALE: 1 /4' = 1' -0•' = I f i + =4 I ill K 7 4 1 CONNECT NEW FIXTURE TO EXISTIN C I R CUIT r--' j RIFY EXACT LOCATION WITH ARCHI PLANS t 1 ` T ER ' � *fi - �r -- }� -�r1 ... i . + -' T p'. ; • Ea �# ( - r b pi 6C i ? ' { rit • �ooz r� � # JI eo2) � Bot 1 —1- 1 , T Tot BCI 8 • , — CONNECT NEW FIXTURE TO EXISTING CIRCUIT VERIFY EXACT LOCATION WITH ARCHITECTURAL PLANS 1 CAFE NEW CONSTRUCTION ExLSTNG LIGHT SCONTX .O BE rIEMOVED AND REPLACED ' WITH NEW LIGHT SCONCE RETURN EXISTING FIXTURE TO 1 • OWNER CONNECT NEW WCTjRE TO EXISTING CIRCUIT EXISTING LIGHT SCONCE TO BE REMOVED AND RETURNED TO OWNER PATCH ALL SURFACES MAINTAIN SERVICES AND SWITCHING TO ALL EXISTING UGHT FIXTURES NOT SCHEDULED FOR REMOVAL -- L- CONNECT NEW FIXTURE TO EXISTING CIRCUIT VERIFY EXACT LOCATION WITH ARCHITECTURAL PLANS -1 -J 1 • ! F. ;- v LIGHTING VALANCE OVER COUNTER TO BE REMOVED REM :VE EX;S UGHT FX - JRES AND RETURN TO 1"AMER MAINTAIN SERVICE AND SWITCHING TO ALL EXISTING UGHT FIXTURES NOT SCHEDULED FOR REMOVAL J1 r� I lr I 1 I 1 . 1 r ,1 t - t t i ;eo r 02 P ( I I _ \ , ill + I /1 ROT' T'c_ , ill . I 1_1021 _ LI.8,1:L21INTERCEPT EXISTING ,CIRCUIT f PLENUM RATED TRANSFORMER MOUNTED ABOVE CEILING (TYPICAL OF 5) I f O L.. . _. 7 CQ ISSUED /REVISED Permit Set Permit Sel Decemtxlr 6. 2009 CAFE PLAN - LIGHTING a • P?Sn L etC U (n 0 z DATE 120 602 ( E ) TABLES REMAIN, T /MI i • -o - , LHj t I I [; TaT T802 [10 7803 REJAOVE DUST#1G DUPLE( RECEPTACLE AND PROVIDE BLANK COVERPLATE REMOVE EXISTING DUPLEX RECEPTACLE AND PROVIDE BLANK COVERPLATE ri -80' FOP "AGE AMPLIHER ,!. ''..! ric,2] '-' f z, r-i Bo_;_z_l•- , • - 6 2 #8 I8 "0 HP-4 REMOVE EXISTING DUPLEX RECEPTACLE ' I MOUNTED ON EXISTING CASEWORK ■ INTERCEPT EXISTING CIRCUIT TO I"' W‘INTAiN CONTINUITY TO THOSE DEVICES WHICH REMAIN i I ! !-• 4- z ; H * i--- 3%3__, I . I 7, I Q,..i \'',..,..... 7 I I ; i 4 ■,,, .......— i 1 I ! . 1 H! / ; 1 1 1 i 1 .. 1 i ,,..-"... . ..,[ ,,. ! ! ! ! i * 1 L D 1 ! i l '_-- ' s" 0 ;---I * -"-t- I ,..—1 ---4 i -4-- 7 - I ! i 1— I'i 1 ' ■ ■ i 1- : ,,G --, CAFE DEMOLITION -+ ; TO1 4 ;_r_Floz I C.,1 TI ,j/ r , 1 — = L \\ , . PALL z \ 3G-5 • ! LT_EN i _ T02 • -,:,_ 4 •27_,21, ! BEVERAGE STATION TO BE REMOVED DISCONNECT . EXIS f-:;01 /1- - - - - • e 'PH ENT IPM __ i_h2j . .7 EXISTING EQUIPMENT THAT REMAINS OPERA/3LE PLAN - ELECTRICAL SCALE 1/4 .. 1 .- ., •=1 - X - - .....70.... . ...,... i : -r . i -::: t .._ • , . - - .4. , ,... ....... . ..- . - :-........, i .0. ..--, { .., L, .... r • . . .._. ..,. ....,....,0-, J i .___ ei • _ , - . .., ; .•C' • - 1 ::17:71;--1-, , --Hr i ' '1:4 Il - I: - zzk , '-,-:,. _ -- , 34 i -. ___ .,..._,_,,,,74 7:,___,__,....„._ :1/47.„________,„,......„.._„ei......ji .. ,s, ,.......:7 7 ,,.., , ....2..L.';' , .e, '4 ■ ,F ''. • - -------- ---, \ t---- .----. d ii . ....... .. ..,, T. , _ l• .----i ...... LL _ 1._ , , -,-----, : • ,,.. ; • 4 ! .111 - - - ,•;„; • ; ; I I ; .. , -- ..=- ,.-_. ..! is --. ' ,.. \.:. ...- t),'-: ra) i = Ti - - / i L .4 '4; / • , 1._— z • I ! 4 • T803J: !: . TO.3 !,I REMOVE EXISTING DUPLEX RECEPTACLE ON EXISTING CASEWORK THAT IS TO BE REMOVED 4,0 / - - - . _ 4' C. 49 -5 A • z , I / z • EXISTING FRONT SERVING LINE CASEWORK TO BE REMOVED AND REPLACED WITH NEW. DISCONNECT ALL ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT AND LOW VOLTAGE EQUIPMENT PRIOR TO CASEWORK REMOVAL. PROVIDE ALL EQUIPMENT AND LABOR TO RECONNECT ALL ELECTRICAL AND LOW VOLTAGE EQUIPMENT IN NEW CASEWORK TO RENDOR ALL EQUIPMENT IN NEW SERVING UNE CASEWORK OPERABLE IvI ni\Sr - ALL ELECTRICAL AND LOW VOLTAGE EQUIPMENT IN NEW CASEWORK TO RENDOR ALL EQUIPMENT IN NEW '3ERVING LINE CASEWORK OPERABLE ; \ • . k 24 .34.1, 27.29 1-,. , • \ I \/ 80: L 1_ _ \ ALL ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT ANO LOW VOLTAGE EQUIPMENT CI; /\..4 7 TB : T YP i I - 1 • I T02 \</, 'PRIOR TO CASEWORK REMOVAL. REMOVE AND CAP OFF OR ' RELOCATE AS NECESSARY ALL EOUIPMENT TO MAINTIAIN 1/' : EXISTING EQUIPMENT THAT REM4INS OPERABLE. i ---- \\ \\\ ., • _.„. . • . .., L .1 : 1 , H • . F _L ri,,Li 1 i_.: a [-v-r- i [ _.„ _...,. ____ i 1 i .., , , _ H sn..., 0_:, , , , 1 , p , ,. .1, \ .1_ !. • . • . \-- REMOVE EXISTING DUPLEX RECEPTACLE ' EXISTING FRONT SERVING LINE CASEWORK TO BE .. ... \., MOUNTED ON EXISTING CASEWORK REMOVED AND REPLACED VVITH NEW DISCONNECT 11- INTERCEPT EXISTING CIRCUIT TO ALL ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT AND LOW VOLTAGE MAINTAIN CONTINUITY TO THOSE 'EQUIPMENT PRIOR TO CASEWORK REMOVAL. DEVICES WHICH REMAIN PROVIDE ALL EQUIPMENT AND LABOR TO RECONNECT i i i ; -- 4_ K-32, „4-- • cti, „ 4 , L . t GF , K 33 EXISTING :20WIPH SOUP WELLS TO BE REPLACED WITH NEW 208V/IPH SOUP WELLS (#6). CONNECT TO CIRCUIT K-32.34 CIRCUIT 1(1-28 IS NOW A SPARE ! ( LIJ !, L EXISTING 120V/1PH SOUP WELLS TO BE REPLACED WITH NEW 208V/1PH SOUP WELLS (#6) CONNECT TO CIRCUIT K-32.34 CIRCUIT K1 28 IS NOW A SPARE J ' I • • • i / / , i CAPP NIP/ rnmci 7A\ i REMOVE AND REINSTALL ANY COVERPLATES AS NECESSARY TO ACCOMODATE REFINISH WORK AT REAR SERVICE COUNTER. RELOCATE ANY ELECTRICAL DEVICES THAT C JNFUCT WITH INSTALLATION ,./F THE NEW COLUMNS TO MAINTAIN SERVICES TO EXISTING G KITCHEN EQUIPMENT 011 ( REMOVE AND REINSTALL ANY COVERPLATES AS NECESSARY TO ACCOMODATE REFINISH WORK AT REAR SERVICE COUNTER. RELOCATE ANY ELECTRICAL DEVICES THAT CONFLICT WITH INSTALLATION OF THE NEW COLUMNS TO MAINTAIN SERVICES TO EXISTING KITCHEN EQUIPMENT ISSUED /REVISED Permit Set Permt Set December A XXV CAF* PLAN - ELECTRICAL _J LU 0 Ld 11 Lu LL t-2 0 o 15) 5 11- tu 5 cc c) < - 2 0 0 z X3 5 DATE 12,0602 WATER HAMMER ARRESTOR SIZING SCHEDULE TYPE SIZE PPP MODEL NUMBER 0 1 '2• SC-500 I 3 i• SC-750 r SC-1000 I MMTI 343• MM-5003CPT [ MM3I 1 /2' MM-500 SWA Pt EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE &WING SCHEN: Li_ IIIA Lif _E INOQTY DESCRIPT:, 5, $UPP:. BAIOTa."01OFEY/DIR _ DROP HAN: 10_7H FL E! 1-- -- :I - - f[ STE ( 6 2 AIUP S E , Efts - ; - _ p_Ats F s stE gam pi P2 • 416, PLUMBING LEGEND PLUMB/NG NOTES F)R THE soLII UNITS O1 THE FI,NT C PLUMBER IS TO MAN:FoLD ALL DRAINS INTO ONE BALL VALVE PLLIABKR TO REUSE EXISTING FLURB1V.; FOR HAND SINN S'M3OL ABBRE% DESCRIPTION • SANITARY WASTE rod INDIRECT WASTE P GIN GREASE WAS "E. PIPING ✓ VENT PIPING SC---- SD STORM DRAM PIPING •—• DSO— MD OVERFLOW STORM DRAIN PIPING G— • LOW PRESSURE GAS PIPING CW COW WATER PIPING Hw HOT WATER PIPING — - - - — I-TWR HOT WATER REC1RC PIPING AIR CONDITIONta,G DRAM PIPING FW FILTERED WATER PIPING Sw Sw SOFTENED WATER PIPING FD FLOOR. DRAIN FS FLOOR SINK 'VTR VENT THROUGH ROOF :co CLEAN OUT (FLJSH WITH FLOOR) .70/WCO COWCO CLEAN OUT (ABOVE CEILING OR FLJSH WITH WALL, UP PIPING UP DN PIPING DOWN DIELECTRIC UNION CAP GAS COCK BALL VALVE (LOCATE 12 MAX. ABOVE ACCESSIBLE CEIUNG WHERE APPLICABLE) - BALANCING VALVE — GATE VALVE (LOCATE 12' MAX BCVE ACCESSIBLE CEIUNG WHERE APPLICABLE) CHECK VALVE 0 0 AFF APPR ARCH BLDG COND CONN CONT CONTR COORD DIR DWG EA ELECT FMCS EXP FLR GALV GWH HSKPG IAPMO P.0 C. KES INDICATES PIPING CONNECTION POINT POINT OF CONNECTION NEW TO DUSTING KITCHEN EQUIPMENT CALLOUT KITCHEN 8 KEY NOTES INFRARED FAUCET W/ TEMPERED SUPPLY TYPICAL FOR RESTROOM LAVATORY PLUMBING ABBREVIATONS ABBREVIATION DESCRIPTION ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR APPROVED ARCHITECT/ARCHITECTURAL BUILDING AC CONDENSATE. STEAM CONDENSATE - CONNECT - CONTINUED - CONTRACTOR -- COORDINATE DIRECTION DRAWING(S) EACH ELECTRICAL — ENERGY MANAGEMENT CONTROL SYSTEM EXPANSION - FLOOR — GALVANIZED - GAS WATER HEATER -- HOUSEKEEPING INTERNATIONAL ASS'N OF PLUM- BING 8 MECHANICAL OFICIAL S ABBREVIATION 1E INST INSUL KES MAINT M H. NPW NC NO PERF PRV PSI PVC READ RPBP Sr SHT SS STL SWP TYP POWERS HYDROGUARD 490-J THERMOSTATIC MIXING VALVE W/INTEGRAL CHECK VALVES _INSTALL ON WALL, AS HIGH AS POSSIBLE BEHIND LAV /SINK ) STOP COCKS DEMOLITION GENERAL PLUMBING NOTES: 1 COORDINATE WORK WITH THAT OF OTHER TRADtS TO ENSURE PROPER AND ADEOLETE INTERFACE OF THEIR WORK WITH THE IRK OF THIS SECTION 2 THE CONTRACTOR S/-va.± V?SIT THE SITE AND INVESTIGATE ALL CONDITIONS AFFECTING HIS WORK PRIOR TO SUBMiTTING A BID NO EXTRA COSTS WILL GE ALLOWED FOR COORDINATION OR RELOCATION OF EXISTING CONDITIONS NC T SHOWN ON THE DRAwiNGS FIELD VERIFY LOCATIONS OF EXISTING WORK, AN INCLUDE RELOCATION IN BID 3 CODES ORDNANCES, AND PERMITS ALI WORK SHALL COMPLY WITH ALL APPLICABLE CODES AND ORDINANCES COMPLIANCE WTH CODES AND ORCINANCES SHALL BE AT THE CONTRACTOR'S OWN EXPENSE TAKE OUT ANC PAY FOR ALI REWIRED PERMITS AND FEES. 4 CUTTING AND PATCHNG a_ DO ALL CUTTING AND PATCHING REQUIRED TO MODIFY EXISTING PLUME/NG b ALL CONCRETE FLOOR PATCHING SHALL BE PERFORMED BY DN c CUTTING SHALL BE DONE IN A NEAT AND ORDERLY MANNER. LIMITING SCOPE TO ONLY THAT WHICH IS NECESSARY REMOVE ALL CUT MATERIAL FROM 3ITE. PATCH TO MATCH EXIST, NG WORK cl. DO NOT CUT STRUCTURAL MEMBERS WITHOUT PERMISSION OF THE OWNER e TAKE PRECAUTIONS TO PROTECT BUILDING ITEMS TO REMAIN REPAIR TO JKE-NEW CONDITION OR REPLACE IF DIRECTED, ALL DAMAGE TO BUILDING AND ris CONTENTS. 5 DRAWINGS ARE SCHEMATIC. EXTENT OF DEMOLITION IS APPROXIMATE FIELD VERIFY ALL DUSTING CONDMONS. RELOCATE AND RE-SUPPORT ALL EXISTING PLUMBING EQUIPMENT TO REMAIN AS REQUIRED TO ACCOMODATE REMODELED AREAS NOTIFY ARCHITECT OF ANY DISCREPANCIES BETWEEN DRAWINGS AND DUSTING CONDITIONS PRIOR TO START OF WORK. 6 THROUGHOUT CONSTRUCTION. MAINTAIN CONTINUITY OF ALL PLUMBING TO ANY APPURTENANCES NEEDED TO MAINTAIN ADJACENT TENANT OPERATIONS FULLY COORDINATE WITH THE STORE MANAGER OR WITH THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR ANY REQUIRED INTERRUPTION OF SERVICES. MIXING VALVE & FAUCET PIPING DETAIL SCALE NONE DESCRIPTION INVERT ELEVATION INSTALL INSULATION KITCHEN EQUIPMENT SUPPUER MAINTAIN — MAN HOLE NON--POTABLE CW NORMALLY CLOSE D NORMALLY OPEN PERFORATED PRESSURE RELIEF VENT or PRESSURE RECUCING VALVE POUNDS PER SQUARE INCH POLYVINYLCHLORIDE PLASTIC REQUIRED REDUCED PRESSURE BACKFLOW PREVENTER SQUARE FEET STAINLESS ALESS STEEL OR SITE SAN. SEWER — STEEL - STANDARD WORKING PRESSURE T MANUAL FAUCET W/ HW & CW SUPPLY CAFE NOTES: 0 PLUMBING INSTALLER TO MAKE ANAL CONNECTION TO ALL EQUIPMENT. COORDINATE WITH KITCHEN EQUIPMENT INSTALLER AS REQUIRED FOR COMPLETE INSTALLATION. 0 REFER TO KITCHEN DRAWINGS FOR EXACT ROUGH-IN LOCATIONS. SIZES & FURTHER INFORMATION. 0 PLUMBING INSTALLER TO PROVIDE INDIRECT WASTE, SHUT- OFF VALVES. BACKFLOW PREVENTERS, TRAPS, STOPS, SUPPLIES, SUPPORTS AND ACCESSORIES REQUIRED FOR FULL OPERATIONAL INSTALLATION ALL PENETRATIONS OF PIPING THRU FLOORS. CEILING, OR WALLS TO BE SEALED WATER TIGHT TYPICAL FOR KITCHEN HAND SINK VERIFY WITH PLUMBING INSPECTOR & HEALTH INSPECTOR FIXTURES WHICH REQUIRE INDIRECT WASTE AND PROVIDE FUNNELS (COPPER BELL EXPANSIONS) IN FIXTURE TAILPIECE AS REQUIRED 0 ALL SHUT-OFF VALVES TO BE LOCATED WITHIN 12" FROM ACCESSIBLE CEILING TILE IF NO CEILING LOCATE 10 AFF. 0 INSTALL HAND SINK PROVIDED BY KES. RECONNECT TO EXISTING UTILITIES, REVISE ROUGH IN AS REQUIRED CONTRACTOR TO FIELD VERIFY LOCATION AND SIZE OF EXISTING UTILITIES 0 PROVIDE POWERS HYDROGUARD 490-J THERMOSTATIC MIXING VALVE PER DETAIL THIS SHEET. 0 w" HW 5 CW ON I MA411 EA. 9 DEMOLISH EXISTING LAVATORY AND INSTALL P-3 RECONNECT TO EXISTING UTIL:TIES, REVISE ROUGH IN AS REQUIRED CONTRACTOR TO FIELD VERIFY '_OCATION AND SIZE OF EXISTING UTILITIES. -H t- (E) 2" W- SCALE Va' = 1-0" -- r i i (E) 1 1/2" HW SCALE. 114" = NOTES (E) r W (E) 1 V4* NW TT CAFE PLAN -PLUMBING ( al Igt ft 1 H 'TYPICAL (E) CO CAFE UNDERFLOOR PLAN -_PLUMBING ■ ; I UP VP" V L (E) FS' i ! I ! i , i el FS -. r ___ :---------- ;- --7-- ----- . T 1- ---- - , El --- ., : . i i i i k . _.-1 I _ i 1.1 1 (E) PREP i (E) 3' V 1 I I SINK i i I i DN. I ! 1 I - 7 7 ! i \I 1 ; d i , I " / 4 0 E4 1 1.0 V "k e i - • i ( 1! % " ‘ k ,; ' ! i ,; i I 1 I I i 1 /t \,`"...- • I ,_ DIN --' ,__ \ ki L. 7 '' '! i --- (E) FS I r FS 1 - 1)1 V2" V (E) 3 " W- (E) CO -4 ' ! (E) 3" VTR - `•r: te, „ (E) FS \\ ' ;',.:‹1 ----------- f -------- ___ _ ---- 1 ---------- --------- , . ----------- (E) W" HW DN -(E) 1 1/2"V DN (E) FS- (E) 3" V 1 UP UP —(E) FS (E) 1 1/2" V , /-1E) 12' CW . • & HIN DN i t (E) HAND I SINK - , LL1 LJ 1 7 I =6 10 FS --' • - - - - : (E) 2" W --(E) V2" CW DN i (E) a" W 12' HW - Div 1 V2" V DN. -{E) W" FIW DN. L: - -- D - -(E)HAND \\i wmi SINK I WATER i ; CLOSET )WATER I : I I , - , :: :: ----- 1 i i ;CLOSET i , L -------- ---- --, ,cLOsET --- ! ' ! ,--- I I ' 1 1/2" W ■ UP 1 8 .9 ID atm „ `-(E) CO C)1.A. .41. .4.... z Permit Set December 6. 2002 CAFE PLAN - PLUMBING a 1 w 0 0 2 w cc w LL cY) F 8 2 Lu • :3 I 0 ,5 < Cf) = 2 CC cr 0 ISSUED /REVISED DATE [Permit Set 1255102 cc Al NORDSTROM N It h. 91:027 l' 1:5 1 113(11 p[dP,p 1 . (115: 111\15(1 lS Kio-, .;rani ii I \ It i 1 11,1 �ifio;'r 71 ' I' .,S 111 16:I �i n�rc ,�rilr�rp : ,iu n11�I.1'I I'MHI, Rr, <i,i Uri; ii 114i I.tI A■Fr�t� r.na ih. If 1 9110